You are on page 1of 434

297-1001-801i

DMS-100 Family
DMS-100i
Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3

BCS44.1i Standard 09.01 January 2000


DMS-100 Family

DMS-100i
Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3

Publication number: 297-1001-801i


Product release: BCS44.1i
Document release: Standard 09.01
Date: January 2000

Copyright  1994–2000 Nortel Networks,


All Rights Reserved

Printed in the United States of America

NORTEL NETWORKS CONFIDENTIAL: The information contained herein is the property of Nortel Networks and is
strictly confidential. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder shall keep all information
contained herein confidential, shall disclose the information only to its employees with a need to know, and shall protect the
information, in whole or in part, from disclosure and dissemination to third parties with the same degree of care it uses to
protect its own confidential information, but with no less than reasonable care. Except as expressly authorized in writing by
Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein.

Information is subject to change without notice. Nortel Networks reserves the right to make changes in design or components
as progress in engineering and manufacturing may warrant.
Changes or modification to the DMS-100i without the express consent of Nortel Networks may void its warranty and void the
users authority to operate the equipment.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated
in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this
equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the
interference at his own expense.

NORTEL NETWORKS, the NORTEL NETWORKS LOGO, the GLOBEMARK, HOW THE WORLD SHARES IDEAS, UNIFIED
NETWORKS, DMS, MAP, NORTEL, NORTHERN TELECOM, NT, TOPS, and SUPERNODE are trademarks of Nortel
Networks.

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


iii

Publication history
January 2000
BCS44.1i Standard 09.01
March 1999
BCS44i Standard 08.01
December 1997
BCS43i Standard 07.01
Updated to reflect BCS43i software.
November 1996
BCS42i Standard 06.01
Updated to reflect BCS42i software.
July 1996
BCS41i Standard 05.01
Updated to reflect BCS41i software.
October 1995
BCS40i Preliminary 04.01
Updated to reflect BCS40i software.
March 1995
BCS39i Preliminary 03.01
Updated to reflect BCS39i software.
September 1994
BCS38i Preliminary 02.01
Updated to reflect BCS38i software.
April 1994
BCS37i Standard 01.01

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


v

Contents
Feature Description Manual
Volume 1 of 3

About this document xxi


When to use this document xxi
How to identify the software in your office xxi
How this document is organized xxii
Summary table xxii
Feature package descriptions xxiii
Feature descriptions xxiii
Cross-reference tables xxiii
How reference documentation is organized xxiv

Feature impact summary table 1–1


Feature descriptions 2–1
NER500AA –1 TA0262 –25
CIS Signaling –1 TA0263 –26
TA0129 –4 TA0286 –27
TA0130 –5 TA0295 –28
TA0131 –6 TA0296 –29
TA0135 –7 TA0308 –30
TA0136 –8 TA0311 –31
TA0137 –9 TA0312 –32
TA0176 –10 TA0313 –34
TA0203 –12 TA0315 –36
TA0207 –13 TA0317 –37
TA0213 –14 TA0335 –38
TA0214 –16 TA0336 –39
TA0215 –17 TA0337 –40
TA0241 –18 TA0338 –41
TA0242 –19 TA0339 –42
TA0254 –20 TA0357 –43
TA0255 –22 TA0358 –45
TA0257 –23 TA0440 –46
TA0259 –24 TA0441 –48

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


vi Contents

TA0442 –50 AJ0194 –54


TA0443 –51 AJ0729 –55
TA0445 –53 AJ1957 –56
NER501AA –1 AJ1959 –57
CIS ISUP –1 AL0479 –58
TA0436 –2 AL0914 –59
TA0437 –4 AL1052 –60
TA0438 –5 AL1149 –62
TA0439 –7 AL1518 –63
NET110AA –1 AL2319 –65
NETAS custom calling AL2417 –66
features –1 AN0100 –67
TA0370 –2 AQ0841 –69
AR0225 –70
NTX000AA –1
NC0086 –71
Bilge –1
NC0130 –72
AL1274 –2
NC0196 –73
AL2044 –4
TA0347 –74
AL2110 –5
39005679 –75
NTX001AA –1
NTX041AB –1
Common Basic –1
CCS7—MTP SCCP –1
AD2997 –13
AL2334 –4
AF1749 –16
AF1780 –17 NTX044AA –1
AF2013 –19 Central Automatic
AF2470 –21 Message Accounting
AF2531 –22 (CAMA) –1
AF2532 –24 TA0167 –2
AF2705 –25 NTX048AA –1
AF2815 –27 Synchronization –1
AF2816 –29 AQ0777 –2
AG0724 –31 NTX054AA –1
AG0919 –32 Line Test Position
AG1082 –33 (LTP)–1
AG1474 –35 AL0944 –2
AG1818 –36 NTX056AA –1
AG1824 –37 E n h a n c e d
AG1868 –38 Administration–1
AG1869 –39 AG1524 –2
AG1922 –40 NTX060AB –1
AG1924 –41 Network Management –1
AG1925 –42 AF2087 –2
AG1927 –43
NTX066AB –1
AG2108 –45
Bilingual Interface –1
AG2149 –46
NC0102 –2
AG2150 –47
AG2255 –48 NTX074AA –1
AG2276 –50 Disk Data Storage
AG2277 –51 System –1
AG2323 –52 AG1004 –3
AJ0191 –53 AL1885 –5

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents vii

AR0127 –6 NC0322 –48


TA0288 –7 TA0195 –49
NTX136AA –1 TA0196 –50
Automatic transmission TA0273 –51
measuring system –1 NTX274AA –1
39005665 –3 DTC 30 Carrier
NTX167AB –1 Maintenance –1
CCS7—TrunkSignaling AE1056 –2
–1 NTX470AA –1
AR0114 –4 International Common
TA0194 –5 Basic –1
NTX244AB –1 AC0081 –4
Enhanced Sequential AC0109 –5
Trunk Hunting –1 AC0184 –6
AF1252 –2 AC0304 –7
NTX270AA –1 AE0554 –9
New Peripheral AE0643 –10
Maintenance AE0646 –11
Package –1 AE0652 –12
AF1647 –5 AG0719 –13
AF1747 –6 AG1031 –14
AF2583 –8 AJ0171 –16
AF2987 –9 AJ0183 –17
AF2988 –11 AJ0187 –18
AF2989 –12 AJ0580 –19
AF3053 –13 AJ0746 –21
AF3086 –15 AJ0821 –22
AF3179 –17 AJ0837 –23
AF3200 –18 AJ0837 –23
AF3234 –19 AJ1027 –24
AF3271 –20 AJ1088 –25
AF3684 –21 AJ1126 –26
AF3685 –22 AJ1129 –27
AF3747 –23 AJ1223 –28
AF5006 –24 BC0962 –29
AF5007 –26 BC1060 –30
AF5008 –29 BC1185 –31
AJ0338 –32 BC1190 –32
AJ0964 –33 BC1211 –33
AJ0965 –34 BC1301 –34
AJ1038 –35 BC1338 –35
AJ1039 –36 BC1338 –35
AL1460 –38 BC1914 –36
AL2416 –40 BC1920 –37
AN0336 –41 BC1927 –38
AN0337 –42 BC2285 –39
AR0086 –43 BF0375 –40
NC0033 –44 BF0376 –41
NC0105 –45 BF0379 –42
NC0108 –46 BF0393 –43

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


viii Contents

BF0394 –44 BC1730 –25


BF0395 –45 BC1732 –26
BF0398 –46 BC1784 –27
BF0399 –47 BC1793 –28
BF0436 –48 BC1796 –29
BF0437 –49 BC2079 –30
BF0474 –50 BC2324 –31
BF0560 –51 BF0675 –32
BF0805 –52 BF0801 –33
BF0874 –53 BR0043 –34
BF0915 –54 BR0750 –35
BF0917 –55 BV0061 –36
BF0971 –56 BV0062 –37
BV1211 –57 BV0063 –38
BV1212 –58 TA0128 –39
TA0163 –59 TA0382 –40
TA0165 –60 NTX474AA –1
TA0166 –61 International Base
39005646 –62 Metering –1
NTX471AA –1 AC0053 –3
A-law Companding –1 AC0054 –4
BC1060 –2 AE0056 –5
BF0375 –3 AE0292 –6
BF0376 –4 AG1466 –7
BF0379 –5 AG1476 –8
NTX472AB –1 AG1477 –9
International–Local AG1478 –10
Basic–1 AG1479 –11
AC0085 –3 AJ0570 –13
AC0130 –4 AJ0571 –14
AC0137 –5 AJ0573 –15
AC0252 –7 AJ0866 –17
AC0305 –8 AJ2931 –18
AE0246 –9 AL0218 –19
AE0459 –10 BC1058 –20
AE0538 –11 BC1758 –22
AG0085 –12 BC1760 –23
AG0718 –13 BC1905 –24
AJ0817 –14 BF0677 –25
AJ0818 –15 BF0711 –26
AJ1541 –16 BF0780 –27
AL0054 –17 BV1207 –28
BC0829 –18 BV1208 –29
BC0963 –19 BV1277 –31
BC1449 –20 39005675 –32
BC1450 –21 NTX475AA –1
BC1499 –22 Turkish Trunk
BC1500 –23 Transmission
BC1504 –24 Testing–1

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents ix

BC1192 –2 NTX482BA –1
BC1193 –3 CEP Line Card
NTX476AA –1 Diagnostics –1
Wink-1 Line Signaling –1 AE0278 –2
BC1188 –2 NTX482CA –1
BF0565 –3 China Line Card
NTX477AA –1 Diagnostics –1
Delay Dial-1 Signaling –1 AG0827 –2
BC1187 –2 AJ1496 –3
BF0564 –3 NTX483AB –1
NTX478AA –1 International 101
CCITT PCM (30+2) Communication Test
Digital Signaling and Line –1
Maintenance –1 AE0005 –2
AE0480 –2 AE0250 –3
AE0777 –3 AJ1031 –4
BC1076 –5 BC1191 –5
BC1340 –7 BC2076 –7
BF0392 –8 BC2078 –8
BF0430 –9 NTX484AA –1
BF0432 –10 Malicious Call
BF0433 –11 Trace–International
BF0978 –12 Toll/Transit –1
NTX479AA –1 BC1496 –2
International Universal TA0279 –3
Tone Receiver NTX485AA –1
Support –1 International–Call
BC1766 –2 P r o c e s s i n g
BF0396 –3 System–1
BF0434 –4 BC1301 –2
NTX480AA –1 BC1927 –5
Turkish Tone Plan –1 BF0399 –6
BC1186 –2 BF0805 –7
NTX481AA –1 BF0915 –8
Turkish Operator NTX486AA –1
Sw i t c h b o a r d MF-3 Register
Signaling –1 Signaling–1
BC1339 –2 BC1189 –2
BF0679 –3 BF0567 –3
NTX482AB –1 NTX487AA –1
Turkish Line Card Malicious Call
Diagnostics –1 Trace–International
AG0095 –2 Local –1
BC1337 –3 AG0709 –2
BF0684 –4 BF0674 –5

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


x Contents

NTX487AB –1 NTX499AA –1
Malicious Call CEPT Subscriber
Trace–International Services–I –1
Local –1 AC0082 –3
TA0138 –2 AC0083 –5
TA0139 –4 AC0086 –7
TA0168 –6 AC0133 –8
NTX488AA –1 AC0134 –10
International Time of Day AC0135 –12
Routing –1 AC0136 –13
BC1498 –2 AE0239 –16
BC1825 –3 AE0240 –19
BV1136 –4 AE0242 –22
NTX489AA –1 AE0248 –24
Visa Switchboard AE0249 –26
Interface (Turkey) –1 AG0962 –28
BC1520 –2 AG1540 –29
BF0680 –3 AJ0563 –30
AJ1432 –32
NTX492AA –1
BC2053 –33
Operator Toll Break-In –1
BC2077 –35
AE0244 –2
BC2260 –36
AE0245 –4
BC2261 –39
TA0178 –6
TA0229 –41
TA0179 –7
TA0325 –45
TA0180 –8
TA0326 –46
NTX493AA –1 TA0327 –47
Administrative Call
NTX650AA –1
Diversion Features–1
TS16 Signaling for R1 –1
BC2049 –2
AE0034 –2
NTX494AA –1
NTX652AA –1
Automatic Call
Intraswitching on the
Recording–1
IRLCM –1
BC2050 –2
AE0108 –2
BC2074 –4
AE0178 –3
BF0976 –5
NTX495AA –1 NTX653AA –1
IRLCM–Emergency
TS16 Signaling for Loop
Stand Alone (ESA)–1
Disconnect –1
AE0216 –2
BF0867 –2
TA0240 –3
BF0881 –3
BV1987 –4 NTX655AA –1
BV1988 –5 E & M Signaling in
TS16–1
NTX496AA –1
AE0025 –2
Gateway Access –1
AE0059 –2 NTX656AA –1
BC2059 –3 CEP Tone Plan –1
BF0870 –4 BF0869 –2
BV1989 –5 NTX657AA –1
International CAMA –1

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents xi

AE0147 –2 NTX668AA –1
39005622 –4 Insert Tone on Coin
NTX660AA –1 Phone Termination–1
International Feature AE0057 –2
P r o c e s s i n g NTX669AA –1
Environment International Network
(FPE)–Basic –1 Management –1
BC2286 –2 AC0132 –2
NTX662AA –1 NTX738AC –1
Emergency Cut-off –1 Switch Performance
BC2081 –2 Monitoring System–1
NTX664AA –1 AG1926 –2
OMs in Erlangs –1 AL1719 –3
AE0033 –2 NTX750AC –1
AE0943 –3 ISDN Basic Access –1
BC2060 –4 AL1674 –6
NTX665AA –1 AL2539 –9
Semi-permanent AL2541 –10
Connections– AL2542 –11
Basic –1 AL2726 –12
AC0256 –2 AQ0788 –13
BC2080 –4 AQ0789 –15
NTX666AA –1 AQ0882 –16
Semi-permanent AQ0884 –17
Connections– NTX885AB –1
Local–1 Switch Path
AC0256 –2 Diagnostics–1
BC2080 –4 AG1214 –2
NTX667AA –1 AJ0473 –3
Printed Meter Check –1 AL1566 –4
AE0055 –2

Feature Description Manual


Volume 2 of 3

NTX901AA –1 AG1973 –20


Local Features I –1 AJ1224 –21
AD0943 –8 AL1541 –22
AF0966 –9 AL1608 –23
AF1439 –10 AR0491 –24
AF1756 –13 NC0020 –25
AF2565 –14 NC0313 –26
AF2599 –15 NC0495 –28
AF2668 –16 TA0289 –29
AG0649 –17 NTX904AA –1
AG1318 –18 R2 Signaling Base –1
AG1854 –19 AE0142 –3

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


xii Contents

AE0146 –5 AL1782 –25


AE1245 –7 AL1826 –26
AG1217 –9 AL1884 –27
AG1218 –10 AL1968 –28
AG1220 –11 AL2021 –29
AJ0159 –13 AL2030 –30
AJ0205 –14 AL2331 –31
AJ1028 –17 AQ0721 –32
AJ2411 –19 AQ0741 –33
TA0165 –20 AQ0834 –34
TA0201 –21 AQ0854 –35
TA0320 –22 AQ0859 –36
TA0331 –23 AR0211 –37
TA0383 –24 NTX942AA –1
NTX909AA –1 SuperNode System Load
ANI Toll –1 Module –1
AE0115 –2 AG1385 –2
NTX910AA –1 AL1060 –3
ANI Local –1 AL1166 –4
AE0116 –2 AL1298 –5
NTX940AA –1 NTX942AB –1
CM Bilge –1 DMS – SuperNode
AL1109 –2 System Load
AL1718 –3 Module–1
AL1923 –5 AL1790 –2
AL2042 –7 NTX944AA –1
AL2328 –8 Base Node
AR0160 –9 Maintenance–1
NTX941AA –1 AR0079 –2
CM Common –1 AR0081 –3
AG2480 –3 NTX945AA –1
AI0625 –4 MS Base Link
AI0630 –5 Maintenance –1
AL0797 –6 AC0639 –2
AL0803 –7 AC0644 –4
AL1053 –9 AG1337 –5
AL1054 –10 AL1456 –6
AL1055 –11 AL1457 –8
AL1182 –12 AL1476 –9
AL1183 –13 AL1477 –10
AL1192 –14 AL1478 –11
AL1193 –15 AL1479 –12
AL1197 –16 AL1482 –13
AL1200 –17 AL1779 –14
AL1201 –18 AL1780 –15
AL1480 –19 AL1781 –16
AL1570 –20 AQ0717 –17
AL1681 –21 AQ0718 –18
AL1753 –22 AQ0840 –19
AL1759 –23 AQ0854 –20

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents xiii

NTX950AA –1 NTXB04AA –1
MS Bilge –1 PBX Line Support –1
AC0638 –2 AE0169 –2
AL0787 –3 NTXB05AA –1
AL0790 –4 ITOPS Common Basic–1
NTX951AA –1 AJ1257 –2
MS Common –1 NTXB07AA –1
AC0639 –2 Inter Administration
AL1199 –4 Accounting –1
AL1456 –5 AE0154 –2
AQ0835 –7 NTXB08AA –1
AQ0858 –8 ITOPS for CEP –1
NTX980AA –1 AG0717 –2
International Trunk Test NTXB10AA –1
Position (ITTP) –1 China Common Basic –1
BC0158 –2 AG0707 –2
BC0490 –3 AG0708 –3
BC0495 –4 AG0711 –4
BC0693 –5 AJ0782 –5
BC0858 –6 AJ0796 –9
BC1259 –8 AJ0819 –11
BR0176 –10 AL2529 –12
BR0200 –11
NTXB11AA –1
BR0201 –12
DP Register Signaling –1
BR0223 –13
AG0707 –2
BV0041 –15
AJ0498 –3
NTXA66AA –1 NTXB12AA –1
Enhanced Office
ITOPS Local Basic –1
Recovery –1
AC0240 –2
AJ0192 –2
AJ0474 –3 NTXB13AB –1
ITOPS Toll–Enhanced
NTXB00AA –1
Queueing –1
International Traffic
AG0636 –3
Separation –1
AG0712 –5
AC0131 –2
AG0713 –6
NTXB01AA –1 AG0714 –8
International Traffic AG0715 –9
Separation Report –1 AG0716 –10
AC0131 –2 AG1230 –13
NTXB02AA –1 AG1233 –14
International Service AG1234 –16
Analysis–Basic –1 AJ0178 –17
AE0153 –2 AJ0180 –19
NTXB03AA –1 AJ0182 –20
S e r v i c e AJ0572 –21
Analysis–Local–1 AJ0801 –22
AE0167 –2 AJ0802 –25
AJ0803 –27

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


xiv Contents

AJ0804 –28 AJ1256 –11


AJ1024 –29 AJ1445 –12
NTXB14AA –1 AJ1446 –14
China Local Basic –1 NTXE01AA –1
AG0710 –2 E n h a n c e d
AL2528 –5 Network—Basic –1
NTXB17AA –1 AL0573 –3
Attendant Pay Station AL0856 –5
Local –1 AL0857 –6
AG1291 –2 AL0957 –7
NTXB21AA –1 AL0958 –8
Co-existence (Trunk AL0959 –9
Type) –1 AL0960 –10
AE0481 –2 AL1230 –11
AE0523 –3 AL2038 –12
AL2107 –13
NTXB22AA –1
AL2162 –14
OM Enhancements –1
AL2260 –16
AE1240 –2
AR0005 –17
AL2530 –4
AR0141 –18
AL2549 –6
AR0186 –20
AL2720 –8
TA392 –21
NTXB69AA –1
NTXE29AA –1
R2 for DMS-100
BCS Process
International –1
Enhanced–1
AE0139 –2
AG1506 –2
AE0140 –3
AG1511 –3
AE0171 –4
AG1513 –4
AE0172 –5
AG1560 –5
AE0173 –6
AG1563 –6
AE0514 –7
AG1570 –7
AE0893 –8
AJ1124 –10 NTXE54AA –1
SLM II Enhancements –1
NTXB75AA –1
AL1174 –2
Implementation of RMM
on IRLCM –1 NTXF15AA –1
AE0293 –2 DMS-core MC68030 33
MHz Processor –1
NTXB83AA –1
AL0934 –2
ITOPS to International
R2 Interworking –1 NTXF20AA –1
AG1294 –2 LPP on DMS-100
TA0228 –4 SuperNode for
CCS7–1
NTXB84AA –1
AL2334 –3
International Rating
AQ1030 –4
System –1
AQ1031 –5
AG1231 –2
AQ1070 –6
AG1235 –4
AG1236 –6 NTXF70AA –1
AG1237 –8 SuperNode SN-20
AJ1025 –10 Processor –1
BC1826 –2

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents xv

BC1827 –8 NTXH05AA –1
BC1909 –14 Moroccan Local
BC1932 –16 Signaling –1
BC2003 –17 AE0567 –2
NTXF71AB –1 AE0568 –5
SuperNode Enhanced AE0897 –6
Messaging –1 AE0898 –8
AL1276 –3 AJ0205 –9
AL1277 –4 NTXH06AA –1
AL1278 –5 Moroccan Toll
AL1279 –6 Signaling–1
AL1280 –7 AE0567 –2
AL1281 –8 AE0568 –5
AL1655 –9 AE0897 –6
AL1656 –10 AE0898 –8
AL1657 –11 AJ0205 –9
AL1658 –12 NTXH07AA –1
AL1659 –13 Belize R2 Signaling –1
AL1660 –14 AJ0578 –2
AL1663 –15
NTXH12AA –1
AL1664 –16
ITOPS Enhancements
AL1740 –17
for Japan –1
AL2130 –18
AE0546 –2
AR0124 –19
AR0125 –20 NTXH13AA –1
AR0128 –21 Fixed Duration Calls –1
AR0129 –22 AJ0177 –2
NTXH00AA –1 NTXH16AA –1
Moroccan Tones –1 Estimated Call Charges
AE0448 –2 for ITOPS –1
AJ0181 –2
NTXH01AA –1
Moroccan Line Card NTXH17AA –1
Diagnostics –1 International ATME 2 for
AE0513 –2 International
AE0536 –3 DMS-100/200I –1
AJ0832 –2
NTXH02AA –1
Moroccan Physical NTXH18AA –1
Ringing –1 International China
AE0515 –2 TUP –1
AQ1107 –3
NTXH03AA –1
TA0124 –4
Socotel Base
TA0125 –6
Signaling–1
TA0126 –7
AE0567 –2
TA0127 –8
AE0568 –4
TA0132 –9
NTXH04AA –1 TA0162 –10
CCITT 2-Bit Line TA0183 –12
Signaling –1 TA0193 –13
AE0514 –2 TA0222 –14
TA0223 –15

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


xvi Contents

TA0224 –17 NTXH70AA –1


TA0280 –18 C7 Support for
TA0281 –19 Ch a n n e l i z e d
TA0381 –20 Access–1
TA0413 –22 AI0407 –2
TA0414 –24 AL1929 –3
TA0415 –26 NTXH71AA –1
TA0423 –28 ITOPS Intrusion Tones–1
TA0424 –30 AJ0179 –2
TA0427 –32
NTXH77AA –1
NTXH19AA –1 Channelized Access on
CTUP Local –1 LPP/LIS –1
TA0158 –2 AI0408 –2
TA0182 –3 AI0409 –3
TA0225 –5 AI0410 –4
TA0226 –6
NTXH79AA –1
TA0422 –7
Brazil Signaling –1
NTXH22AA –1 AJ1124 –2
International Local
NTXH80AA –1
Metering –1
Mexico Signaling –1
AC0054 –2
AJ1124 –2
AE0056 –3
AJ1423 –4
AE0292 –4
BV1277 –5 NTXH95AA –1
M e t e r i n g
NTXH23AA –1
Enhancements–1
Metering Over Junction
AE0838 –2
(MOJ) –1
AJ0581 –2 NTXK12AA –1
AJ0851 –6 Irish R2 Signaling
Protocol –1
NTXH54AA –1
AE0630 –2
ITOPS–Account Code
Access –1 NTXK13AA –1
AJ1026 –2 Irish Downloadable
AJ1255 –4 Tones –1
AE0397 –2
NTXH58AA –1
AE0671 –4
Guyana R2 Signaling –1
AJ1265 –2 NTXK70AA –1
Peru Signaling –1
NTXH60AA –1
AJ1872 –2
Morocco ITOPS Trunk
Interworking –1 NTXK71AA –1
AE0735 –2 Haiti Signaling –1
AE0972 –2

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents xvii

NTXK72AA –1 TA0134 –3
A-Bit Pulse Line TA0195 –4
Signaling –1 TA0196 –5
AL2457 –2 NTXN83AA –1
TA0163 –4 LIS Common—LMS
NTXK73AA –1 Functionality on
DMS-100I Terminator MS–1
Billing –1 AL1453 –2
AJ1791 –2 AR0478 –3
NTXK79AA –1 NTXP10AA –1
PCM Unified Processor Dual-shelf Network –1
(UP) Support –1 AL2055 –2
AE1007 –2 NTXP44AA –1
AJ1898 –3 DMS SuperNode SE
AJ1899 –4 Common –1
TA0174 –5 AQ0857 –2
NTXK79AD –1 NTXP72AA –1
PCM30 Unified Integrated Network
Processor Support–1 Support on SN-1 –1
TA0133 –2 AR0105 –2

Feature Description Manual


Volume 3 of 3

NTXQ52AA –1 NTXR46AA –1
Support for MS Resident, R o b u s t n e s s
LIS Controller –1 Enhancements –1
AL1455 –2 AL2236 –2
NTXR34AA –1 NTXR72AA –1
XPM Plus (Product Life CCS7—MTP/SCCP for
Upgrade Strategy) L P P - b a s e d
Basic –1 Platforms–1
AF3732 –2 AL2334 –5
AF3733 –3 AR0010 –6
AL2540 –4 AR0117 –7
NTXR34AB –1 AR0118 –8
XPM Plus (Product Line AR0907 –9
Upgrade Strategy) AR0908 –11
Basic –1 AR0909 –13
TA0174 –2 AR0910 –16
NTXR42AA –1 TA0287 –18
Firmware Downloading–1 NTXS72AA –1
AF3658 –2 CC Software Support for
TA0174 –4 EDRAM Uploading–1
AQ0984 –2

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


xviii Contents

NTXU35AA –1 NTXU63AA –1
DMS-100I Downloadable ISUP on DMS100i –1
Tones –1 TA0386 –2
AE1243 –2 TA0387 –3
TA0140 –3 39005872 –4
TA0141 –4 NTXU64AA –1
TA0175 –5 FRA on DMS100i –1
TA0177 –6 TA0328 –2
NTXU44AA –1 TA0329 –4
Toll Break-in (Local) –1 TA0330 –5
TA0158 –2 NTXU65AA –1
TA0159 –4 NETAS TT features –1
TA0227 –6 TA0371 –2
NTXU45AA –1 TA0372 –3
100i ISUP Base –1 TA0373 –4
TA0169 –2 TA0374 –5
TA0170 –4 TA0375 –7
TA0171 –6 TA0376 –8
TA0172 –8 TA0377 –10
TA0233 –9 TA0378 –12
TA0379 –11 NTXU66AA –1
TA0543 –12 100i 100K Metering –1
39005866 –16 TA0467 –2
NTXU46AA –1 TA0468 –4
100I ISUP Local –1 TA0469 –6
TA0169 –2 TA0470 –8
TA0172 –4 NTXU67AA –1
TA0235 –5 ICAMA Behavior
NTXU47AA –1 Selection –1
China Message Transfer TA0471 –2
Part –1 NTXU68AA –1
AR3026 –2 Turkish Toneset with R2
NTXU49AA –1 and COT –1
Voice Mail –1 TA0474 –2
TA0230 –2 NTXU69AA –1
NTXU51AA –1 100i ETSI PRI –1
ISUP (R2) Variants –1 TA0549 –2
TA0232 –2 TA0550 –4
TA0234 –4 TA0551 –6
NTXU55AA –1 TA0560 –8
Party Line –1 TA0561 –9
TA0274 –2 TA0601 –11
NTXU60AA –1 39005628 –13
ICAMA Enhancement –1 39005643 –15
TA0285 –2 39005649 –17
39005869 –19
NTXU62AA –1
Line Signaling Monitor –1
TA0319 –2

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Contents xix

NTXU70AA –1 NTXV16AA –1
Calling Name Chile Signaling –1
Delivery/Blocking –1 AL2632 –2
TA0465 –2 NTXV55AA –1
NTXU71AA –1 AMA and ITOPS Billing
Automatic Call Enhancement –1
Back/Automatic AE1239 –2
Recall –1 NTXW00AA –1
TA0466 –2 World Line Card Base –1
NTXU72AA –1 AE1099 –3
Advice of charge –1 NTXW01AA –1
TA0610 –2 World Line Card Type –1
NTXU81AA –1 AE0946 –2
ETSI BRI –1 AE1099 –3
TA0552 –2 NTXW02AA –1
TA0553 –4 World Line Card Cutover
TA0554 –6 by DN –1
TA0556 –8 AE0956 –2
TA0558 –10 NTXW03AA –1
TA0562 –12 World Line Card
TA0563 –14 O v e r v o l t a g e
TA0564 –16 Report–1
TA0565 –18 AE1013 –2
TA0566 –20
NTXW21AA –1
TA0602 –22
Template for 900+2 for
TA0603 –24
Type 2 –1
TA0614 –28
AE1106 –2
TA0615 –30
39005633 –32 NTXW23AA –1
39005652 –34 WLC Templates for
39005862 –36 Japan, Brazil, Peru,
Poland –1
NTXU84AA –1
TA0216 –2
TT MCT –1
TA0544 –2 NTXZ12AA –1
China ISUP –1
NTXU87AA –1
TA0582 –2
Long Call Check Tool –1
TA0583 –4
TA0510 –2
NTXZ13AA –1
NTXU88AA –1
Calling Number Delivery
TT Toll Features –1
for China –1
TA0532 –2
TA0584 –2
TA0533 –4
NTXZ19AA –1
NTXU90AA –1
IOM –1
ETSI ISUP –1
39005676 –2
39005695 –2
NTXZ20AA –1
NTXV13AA –1
RCO2 –1
China C1 DP Trunk
39005683 –2
Interworking –1
AL2721 –2 Unpackaged Features –1
AL2722 –3 TA0272 –2
TA0353 –3

DMS-100 Family DMS100i Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


xx Contents

TA0354 –4 TA0529 –40


TA0355 –5 TA0530 –42
TA0356 –6 TA0531 –44
TA0368 –7 TA0535 –46
TA0473 –8 TA0536 –48
TA0474 –10 TA0537 –50
TA0509 –12 TA0538 –54
TA0511 –14 TA0545 –57
TA0513 –17 TA0546 –59
TA0521 –20 TA0567 –60
TA0522 –22 TA0568 –62
TA0523 –24 TA0597 –64
TA0524 –27 TA0598 –66
TA0525 –29 TA0612 –68
TA0526 –31 TA0617 –70
TA0527 –33 39005876 –72
TA0528 –36

Cross-reference 3–1
Features listed by BCS 3–1

Cross-reference 4–1
Feature number to feature package and BCS 4–1

Cross-reference 5–1
Feature package to feature number and BCS 5–1

Cross-reference 6–1
Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–1

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXQ52AA
Support for MS Resident, LIS Controller
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
NTXQ52AA integrates the rate adapter (RA) card of the link peripheral
processor (LPP) into the DMS-bus shelf. The DMS-bus shelf can be
equipped with the F-bus RA front card and the F-bus extension paddle board
with termination. This feature supports both of these cards.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXQ52AA contents
Feature number Description

AL1455 Basic Integration of Rate Adaptor Transactor into DMS-bus

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS34.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXF70AA SuperNode SN-20 Processor


NTXN83AA LIS Common–LMS Functionality on MS
NTXP44AA DMS SuperNode SE Common
NTXF70AA SuperNode SN-20 Processor
or
NTXR61AA DMS SuperNode Series 60 Processor

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXQ52AA–1


NTXQ52AA
AL1455
Feature name
Basic Integration of Rate Adapter Transactor into DMS-bus
Description
AL1455 integrates the rate adapter (RA) card of the link peripheral
processor (LPP) into the DMS-bus shelf. The DMS-bus shelf can be
equipped with the F-bus RA front card and the F-bus extension paddle board
with termination. This feature supports both of these cards.
An RA card can be equipped in card positions 6 to 21, slots 12 to 27.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
Only a two-card link interface unit (LIU7) shelf may be connected to the RA
card on the DMS-bus. Zero, one, or two shelves of this type can be
connected to the RA card.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AL1454 Basic Integration of F-bus Maintenance in DMS-bus
• AL1458 DMS-bus Support of 0, 1, and 2 LIU Shelves

NTXQ52AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR34AA
XPM Plus (Product Life Upgrade Strategy) Basic
This feature package provides software changes to allow the replacement of
the processor cards and associated memory cards with the unified processor
(UP) card.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXR34AA contents
Feature number Description

AF3732 XPM Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM


AF3733 CC Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM
AL2540 Unified Processor Integration in LTCI

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS34.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR34AA–1


NTXR34AA
AF3732
Feature name
XPM Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM
Description
AF3732 provides software changes in the extended multiprocessor system
(XMS)-based peripheral module (XPM) code to support the NTMX77 card
(unified processor (UP)). The UP is a single card that replaces five other
cards (including processor cards and associated memory cards) in each unit
of the XPM.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Hardware requirements
AF3732 requires an XPM shelf equipped with an NTMX77 card (UP).
Minor modifications are required in the NT6X01 back plane.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature supports only the line trunk controller (LTC), line group
controller (LGC), and digital trunk controller (DTC) XPM shelves.
Feature interactions
This feature requires feature AF3733 (CC Software Modifications for UP in
Base XPM).
This feature has no impact on the current base XPM features.

NTXR34AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR34AA
AF3733
Feature name
CC Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM
Description
AF3733 provides central control (CC) software modifications to support the
NTMX77 card (unified processor (UP)) in the extended multiprocessor
system (XMS)-based peripheral module (XPM). The UP is a single card
that replaces five other cards (including processor cards and associated
memory cards) in each unit of the XPM.
This feature modifies CC/CM software to support the UP in the digital trunk
controller (DTC), line group controller (LGC), and line trunk controller
(LTC).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Hardware requirements
AF3733 requires an XPM shelf equipped with an NTMX77 card (UP).
Minor modifications are required in the NT6X01 back plane.
Feature interactions
This feature requires feature AF3732 (XPM Software Modifications for UP
in Base XPM).
This feature has no impact on the current base XPM features.
User interface
Command QUERYPM is modified at the PM POST level of a MAP
terminal.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR34AA–3


NTXR34AA
AL2540
Feature name
Unified Processor Integration in LTC
Description
AL2540 provides software changes to allow the NTMX77AA card (unified
processor (UP)) to replace the following cards in the ISDN line trunk
controller (LTCI) and ISDN line group controller (LGCI):
• NT6X45 (master processor (MP) card)
• NT6X45 (signaling processor (SP) card)
• NT6X47 (one or two MP memory cards)
• NT6X46 (SP memory card)

This feature ensures that the UP card can be integrated into the LTCI and
LGCI with no decrease in existing functionality.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires LTCI and LGCI units equipped with the NTMX77AA
and NTBX01AB cards.
Restrictions and limitations
See the required features listed below.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AF3732—XPM Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM
• AF3733—CC Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM
• AL2541—Enhanced ISP Integration in ISDN LTC

This feature is part of the extended multiprocessor system (XMS)-based


peripheral module (XPM) product life upgrade strategy (XPM PLUS)
project.

NTXR34AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR34AB
XPM Plus (Product Line Upgrade Strategy) Basic
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXR34AB contents
Feature number Description

TA0174 UP Integration in the SDTC

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS38i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTXR42AA Firmware Downloading

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR34AB–1


NTXR34AB
TA0174
Feature name
UP Integration in the SDTC
Description
This feature provides a unified processor (UP) load to support the CIS
signaling as the existing three-processor SDTC load. SDTC is an
international digital trunk controller (IDTC) load for the CIS network.
SDTC supports T1 (NTLS21), and T2 (NTLS22) line signaling, as well as
decadic (NTRS05), MF Shuttle (NTRS02), MFPP–1 (NTRS14), and
MFPP–2 register signaling types.

Also, this feature provides a new IDTC+ load named ESDxxnn, specifically
to be used in the CIS network. SDTC+ covers all of the existing SDTC
functionalities.

SDTC+ on two- and three-processor backplane configurations are both


supported.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Hardware requirements
This feature supports only the shelf code NT6X02UI and the frame codes
NT6X01BA, NTRX47AA (streamline), NTFX33AA (MSL), and
NTNX33FA (MSL) for IDTC+ and ILGC+.
ILGC and IDTC must be equipped with the XPM+ card kit that contains the
following cards:
• NTMX77 UP (one card)
• NTMX71 Backplane Terminator Paddleboard (one card)
• NT7X80 Bus Shorter (two cards)
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• TA0133 Unified Processor on IDTC/ILGC–CC portion
• TA0134 Unified Processor on IDTC/ILGC–XPM portion

NTXR34AB–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR34AB
TA0174
Datafill
Table Description

PMLOADS Both the RAM loads (EIDnnxx and EILnnxx) and the firmware
load must be datafilled.

LTCINV IXPM+ peripheral module must be datafilled as follows:


· EQPEC field as 6X02UI for 3-Processor Backplane IXPM+
or 6X02UC for 2-Processor Backplane IXPM+
· PECS6X45 field as MX77AA MX77AA
· E2LOAD field as MX77NB03

For an IXPM to be designated as an IXPM+, tables PMLOADS and


LTCINV must be appropriately datafilled.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR34AB–3


NTXR42AA
Firmware Downloading
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXR42AA contents
Feature number Description

AF3658 MX77 Firmware Downloading


TA0174 UP Integration in the SDTC

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS38i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTXR34AB or XPM Plus (Product Line Upgrade Strategy) Basic
NTXP92AA or RSC-S Basic
NTXP92AB RSC-S Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR42AA–1


NTXR42AA
AF3658
Feature name
MX77 Firmware Downloading
Description
AF3658 provides a process for downloading firmware into the EEPROM of
the NTMX77AA card (unified processor (UP)) that is located in a common
peripheral module shelf or an extended peripheral module shelf. This
feature eliminates the need to return EEPROM on UP cards to the factory
for reprogramming. This feature is not part of the bootloading process for
the UP card, but a maintenance function.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires an NTMX77AA card (downloadable UP) and an
NT6X69 card (messaging card).
Restrictions and limitations
The following conditions must be met before loading the UP with a new
firmware load:
• unit is loaded with software and is in the manual busy state
• unit is equipped with card NTMX77AA and it supports card NT6X69

Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AF2785—CPM UP Software and Basic Maintenance
• AF3733—CC Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM
• AF3732—XPM Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM

Datafill
Table Description

RCCINV Field EEPROM_FILE is added to datafill software load name for


the NTMX77AA EEPROM.
LTCINV Field EEPROM_FILE is added to datafill software load name for
the NTMX77AA EEPROM.

This feature increases data store by a maximum of 2 Kbytes.


Logs
This feature adds 23 text reasons to log PM181, which is generated to record
firmware download events and failures.

NTXR42AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR42AA
AF3658
User interface
This feature is invoked from the PM level of the MAP by issuing command
LOADPM with option FIRMWARE for parameter CC MODE; without this
option, the command LOADPM continues to invoke the existing PM loader.
The command QUERYPM invoked from the CPM/XPM PLUS PM level of
the MAP with option CNTRS displays both ROM versions of the
EEPROMS.
A flag is added to the MAP during execution of command LOADPM
indicating that the EEPROMs are being loaded.
Various messages are also displayed at the MAP during execution of
command LOADPM.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR42AA–3


NTXR42AA
TA0174
Feature name
UP Integration in the SDTC
Description
This feature provides a unified processor (UP) load to support the CIS
signaling as the existing three-processor SDTC load. SDTC is an
international digital trunk controller (IDTC) load for the CIS network.
SDTC supports T1 (NTLS21), and T2 (NTLS22) line signaling, as well as
decadic (NTRS05), MF Shuttle (NTRS02), MFPP–1 (NTRS14), and
MFPP–2 register signaling types.

Also, this feature provides a new IDTC+ load named ESDxxnn, specifically
to be used in the CIS network. SDTC+ covers all of the existing SDTC
functionalities.

SDTC+ on two- and three-processor backplane configurations are both


supported.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Hardware requirements
This feature supports only the shelf code NT6X02UI and the frame codes
NT6X01BA, NTRX47AA (streamline), NTFX33AA (MSL), and
NTNX33FA (MSL) for IDTC+ and ILGC+.
ILGC and IDTC must be equipped with the XPM+ card kit that contains the
following cards:
• NTMX77 UP (one card)
• NTMX71 Backplane Terminator Paddleboard (one card)
• NT7X80 Bus Shorter (two cards)
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• TA0133 Unified Processor on IDTC/ILGC–CC portion
• TA0134 Unified Processor on IDTC/ILGC–XPM portion

NTXR42AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR42AA
TA0174
Datafill
Table Description

PMLOADS Both the RAM loads (EIDnnxx and EILnnxx) and the firmware
load must be datafilled.

LTCINV IXPM+ peripheral module must be datafilled as follows:


· EQPEC field as 6X02UI for 3-Processor Backplane IXPM+
or 6X02UC for 2-Processor Backplane IXPM+
· PECS6X45 field as MX77AA MX77AA
· E2LOAD field as MX77NB03

For an IXPM to be designated as an IXPM+, tables PMLOADS and


LTCINV must be appropriately datafilled.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR42AA–5


NTXR46AA
Robustness Enhancements
This feature package provides software interface procedures for calculating
and maintaining checksums over critical semi-static run-time system data for
each software module.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXR46AA
Feature number Description

AL2236 Run-time System Data Checksum

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS33.
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR46AA–1


NTXR46AA
AL2236
Feature name
Run-time System Data Checksum
Description
AL2236 provides new software interface procedures for calculating and
maintaining checksums over critical semi-static run-time system data for
each software module.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS33.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature resides only in the computing module (CM) core.
Logs generated on noncore nodes are routed to the central log device only if
the routing has been datafilled. Alarms associated with these logs are not
propagated to the central log system.
Logs
Log MOD157, a new log, is generated on the checksum failure of an
existing module.
Log MOD158, a new log, is generated on the checksum failure of a newly
loaded module.
User interface
Command UPDATECHKSUM is added to directory PROGDIR to provide
the ability to revise the stored saved checksum value of a given module.
Command UNLOAD is updated to generate a log in the Toolsup report to
record the time of the action, the module name, and the user if the command
is actually executed.

NTXR46AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
CCS7—MTP/SCCP for LPP-based Platforms
This feature package contains features that modify linkset management. It
also allows for national and international variations of point codes.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 SuperNode and DMS-STP offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXR72AA contents
Feature number Description

AC0140 SCCP—Routing Control


AC0141 SCCP—Data Distribution
AC0142 SCCP—Management Changes
AC0143 SCCP—For DMS-SCP
AC0144 SCCP—Management Robustness
AC0148 MTP—Generic Distributed Data Manager
AC0149 MTP—COV, CBK, Reroute Enhancements
AC0150 MTP—CC Routing Capability
AC0220 MTP—Multi-MSB MMI
AC0223 MTP—Multi-MSB Capability
AC0225 MTP—Distributed Data Audits and OM Collection
AC0226 MTP—Distributed MTP Data
AC0228 MTP—CC Restart Handling Improvements
AC0306 SCCP—MMI Evolution for STP
AC0361 CCS7 Timer Enhancements
AC0411 MTP—Robustness Improvements
AC0431 SCCP Management Robustness
AC0443 Data Manager Robustness
AE0775 Q791 MTP Performance Enhancements
AE0982 Base SCCP GTT Enhancements
AE1015 SCCP Numbering and Translations
AL0076 MTP—Message Transfer Part
AL1249 CCS7 Static Data Audits

—continued—

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–1


NTXR72AA
Feature package NTXR72AA contents (continued)
Feature number Description

AL1330 Signaling Link Marginal Performance Report


AL1474 CCITT7 National Network Point Code MMI
AL1496 Removal of CLLI from CCS7 RTESET and LINKSET
AL1499 CCS7 CC Store Reduction for NT40
AL1893 STP Robustness
AL2334 SRC Controlled Restart and No-Restart SWACT for CCS7
AR0010 CCS7 Flow Control 1
AR0117 DDM Audit Enhancement
AR0118 DDM User Independent Resource
AR0907 C7TU Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
AR0908 CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
AR0909 CCS7 Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT Point
Code
AR0910 XPM Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
BC1749 SCCP Man-Machine Interface
BC1750 SCCP Table Control
BC1798 Routeset—Basic Routing Control—MSB
BC1799 Routeset—Router—MSB
BC1800 Routeset—Distributor—MSB
BC1803 Routeset—Man-Machine Interface—CC
BC1804 Routeset—Table Control—CC
BC1807 Linkset—Basic Link Management—MSB
BC1811 Linkset—Man-Machine Interface—CC
BC1813 Linkset Table Control—CC
BC1814 CCS7 Base
BC2045 SCCP—Routing Control
BC2046 SCCP—Connectionless Control
BC2047 SCCP—Management—PC Management
BC2048 SCCP—Management—Subsystem

—continued—

NTXR72AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
Feature package NTXR72AA contents (continued)
Feature number Description

BC2290 MTP—Congestion/Timer Option Table Control


BC2291 MTP—Quasi-associated Signaling
BC2292 MTP—Congestion Handling
BC2293 MTP—ST Pools for CCS7 Signaling Links
BF0454 CCS7 ST MP Pro/Congestion Control and Flow Control
BF0457 CCS7 ST MP Buffer Retrieval
BF0526 CCS7 MSB ST Interface Handling
BF0529 CCS7 MSB ST/STAI Audits
BF0550 CCS7 ST Commissioning Load
BF0551 CCS7 MSB Commissioning Load
BF0650 CCS7—Signaling Terminal
BF0941 Routeset—Changeover/Changeback—MSB
BF0942 MTP Audits for CCS7
BF1025 Generalize XPM/MSB7 Channel Allocation
BV2000 CCS7 Link Set Management
BV2001 CCS7 Route Set Management
TA0287 SLS Load Balancing (AR0929) Prop into BCS40i

End

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS19.
BCS40i—TA0287 added
BCS38i—AR0907, AR0908, AR0909, and AR0910 added

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–3


NTXR72AA
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX940AA CM Bilge
NTXN19AA LIU7 for LPP-based CCS7 Applications
or
NTX833AB STP Operations

NTXR72AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AL2334
Feature name
SRC Controlled Restart and No-Restart SWACT for CCS7
Description
This feature allows the system recovery controller (SRC) to control the
recovery of Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7) links, linksets, routesets,
and pools during warm, cold, and reload restarts, or during a no-restart
switch of activity (SWACT).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS36.
Restrictions and limitations
The no-restart SWACT for CCS7 offices is a function of office size, and
certain configurations may not meet the target maximum of 30 seconds for
complete switch recovery. Partial call processing will be available within
the 30-s limit.
This feature does not support the CCS7 part of service control point I (SCPI)
nodes.
This feature does not support the CCITT-based versions of signal connection
control part (SCCP).
Feature interactions
This feature is one of four features that function together to allow CCS7,
link peripheral processors (LPP), and ISDN user part (ISUP) to use the SRC
for core restart recovery. The other features are as follows:
• AI0704 SRC Restart and No-Restart SWACT Support for SCCP
and DDM
• AI0705 SRC Restart and No-Restart SWACT Support for LIMs
and LIUs
• AR0467 SRC Restart and No-Restart SWACT Support for ISUP

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–5


NTXR72AA
AR0010
Feature name
CCS7 Flow Control 1
Description
This feature implements measures to improve flow control and overload
protection for Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7) message handling in
the link interface unit 7 (LIU7).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS36.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature changes the way in which local link congestion is reported
between nodes that use the interlink to link protocol (ILLP). The distributed
congestion scheme is now used only between nodes that use ILLP.
Feature interactions
This feature modifies feature AC0160 (CCS7 Interlink to Link Protocol).
Logs
When an LIU7 goes to the in-service trouble (ISTB) state due to message
congestion, the PM128 log now indicates a reason “CCS7 Message Limit
Reached”.
User interface
At the PM level of the MAP (maintenance and administration position),
command QUERYPM now displays the message “Message Limit Reached”
when the LIU7 is ISTB because of message congestion.

NTXR72AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AR0117
Feature name
DDM Audit Enhancement
Description
AR0117 provides the following items :
• enhancements to the data manager (DM) audit process in the form of a
checksum audit to be used by application tables
• added functionality for the DM data sync machine to allow individual
applications to request data synchronization for their particular tables
• data sync pipelining to increase the efficiency of the data sync process
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
Individual application data sync is available only to DM service
applications. DM base and configuration applications cannot use this
option.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–7


NTXR72AA
AR0118
Feature name
DDM User Independent Resource
Description
AR0118 provides the distributed data manager (DDM) user with the
capability of defining private buffer pools and therefore removes the
limitations of using the global buffer pools that are assigned by the DDM.
This feature allows the following user-defined options to customize the
DDM resources:
• buffer pool size and buffer size, for the dynamic update function
• buffer pool size, for the data synchronization function
As a requirement for the system recovery controller (SRC), this feature
provides identification of the DDM data sync transactor object to the SRC
and it provides a high-level design for a mechanism to control the data sync
concurrencies during the recovery period.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
The user can specify a maximum buffer size of 1012 bytes.
This feature affects DDM software only in nodes based in the computing
module (CM) and the support operating system (SOS).
Datafill
This feature increases data store by a maximum of 1.5 Kbytes.

NTXR72AA–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AR0907
Feature name
C7TU Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Description
This feature provides support in the C7 test utility (C7TU) tool for the
Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7) message transfer part (MTP) that has
a 24-bit point code telephone label structure.
The Chinese network that uses 24-bit point code is called the NTC7
network. The NTC7 network is a CCITT signaling network with 24-bit
point code in the message routing label. The 24-bit point code and the
resulting 56-bit routing label are defined by feature AR0909 (CCS7 Network
Management Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code).
The NTC7 network requires an MTP with 24-bit point code values on link
peripheral processor (LPP)-based DMS service switching point (DMS SSP)
and DMS signaling transfer point (DMS-STP) nodes.
The network types datafilled in table C7NETWRK of a DMS SSP or
DMS-STP node describe the signaling networks used by the node. The
network type NTC7 has been added by feature AR0909.
This feature, AR0907, introduces the same network type and the same
definitions of the 24-bit point code and the 56-bit routing label in the C7TU
tool to support all C7TU capabilities for MTP messages that have the 24-bit
point code in the NTC7 network.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
The variant MTPs are available only on LPP-based DMS SSP and
DMS-STP nodes.
Message switch and buffer 7 (MSB7)-based CCS7 nodes are not supported.
The following C7TU commands are affected by this feature:
• MONITOR
• STATUS
• DUMP

For each of these commands, the NTC7 network type is a valid entry if the
command parameters include the network type. The NTC7 network type is
also a valid outcome if the outcome of the command includes the network
type.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–9


NTXR72AA
AR0907
The restriction for C7TU that limits the number of logs that each LIU7 can
send to 10 logs each minute applies to this feature.
The TRM and UFC message groups and the TRA and UPU messages are
not supported within SNM messages for the C7TU tool.
Feature interactions
This feature supports the MTP variant created by feature AR0909 for DMS
SSP and DMS-STP nodes but does not affect any other MTP variants.
This feature requires the following features:
• AR0908 CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
• AR0909 CCS7 Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT
Point Code
• AR0910 XPM Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Logs
The following C7TU logs are affected by this feature:
• C7TU101 is generated if it is matched on an incoming CCS7
message. A copy of the message is included in the log.
• C7TU102 is generated if it is matched on an outgoing CCS7
message. A copy of the message is included in the log.
User interface
All the MAP (maintenance and administration position) levels that indicate
the network type of a node are changed to add the NTC7 network type, the
point code, and the routing label. The monitor, status, and dump commands
are affected.

NTXR72AA–10 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AR0908
Feature name
CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Description
AR0908 implements the table control changes that support the network that
has a 24-bit point code telephone label structure.
The Chinese network that uses 24-bit point code is called the NTC7
network. The NTC7 network is a CCITT signaling network with 24-bit
point code in the message routing label. The 24-bit point code and the
resulting 56-bit routing label are defined by feature AR0909 (CCS7 Network
Management Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code).
The NTC7 network requires a Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7)
message transfer part (MTP) with 24-bit point code values on link peripheral
processor (LPP)-based DMS service switching point (DMS SSP) and DMS
signaling transfer point (DMS-STP) nodes.
The table control changes affect only the NTC7 network.
The NTC7 network requires changes to the following CCS7 tables:
• C7LINK
• C7LKSET
• C7NETWRK
• C7RTESET
• C7TIMER
• C7TRKMEM (only for 24-bit SSP)

Several fields in these tables are expanded to include the NTC7 network
type and error messages.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
The variant MTPs are available only on LPP-based DMS SSP and
DMS-STP nodes.
Message switch and buffer 7 (MSB7) CCS7 nodes are not supported.
Feature interactions
This feature supports the MTP variant created by feature AR0909 for DMS
SSP and DMS-STP nodes but does not affect any other MTP variants.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–11


NTXR72AA
AR0908
This feature interacts with the following features:
• AR0907 C7TU Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
• AR0909 CCS7 Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT
Point Code
• AR0910 XPM Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Datafill
Table Description

C7LINK Allocations STBASIC and STPOOL are removed. Only


LIUCHANNEL, LIUBASIC, and LIUPOLL allocations are
supported.

C7LKSET Added NTC7 to the range of values in field NETTYPE.

Field INHTEST is validated to conform to NTC7 network


restrictions.

C7NETWRK Added NTC7 to the range of values in field NETTYPE.

Fields SLSROT, MCS, and CLUSTERS are validated to


conform to NTC7 network restrictions.

C7RTESET Added NTC7 to the range of values in field NETTYPE.

C7TIMER Added NTC703, NTC704, and NTC707 to the range of values in


field NETSPEC.

The values are needed for the NTC7 network type.

C7TRKMEM The circuit identification code (CIC) has been changed to the
range of 0 to 16 383.

User interface
All the MAP (maintenance and administration position) levels that indicate
the network type of a node are changed to add the NTC7 network type, the
point code, and the routing label.

NTXR72AA–12 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AR0909
Feature name
CCS7 Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Description
This feature extends the point code in the telephone label structure from
14 bits to 24 bits and implements changes to signaling message handling and
signaling network mangement.
The Chinese network that uses 24-bit point code is called the NTC7
network. The NTC7 network is a CCITT signaling network with 24-bit
point code in the message routing label.
The NTC7 network requires a Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7)
message transfer part (MTP) with 24-bit point code values on link peripheral
processor (LPP)-based DMS service switching point (DMS SSP) and DMS
signaling transfer point (DMS-STP) nodes.
The network types datafilled in table C7NETWRK of a DMS SSP or
DMS-STP node describe the signaling networks used by the node. This
feature adds network type NTC7.
The additional network type creates an MTP variant of a DMS node. In this
MTP variant, the point code is redefined at 24 bits. Correspondingly, the
routing label is redefined as 56 bits.
The following functions are changed to support the 24-bit point code, the
56-bit routing label, and the additional network type:
• signaling message handling and signaling network mangement
• table control
• test utilities
• XMS-based periperhal module (XPM) support

The following CCS7 tables are changed:


• C7LKSET
• C7NETWRK
• C7RTESET
• C7TIMER

Several fields in these tables are expanded to include the NTC7 network
type and error messages.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–13


NTXR72AA
AR0909
Restrictions and limitations
The variant MTPs are available only on LPP-based DMS SSP and
DMS-STP nodes.
Message switch and buffer 7 (MSB7) nodes are not supported.
Both V.35 and channelized access interface to LPPs are supported.
Feature interactions
This feature creates an MTP variant for DMS SSP and DMS-STP nodes but
does not affect other MTP variants.
This feature induces the following feature:
• AR0907 C7TU Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
This feature induces and requires the following features:
• AR0908 CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
• AR0910 XPM Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Features AR0907, AR0908, and AR0910 implement the changes to table
control, test utilities, and XPM support.
Datafill
Table Description

C7LKSET Added NTC7 to the range of values in field NETTYPE.

Field INHTEST is validated to conform to NTC7 network


restrictions.

C7NETWRK Added NTC7 to the range of values in field NETTYPE.

Fields SLSROT, MCS, and CLUSTERS are validated to


conform to NTC7 network restrictions.

C7RTESET Added NTC7 to the range of values in field NETTYPE.

C7TIMER Added NTC703, NTC704, and NTC707 to the range of values in


field NETSPEC.

The values are needed for the NTC7 network type.

Logs
This feature does not add logs, but all logs that involve network type are
changed to support the additional network type.

NTXR72AA–14 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AR0909
User interface
All the MAP (maintenance and administration position) levels that indicate
the network type of a node are changed to add the NTC7 network type, the
point code, and the routing label.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–15


NTXR72AA
AR0910
Feature name
XPM Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
Description
This feature implements changes to XMS-based peripheral module (XPM)
support for the Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7) message transfer part
(MTP) that has a 24-bit point code telephone label structure.
The Chinese network that uses 24-bit point code is called the NTC7
network. The NTC7 network is a CCITT signaling network with 24-bit
point code in the message routing label.
The NTC7 network requires an MTP with 24-bit point code values on link
peripheral processor (LPP)-based DMS service switching point (DMS SSP)
and DMS signaling transfer point (DMS-STP) nodes. The 24-bit point code
and the resulting 56-bit routing label are defined by feature AR0909 (CCS7
Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code).
The network types datafilled in table C7NETWRK of an SSP or an STP
node describe the signaling networks used by the node. The NTC7 network
is a CCITT signaling network with 24-bit point code in the message routing
label. The 24-bit point code and the resulting 56-bit routing label are
defined by feature AR0909. The network type NTC7 has been added by
feature AR0909.
The additional network type creates an additional MTP variant of a DMS
node. In this MTP variant, the point code is redefined at 24 bits.
Correspondingly, the routing label is redefined as 56 bits.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature is available only on digital trunk controllers (DTC) and PCM30
DTCs (PDTC).
The variant MTPs are available only on LPP-based DMS SSP and
DMS-STP nodes.
Message switch and buffer 7 (MSB7) CCS7 nodes are not supported.

NTXR72AA–16 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXR72AA
AR0910
Feature interactions
This feature supports the MTP variant created by feature AR0909 (CCS7
Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code) for DMS SSP
and DMS-STP nodes but does not affect any other MTP variants.
This feature requires the following features:
• AR0908 CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit CCITT Point Code
• AR0909 CCS7 Network Management Support for 24-bit CCITT
Point Code
Logs
This feature does not add logs, but all the logs that are generated from XPMs
and involve network type are changed to support the additional network
type.
User interface
All the MAP (maintenance and administration position) levels that indicate
the network type of a node are changed to add the NTC7 network type, the
point code, and the routing label.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXR72AA–17


NTXR72AA
TA0287
Feature name
SLS Load Balancing (AR0929) Prop into BCS40i
Description
This feature resolves the signaling link selector (SLS) distribution problem
found in combined linksets of CCS7 nodes. A load sharing function is
introduced which verifies that each in-service link in a combined linkset is
assigned the same or almost the same number of messages to route out as the
other working links in the linkset. The difference can be, at most, one.
This feature is the international version of feature AR0929 (SLS Load
Balance for Combined Linksets in the CCS7 Network).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS40i.

NTXR72AA–18 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXS72AA
CC Software Support for EDRAM Uploading
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
This feature package provides central control software for the enhanced
digital recorded announcement machine (EDRAM) to implement the
following functionality:
• conversion of announcement-file formats to binary format
• provision of a means for maintenance personnel to query announcement
file names in EDRAM
• uploading of EDRAM announcement files to an external storage device
on a DMS switch
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXS72AA contents
Feature number Description

AQ0984 CC Support for EDRAM Uploading

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS36.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXN16AA Enhanced DRAM

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXS72AA–1


NTXS72AA
AQ0984
Feature name
CC Support for EDRAM Uploading
Description
This feature implements the following functionality for the enhanced digital
recorded announcement machine (EDRAM):
• uploading of EDRAM announcement files to an external storage device
on a DMS switch
• providing a means for maintenance personnel to query announcement
file names in EDRAM
• enhancement of the loader to support the EDRAM announcement files in
a new binary format
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS36.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires that at least one digital trunk module be installed on the
switch.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature works only with single-density announcement files.
Uploaded announcement files are in a new binary format. They can only be
used on a switch where this feature is active.
The uploading part of this feature supports only three external storage
devices: SFDEV, disk, or tape.
Feature interactions
This feature is built upon feature AL1696 (CC Software Support for
Enhanced DRAM) and requires this feature in order to function.
The digital trunk module firmware is modified to support uploading and
name query. The correct firmware for this feature is EDRAM.AC01 or
higher revision.
User interface
This feature creates a new command, UPLOAD. This command is activated
on the DTM level of the MAP (maintenance and administration position)
display to upload files from the EDRAM to a specified storage device.
Command QUERYPM, on the DTM level of the MAP display, is enhanced
to display the names of the files in EDRAM.

NTXS72AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU35AA
DMS-100I Downloadable Tones
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
NTXU35AA provides dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF) supervisory and
test tones for two specific market areas in Latin America, and tone sets for
use in Poland.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU35AA contents
Feature number Description

AE1243 Polish Tones and Cadences


TA0140 Tones and Cadences for CALA
TA0141 Tones and Cadences for CALA (CC)
TA0175 CIS Tones and Cadences
TA0177 CIS UTR Integration Phase 1

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS37.
BCS38I—TA0175 and TA0177 added
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU35AA–1


NTXU35AA
AE1243
Feature name
Polish Tones and Cadences
Description
AE1243 provides the Polish tone sets for use in the international digital
trunk controller (IDTC) and the international line group controller (ILGC).
The following tones are provided:
• dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF) tones for the ILGC
• multifrequency compelled (MFC) tones for the IDTC
• supervisory tones for the IDTC and the ILGC
• test and diagnostic tones for the IDTC and ILGC

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS36.
Hardware requirements
The IDTC and ILGC must be equipped with the NT6X69LA (CPP
messaging protocol and downloadable tones CP).
Restrictions and limitations
This feature is supported on three-processor peripheral modules (PM) only.
R1 tones are not included in the Polish tone sets.
All power level units are given at dBm instead of dBm0.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following feature:
• AE0398 XPM Static Data Audit on Downloadable Tones
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV PLDDTC is added to the range of values in field TONESET to


select the tone set for the IDTC.

PLDLGC is added to the range of values in field TONESET to


select the tone set for the ILGC.

NTXU35AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU35AA
TA0140
Feature name
Tones and Cadences for CALA
Description
This feature implements the XMS-based peripheral module (XPM) software
to provide the appropriate dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF), supervisory
and test tones for two specific market areas in Latin America.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS37.
Hardware requirements
Line or trunk peripheral modules must be equipped with the NT6X69LA
card (message protocol and downloadable tones [MPDT]).
Restrictions and limitations
This feature can be used only in messaging peripheral devices equipped with
NT6X69LA and NT6X69LB cards.
Downloadable tones do not support emergency standalone tones.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AE0396 Downloadable Tones – XPM Portion
• AE0397 Downloadable Tones – CC Portion
• TA0141 Tones and Cadences for CALA (CC)
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV GTLLGC, GTLDTC, CLMLGC, and CLMDTC are added as


valid values in field TONESET.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU35AA–3


NTXU35AA
TA0141
Feature name
Tones and Cadences for CALA (CC)
Description
This feature introduces four new sets of tone parameters into the DMS
switch. These parameters provide the appropriate dual-tone multifrequency
(DTMF), supervisory and test tones for two specific market areas in Latin
America.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS37.
Hardware requirements
Line or trunk peripheral modules must be equipped with the NT6X69LA
card (message protocol and downloadable tones [MPDT]).
Restrictions and limitations
This feature can be used only in messaging peripheral devices equipped with
NT6X69LA and NT6X69LB cards.
Downloadable tones do not support emergency standalone tones.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AE0396 Downloadable Tones – XPM Portion
• AE0397 Downloadable Tones – CC Portion
• TA0140 Tones and Cadences for CALA
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV GTLLGC, GTLDTC, CLMLGC, and CLMDTC are added as


valid values in field TONESET.

NTXU35AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU35AA NTXU35AA
TA0175 TA0175
Feature name
CIS Tones and Cadences
Description
This feature provides a new set of tone parameters for the DMS switch.
These parameters are used by the DMS tone-creating facility to create the
tones for CIS market applications.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Hardware requirements
An NT6X69LA or NT6X69LB message protocol and downloadable tones
(MPDT) card must be equipped on line or trunk peripheral modules to be
able to use the tones specified in this document.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature can only be used in messaging peripheral modules equipped
with the NT6X69LA or NT6X69LB downloadable tone card.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• AE0396 Downloadable Tones–XPM Portion
• AE0397 Downloadable Tones
• TA0177 CIS UTR Integration Phase 1
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV Value CISTONE is added to range in field TONESET.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU35AA–5


NTXU35AA
TA0177
Feature name
CIS UTR Integration Phase 1
Description
This feature modifies the following CIS-market register signaling systems to
work with the NET6X2AA universal tone receiver card:
• MF ANI Gapless
• MF Pulse Packet Type I
• MF Pulse Packet Type II (700 Hz and 1100 Hz)
• MF Shuttle

The NET6X2AA UTR card is designed to replace the NT6X92CA UTR


which is not capable of detecting specific CIS tones. The new UTR card
detects multifrequency (MF), multifrequency compelled (MFC), dual tone
multifrequency (DTMF), and CIS tones.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Hardware requirements
The NET6X2AA card is used on the international digital trunk controller
(IDTC) with a CIS digital trunk controller (SDTC) load.
Restrictions and limitations
Table LTCINV must be datafilled as CISTONE in the TONESET field for
the IDTC.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0175 CIS Tones and Cadences
• TA0176 CIS Universal Tone Receiver (UTR) Interface,
Maintenance and Diagnostic
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV LTCINV must be datafilled as CISTONE in the TONESET field


for IDTC.

NTXU35AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU44AA
Toll Break-in (Local)
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
NTXU44AA provides Toll Break-in (TBI) capabilities on the DMS-100
switch.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU44AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0158 Toll Break-in on CTUP for DMS100I


TA0159 R2 Local TBI – Phase I
TA0227 R2 Automatic TBI Enhancement

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS37.
BSC39i—Feature TA0227 added.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXB14AA China Local Basic


NTXH04AA CCIT 2-bit Line Signaling

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU44AA–1


NTXU44AA
TA0158
Feature name
Toll Break-in on CTUP for DMS100i
Description
This feature provides the following capabilities to the Toll Break-in (TBI)
feature on the DMS-100 switch:
• TBI interworking with China telephone user part (CTUP) for the
terminating local office
• testing the TBI signal by simulation from the trunk test position (TTP)
level of the MAP (maintenance and administration position) display,
using a CTUP trunk
• determining if origination alert control is used

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS37.
Hardware requirements
Sufficient conference circuits should be provided to handle the additional
traffic generated by TBI.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support International Traffic Operator Position System
(ITOPS) to CTUP interaction.
When the TBI target subscriber is the called party in an existing toll call, this
feature allows the subscriber to re-answer the existing call. This is a change
to the TBI functionality.
This feature does not support the following situations:
• calls over two-way trunks
• start ringing. Receipt of the start ringing signal is ignored by a DMS
terminating office.
• forced release of the subscriber to whom the TBI target subscriber is
connected
• exclusive connection of the TBI target subscriber to the TBI operator.
The operator must clear down the TBI connection, then set up a new
connection to the required subscriber.
This feature cannot be activated in the following situations:
• The target subscriber’s line is in the call setup stage, such as dialing or
outpulsing.
• The target subscriber is activating a feature.
• The target subscriber has activated a feature that is still active.

NTXU44AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU44AA
TA0158
• The target subscriber is connected to another subscriber who has
activated a feature.
• Malicious Call Trace (MCT) is activated.
• The target subscriber is connected to another subscriber on a line-to-line
call, and the originator of the call is a coin line, or has the subscriber
premises metering (SPM) option.
• The target subscriber has one of the following options:
— No Double Connect (NDC)
— Deny Toll Break-in (DTBI)
— Do Not Disturb (DND)
• The target subscriber is an operator or is connected to an operator.
• The TBI line signaling parameters are datafilled to 0 (zero).
TBI is allowed when the target subscriber’s line is in one of the following
states:
• busy on a local call
• toll busy
• connected to a tone or an announcement
• involved in call treatment

Datafill
Table Description

TRKSGRP Option ORIGCNTL is added to allow originating alert control.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU44AA–3


NTXU44AA
TA0159
Feature name
R2 Local TBI – Phase I
Description
This feature provides toll break-in (TBI) capability over R2 trunks on an
NTLS16 line signaling system. The feature allows an operator or a
maintenance call to be connected to a busy subscriber.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS37.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature functions only if the DMS switch is functioning as a tandem or
terminating office.
This feature covers only manual TBI.
This feature does not support the following situations:
• calls over two-way trunks
• start ringing. Receipt of the start ringing signal is ignored by a DMS
terminating office.
• forced release of the subscriber to whom the TBI target subscriber is
connected
• exclusive connection of the TBI target subscriber to the TBI operator.
The operator must clear down the TBI connection, then set up a new
connection to the required subscriber.
This feature cannot be activated in the following situations:
• The target subscriber’s line is in the call setup stage, such as dialing or
outpulsing.
• The target subscriber is activating a feature.
• The target subscriber has activated a feature that is still active.
• The target subscriber is connected to another subscriber who has
activated a feature.
• Malicious Call Trace (MCT) is activated.
• The target subscriber is connected to another subscriber on a line-to-line
call, and the originator of the call is a coin line, or has the subscriber
premises metering (SPM) option.
• The target subscriber has one of the following options:
— No Double Connect (NDC)
— Deny Toll Break-in (DTBI)
— Do Not Disturb (DND)

NTXU44AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU44AA
TA0159
• The target subscriber is an operator or is connected to an operator.
• The TBI line signaling parameters are datafilled to 0.
TBI is allowed when the target subscriber’s line is in one of the following
states:
• busy on a local call
• toll busy
• connected to a tone or an announcement
• involved in call treatment

Feature interactions
When TBI is active, no feature, other than MCT, can be invoked, and MCT
can only be invoked while the call is in the conference state.
Datafill
Table Description

LNSIGSYS RMINFOT, RMAXFOT and SMINFOT added to NTLS16 tuple.


TBI line signal added to NTLS16 tuple.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU44AA–5


NTXU44AA
TA0227
Feature name
R2 Automatic TBI Enhancement
Description
This feature enhances the existing Automatic Toll Break-In (TBI) feature in
Programmable R2 register signaling to permit the sending of a
CONNECT_CALL_CHG signal even if the called subscriber is busy.
This feature applies to operator systems that cannot maintain a connection if
the called subscriber status register signal is other than idle.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires an NT3X67BB conference card.
Restrictions and limitations
TBI is only allowed on local voice calls.
The TBI call type must be one of the following:
• line to line
• line to trunk
• trunk to line
• line to tone

TBI cannot be applied to a line if the following conditions exist:


• the line is connected to an announcement device
• dialing is taking place over the line
• ringing is being applied to the line

TBI is not applicable to those lines that are classed as:


• data lines
• V.I.P. lines

Feature interactions
This feature requires the following feature to function properly:
• AG0710 Toll Break-In for China DMS-100

NTXU44AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU44AA
TA0227
Datafill
Table Description

R2PROT Value CONNECT_CALL_CHG is added to the range of option


TBI_ACT

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU44AA–7


NTXU45AA
100i ISUP Base
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU45AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0169 Base ISUP Call Processing


TA0170 Base ISUP Maintenance
TA0171 ISUP To and From R1 NTLS01/02 Interworking
TA0172 ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction
TA0233 100I Base Variant Implementation
TA0379 ISUP–NTLS09 Interworking

TA0543 ETSI ISUP V2 interworkings


39005866 CNDB per-call activation/deactivation

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS38i.
BSC39i—Feature TA0233 added.
BCS42i—Feature TA0379 added.
BCS44.1i –– Features TA0543 and 39005866 added.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX167AB CCS7 – Trunk Signaling
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX470AA International Common Basic
NTXK79AD PCM Unified Processor (UP) Support
NTXR72AA Robustness Enhancements

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–1


NTXU45AA
TA0169
Feature name
Base ISUP Call Processing
Description
This feature is one of a group of features that, together, implement version 1
of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN user
part (ISUP) (the ETS300121-based ISUP protocol) on DMS-100 and
DMS-200 switches. This feature provides the base call processing
functions.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support the following features or functions:
• overlap outpulsing
• trunk metering and billing
• called party and mutual control
• forward Transfer Message (FOT)
• echo devices on a DMS-100 switch
• link peripheral processor (LPP), other than with channelized access
• any reference to supplementary services
• international centralized automatic message accounting (ICAMA)
The DMS-100 switch sets the satellite indicator field of the initial address
message (IAM), based on the datafill of table TRKSGRP. This feature
supports no other satellite usage functionality.

Message IAM is generated only when all digits specified by translation are
present.

In translation tables, the field values of the minimum number of digits must
be the same as the field values of the maximum number of digits.

T10 and T11 are datafillable, but are not supported by this feature.

Treatment-to-cause mapping is datafillable; cause-to-treatment mapping is


not.

NTXU45AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA
TA0169
Feature interactions
This feature implements ETSI ISUP in conjunction with the following
features:
• TA0170 Base ISUP Maintenance
• TA0171 ISUP to and from R1 NTLS01/02 interworking
• TA0172 ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction

Operational measurements
This feature creates the following operational measurement groups:
• ISUPUSAG ISUP Utilization
• ISUPERRS ISUP Performance
• ISUPCKTA Circuit Availability
• ISUPCONN End to End Connection Performance
• ISUPCGRP Circuit Group Availability

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–3


NTXU45AA
TA0170
Feature name
Base ISUP Maintenance
Description
This feature is one of a group of features that, together, implement version 1
of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN user
part (ISUP), the ETS300121-based ISUP protocol, on DMS-100 and
DMS-200 switches. This feature implements the basic ISUP maintenance
functions.
Note: This feature is not currently enabled.

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Hardware requirements
An NT6X70 continuity tone detector card must be installed to the ninth slot
of the PDTC-UP frame. This allows manual or per-call continuity testing to
be performed on a circuit.
Restrictions and limitations
ISUP on DMS-100 applies only to offices equipped with link peripheral
processors (LPP). This feature supports only the CCITT network type
datafilled in table C7NETWORK.

Test lines T100, T101, and T102 are not supported. Test lines T104, T105,
and T108 are not available for the DMS-100 switches.

Signaling link failure does not affect calls that are established (answered).

In order to generate a circuit group blocking (CGB) message, ten circuits


must be datafilled in table C7TRKMEM. The assigning of circuit
identification codes (CIC) to ISUP trunks must be done in ascending order
for each carrier on the PCM30 digital trunk controller (PDTC). This allows
CGB or circuit gropup unblocking (CGU) messages to be sent to the far end
office. Otherwise, a single blocking message is sent.

This feature is supported on only LPPs with channelized access.

This feature does not support automatic congestion control (ACC).

NTXU45AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA
TA0170
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• TA0169 Base ISUP Call Processing
• TA0171 ISUP to and from R1 NTLS01/02 Intw
• TA0172 ISUP and Turkish CEPT Feats Interaction
Operational measurements
This feature supports the following five ISUP OM groups:
• ISUPUSAG ISUP Utilization
• ISUPERRS ISUP Performance
• ISUPCKTA Circuit Availability
• ISUPCONN End to End Connection Performance
• ISUPCGRP Circuit Group Availability

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–5


NTXU45AA
TA0171
Feature name
ISUP to and from R1 NTLS01/02 Interworking
Description
This feature is one of a group of features that, together, implement version 1
of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN user
part (ISUP) (the ETS300121-based ISUP protocol) on DMS-100 and
DMS-200 switches. This feature provides interworking between ETSI ISUP
Version 1 (CCITT Q.767 ISUP) trunks and the international R1 trunks using
line signaling systems NTLS01 and NTLS02 on the DMS100/200
international switches.

This feature satisfies all basic call setup requirements for R1 (NTLS01/02)
to ISUP and ISUP to R1 (NTLS01/02) interworkings that are specified in
the TA0188, Product Specification for the ETSI ISUP Version 1 based
Turkish ISUP on DMS-100.
Note: This feature is not currently enabled.

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Hardware requirements
An NT6X70 continuity tone detector card must be installed to the ninth slot
of the PDTC-UP frame. This allows manual or per-call continuity test
performance on a circuit.
Restrictions and limitations
In order to generate a CGB message, 10 circuits must be datafilled in Table
C7TRKMEM. The assigning CICs to ISUP trunks must be done in
ascending order for each carrier on the PDTC. This allows CGB/CGV
messages to be sent to the far end office. Otherwise, a single blocking
message is sent.
The DMS-100 switch sets the satellite indicator field of the initial address
message (IAM), based on the datafill of table TRKSGRP. This feature
supports no other satellite usage functionality.
Message IAM is generated only when all digits specified by translation are
present.
This feature does not support any maintenance related issues for ISUP to
and from R1 NTLS01/02 interworking. These issues are covered by feature
TA0170.
Signaling link failure does not affect calls that are established (answered).

NTXU45AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA
TA0171
This feature does not support the following features or functions:
• overlap outpulsing
• automatic congestion control (ACC)
• trunk metering and billing
• called party and mutual control
• forward Transfer Message (FOT)
• echo devices on a DMS-100 switch
• link peripheral processor (LPP), other than with channelized access
• any reference to supplementary services
• international centralized automatic message accounting (ICAMA)
• Test lines T100, T101, T102

In translation tables, the field values of the minimum number of digits must
be the same as the field values of the maximum number of digits.
This feature supports only CCITT network types datafilled in Table
C7NETWORK.
T10 and T11 are datafillable, but are not supported by this feature.
Treatment-to-cause mapping is datafillable; cause-to-treatment mapping is
not.

Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0169 Base ISUP Call Processing
• TA0170 Base ISUP Maintenance
• TA0172 ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction
This feature does not impact any existing features on the DMS-100/200
switch.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–7


NTXU45AA
TA0172
Feature name
ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction
Description
This feature is one of a group of features that, together, implement version 1
of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN user
part (ISUP), the ETS300121-based ISUP protocol, on DMS-100 and
DMS-200 switches. This feature, in conjunction with the features TA0169
(Base ISUP Call Processing), TA0170 (Base ISUP Maintenance), and
TA0171 (ISUP to and from NTLS01 Intw), is a part of the project that
implements ISUP protocol based on the Northern Telecom TRS–93–153,
ETSI ISUP Version 1 for the national network on the DMS-100 switches.
Note: This feature is not currently enabled.

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support the interaction of the Turkish variant of CEPT
with R2-to-ISUP or ISUP-to-R2 interworking.
This feature supports only the following CEPT features:
• Call Diversion (CDV)
• Call Waiting (CWT)
• International Call Transfer (ICT)
• Six–way Calling (6WC)
• Three–way Calling (3WC)

Only NTLS01/02 is supported for the CEPT features Turkish variant


interaction with the R1-to-ISUP and ISUP-to-R1 interworking.
If the first leg of the call is over an R1 trunk, the calling directory number
(DN) cannot be obtained, since ANI R1 trunks are not provided in Turkey.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0169 DMS100i Base ISUP Call Processing
• TA0170 DMS100i Base ISUP Maintenance
• TA0171 DMS100i ISUP to and from R1 (NTLS01/02)

NTXU45AA–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA NTXU45AA
TA0233 TA0233
Feature name
100i ISUP Base Variant Implementation
Description
This feature implements the Guatemala and Peru ISUP base variants and
adds the existing Turkish variant to this generic variant architecture.
In the DMS-100i base ISUP variant architecture, national variants are
identified based on the value datafilled in the version field of the Table
TRKSGRP.
The Guatemala variant consists of two new ISUP messages and
enhancement of some existing ISUP messages. These messages and
parameters are updated to include additional information to satisfy the
requirements of the Guatemala national network.
The Peru variant consists of the enhancement of some existing ISUP
messages.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Restrictions and limitations
The development of Guatemala and Peru ISUP variants on the DMS-100
switch is for intranational application only and does not support any
international ISUP requirements.
The Toll Break-in (TBI) office parameters for Guatemala and Peru must be
datafilled exactly with the required values to provide the required
functionality.
The Trunk Offer (TKO) message is only generated by the R2–ISUP
interworking DMS-100 switch in the forward direction upon receipt of a
TBI line signal from the preceding exchange in the Guatemala national
network.
Subsequent TKO messages received at the terminating exchange are
ignored.
The DMS-100 switch, when acting as an originating exchange, discards the
connected number parameter of a received answer message (ANM).
The DMS-100 ignores unsolicited Information (INF) messages.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–9


NTXU45AA
TA0233
The DMS-100 switch generates an Information Request (INR) message if
the incoming trunk is a CAMA trunk and the calling party number is not
present.
INR and INF messages are not used in the Turkish network.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features to function properly:
• TA0169 Base ISUP Call Processing
• TA0170 Base ISUP Maintenance
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0232 100i ISUP to/from Programmable R2
• TA0234 100i ISUP Interaction with Guatemala MCT
• TA0235 100i ISUP Interaction with Guat/Peru TBI
Datafill
Value GUATEMALA is added to the range of values for office parameter
MARKET_OF_OFFICE in table OFCENG.
Operational measurements
This feature adds the following operational measurements to the
ISUPUSAG group:
• OM_TKO operator intervention
• OM_MCT malicious call trace

NTXU45AA–10 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA NTXU45AA
TA0379 TA0379
Feature name
ISUP–NTLS09 Interworking
Description
R1 register signaling is used to support trunks in the public switched
telephone networks (PSTN) that are within national networks. This
interworking is provided for R1 trunks by NTLS09 line signaling.
This feature provides interworking between ISDN user part (ISUP) trunks
and international R1 trunks using the NTLS09 line signaling system on
DMS-100 switches. Some functionalities are added for Malicious Call
Trace (MCT) implementation in European Telecommunications Standards
Institute (ETSI) V.1-based Turkish ISUP signaling.
Release history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with feature TA0372 (MCT Activation for Turkey) to
implement the MCT functionality.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–11


NTXU45AA
TA0543
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 interworkings
Description
This feature provides the following interworkings for European
Telecommunications Standards Institute ISDN user part V2 (ETSI ISUP V2)
on the DMS100i/200i switch:
• ETSI ISUP V2 to plain old telephone service (POTS)
• ETSI ISUP V2 to R1
• ETSI ISUP V2 to R2
• ETSI ISUP V2 to ISDN primary rate interface (PRI)/ basic rate interface
(BRI)
• ETSI ISUP V2 to ETSI ISUP V1

The system does not require additional work for the interworking between
ETSI ISUP V2 and POTS. The system requires the initial address message
(IAM) to establish the voice channel connection in the backward direction.
The system requires the address complete message (ACM) to establish the
voice channel connection in the forward direction.
This feature provides ETSI ISUP V2 to R1 interworking based on existing
interworkings for NTLS01/NTLS02. This feature provides interworking for
the trunks, but does not provide interworkings for specific features.
The system does not require additional work for ETSI ISUP V2 to R2
interworking. Service support for this interworking is not available.
The following services can function over the interworking between ETSI
ISUP V2 to PRI/BRI:
• calling line identification presentation (CLIP)/calling line identification
restriction (CLIR)
• connected line identification presentation (COLP)/connected line
identification restriction (COLR)
• call completion on busy subscriber (CCBS)
• call hold
• call waiting
• closed user group (CUG)
• multi-party services, such as three-way calling, conference call
• redirection services, such as call forwarding
• subaddressing (SUB)
• teleservices

NTXU45AA–12 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA
TA0543
• terminal portability
• user-to-user signaling
This feature provides mapping of additional information elements (IE) from
the PRI messages to V2 parameters. Additional mappings are available
from V2 parameters to PRI IEs.
For the interworking between ETSI ISUP V2 and ETSI ISUP V1, the
functionality of the CLIP/CLIR feature changes. If the screening indicator
field in the calling party address (CPA) is ‘user supplied, not verified’ the
system uses the generic address parameter. The system does not use the
CPA parameter when tandeming the call.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature provides the interworkings for the basic protocol messages.
This feature does not provide interworkings specific to different services.
The ETSI ISUP V2 to PRI restrictions follow:
• The called party number (CPN) has the internal network number
indicator set to “routing to internal network number allowed”.
• This feature does not support mapping for received progress indicators in
the PRI call proceeding message. This feature does not support generic
notification indicators in the ACM.
• Terminal portability is not available.
• The outgoing V2 release (REL) message does not include the access
delivery information (ADI) parameter.
• This feature supports mapping of one progress IE. If the DMS100i
receives a PRI message with more than one IE, the system maps the first
IE.
The BRI to ETSI ISUP V2 restrictions follow:
• The ADI parameter is available only in the ACM or call progress (CPG)
messages.
• An ETSI ISUP message contains the ADI parameter when the BRI sends
the alerting message.
• The DMS100i switch provides only basic message mapping. The system
does not map IEs received in the BRI connect message.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–13


NTXU45AA
TA0543
• The system supports CLIP/CLIR when a special arrangement does not
apply. The system supports reception of the generic address in an
incoming IAM, but does not include the generic address in the SETUP
message.
• The BRI progress message is not available.
• The DMS100i switch does not support reception of the BRI progress
indication IE.
• The system does not support progress indicator IEs for
CALL_PROCEEDING and ALERTING messages for parameter values
in an ETSI ISUP backward message.
• The system does not map the cause value in a terminating exchange REL
message to the cause value in the BRI DISCONNECT message. The
system sends cause value 16, normal call clearing, to the BRI terminator.
The events for each interworking follow.
— For BRI to ETSI ISUP, the DMS100i switch ignores the backward
ETSI ISUP subscriber resume (RES) and suspend (SUS) messages.
— For a BRI to ETSI ISUP answered call, a backward ETSI ISUP
network SUS message results in the release of the call.
— For ETSI ISUP to BRI, the DMS100i switch ignores the forward
ETSI ISUP network RES and SUS messages.
— For ETSI ISUP to BRI, the system releases the call on reception of
an ETSI ISUP subscriber SUS message.
— For ETSI ISUP to BRI, the system ignores forward ETSI ISUP
subscriber RES messages.

Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable

NTXU45AA–14 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA
TA0543
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–15


NTXU45AA
39005866
Feature name
CNDB per-call activation/deactivation
Description
The DMS100i switch can use the calling number delivery (CND) service to
provide the called party with the calling party’s directory number (DN). The
calling party can activate calling number delivery blocking (CNDB) to
control the information that the called party receives. The called party
receives a ‘PRIVATE’ message if CNDB is active on the calling party line.
The CNDB subscriber controls the use of CNDB on the line. The subscriber
must activate CNDB to suppress the DN for each call. The subscriber can
also choose to make the DN available, or unsuppress CNDB.
The CNDB feature has three types of subscribers. Each subscriber type has
different options when originating a call using CNDB:
• Type A subscribers have a default presentation status of ‘Unsuppress’
when dialing a called number normally. The subscriber must add access
code ‘*62’ before the called number to suppress the DN on the called
party’s equipment.
• Type B subscribers have a default presentation status of ‘Suppress’ when
dialing a called number normally. The subscriber must add access code
‘*68’ before the called number to unsuppress the DN on the called
party’s equipment.
• Type C subscribers have a default presentation status of ‘Suppress’. The
subscriber cannot change the presentation status.
BCS history
Feature 39005866 was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
Not applicable
Feature interactions
The CNDB feature interacts with the following features:
• Call diversion (CD). The CD functionality allows a subscriber to send
an incoming call to a remote destination. When a calling party has
CNDB and the called party has CD active, the party at the remote
destination receives the presentation status of the originating caller. The
remote destination receives either the directory number (DN) or a
‘PRIVATE’ message.

NTXU45AA–16 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU45AA
39005866
• Hunt groups. A CNDB subscriber can activate or deactivate CNDB
before calling a member of a hunt group. The hunt group members
receive either the DN or the ‘PRIVATE’ message, depending on if
CNDB is active.
• Three-way calling (3WC). In 3WC, party A calls party B, flashes, and
calls party C. Party A flashes a second time and dials ‘3’ to establish the
three-way call. Party A can activate or deactivate CNDB before calling
party B. The presentation status of party A affects the presentation
message that party C receives.
• Ring again (RAG). Both CNDB and RAG can be active on a call. The
calling party must activate CNDB before activating RAG.
• Denied origination (DOR). The CNDB and DOR features are not
compatible. The DOR feature prevents the origination of calls from a
subscriber’s line. The subscriber cannot add the CNDB option because
the subscriber cannot originate a call to add the option.
• Hot line (HLT). Subscribers to the HLT feature cannot activate CNDB.
The system automatically dials a set of programmed digits when the
subscriber goes off-hook. The system uses the subscriber’s default
suppression information in their originated calls.
• Malicious call trace (MCT). The MCT feature can capture the calling
party number in its log, even if the calling party has CNDB active.
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU45AA–17


NTXU46AA
100I ISUP Local
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU46AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0169 Base ISUP Call Processing


TA0172 ISUP and IFPE Features Interaction
TA0235 100i ISUP Interaction with Guat/Peru

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS39i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX472AB International–Local Basic (Upgrade to NTX472AA)


NTXU45AA 100I ISUP Base

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU46AA–1


NTXU46AA
TA0169
Feature name
Base ISUP Call Processing
Description
This feature is one of a group of features that, together, implement version 1
of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN user
part (ISUP) (the ETS300121-based ISUP protocol) on DMS-100 and
DMS-200 switches. This feature provides the base call processing
functions.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support the following features or functions:
• overlap outpulsing
• trunk metering and billing
• called party and mutual control
• forward Transfer Message (FOT)
• echo devices on a DMS-100 switch
• link peripheral processor (LPP), other than with channelized access
• any reference to supplementary services
• international centralized automatic message accounting (ICAMA)
The DMS-100 switch sets the satellite indicator field of the initial address
message (IAM), based on the datafill of table TRKSGRP. This feature
supports no other satellite usage functionality.

Message IAM is generated only when all digits specified by translation are
present.

In translation tables, the field values of the minimum number of digits must
be the same as the field values of the maximum number of digits.

T10 and T11 are datafillable, but are not supported by this feature.

Treatment-to-cause mapping is datafillable; cause-to-treatment mapping is


not.

NTXU46AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU46AA
TA0169
Feature interactions
This feature implements ETSI ISUP in conjunction with the following
features:
• TA0170 Base ISUP Maintenance
• TA0171 ISUP to and from R1 NTLS01/02 interworking
• TA0172 ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction

Operational measurements
This feature creates the following operational measurement groups:
• ISUPUSAG ISUP Utilization
• ISUPERRS ISUP Performance
• ISUPCKTA Circuit Availability
• ISUPCONN End to End Connection Performance
• ISUPCGRP Circuit Group Availability

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU46AA–3


NTXU46AA
TA0172
Feature name
ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction
Description
This feature is one of a group of features that, together, implement version 1
of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN user
part (ISUP), the ETS300121-based ISUP protocol, on DMS-100 and
DMS-200 switches. This feature, in conjunction with the features TA0169
(Base ISUP Call Processing), TA0170 (Base ISUP Maintenance), and
TA0171 (ISUP to and from NTLS01 Intw), is a part of the project that
implements ISUP protocol based on the Northern Telecom TRS–93–153,
ETSI ISUP Version 1 for the national network on the DMS-100 switches.
Note: This feature is not currently enabled.

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS38i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support the interaction of the Turkish variant of CEPT
with R2-to-ISUP or ISUP-to-R2 interworking.
This feature supports only the following CEPT features:
• Call Diversion (CDV)
• Call Waiting (CWT)
• International Call Transfer (ICT)
• Six–way Calling (6WC)
• Three–way Calling (3WC)

Only NTLS01/02 is supported for the CEPT features Turkish variant


interaction with the R1-to-ISUP and ISUP-to-R1 interworking.
If the first leg of the call is over an R1 trunk, the calling directory number
(DN) cannot be obtained, since ANI R1 trunks are not provided in Turkey.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0169 DMS100i Base ISUP Call Processing
• TA0170 DMS100i Base ISUP Maintenance
• TA0171 DMS100i ISUP to and from R1 (NTLS01/02)

NTXU46AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU46AA NTXU46AA
TA0235 TA0235
Feature name
100i ISUP Interaction with Guat/Peru TBI
Description
This feature enhances Toll Break-In (TBI) interaction with DMS-100i ISDN
User Part (ISUP) for Guatemala and Peru.
The TBI feature is primarily required in network applications where toll
connections are at a premium due to few circuits being available, or due to
high traffic density peaks. In such cases the subscriber may have to book
calls in advance.
This feature provides the following capabilities:
• An operator can Toll Break-In over an ISUP trunk and offer a call to a
busy subscriber engaged in another call.
• A TBI/Outpulse (OP) command functionality over the ISUP trunks for a
busy called line to perform testing of the TBI signal by simulation at the
appropriate level of the MAP (maintenance and administration position).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Hardware requirements
If the NT3X67BA conference card is used, no background tone is available.
Only the TBI tone is applied for three seconds in the beginning of the
break-in.
If the NT3X67BB conference card is used, a background tone is available.
This tone is continuous for the duration of the conference.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU46AA–5


NTXU46AA
TA0235
Restrictions and limitations
Currently an operator cannot be connected over ISUP trunks directly to the
existing call onto which TBI will be applied. Connection is achieved over
R2 trunks and R2/ISUP interworking.
TBI is not allowed if any of the following conditions exist:
• Party A (the party that the operator is trying to reach) or party B (the
party connected to party A at the time that TBI is attempted) is an
operator
• Party A has activated a feature
• Party A is in dialing state
• Party A is already involved in a TBI call
• Party A is toll busy and office parameter RESTRICT_TBI_ON_TOLL is
set to Y.
• the line of Party A is a COIN line
• Party A has one or more of the following line options:
— Denied Toll Break-In (DTBI)
— Subscriber Premise Meter (SPM)
— International Do Not Disturb (IDND)
— International No Double Connect (INDC)
TBI is allowed if:
• Party A is local busy
• Party A is toll busy and RESTRICT_TBI_ON_TOLL is set to N
• Party A is receiving tone

When the succeeding TBI line signals from R2 side are received at the
R2/ISUP interworking exchange they are propagated to the ISUP side.
Subsequent TKO messages received at the terminating exchange are
ignored.
This feature does not support the reanswer cases when party A calls party B
or party B calls party A.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0232 ISUP to/from Programmable R2
• TA0233 ISUP Base Variant Implementation

NTXU46AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU47AA
China Message Transfer Part
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU47AA contents
Feature number Description

AR3026 MTP Restart Propagation

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS42i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX001AA
NTXR72AA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU47AA–1


NTXU47AA
AR3026
Feature name
MTP Restart Propagation
Description
This feature provides message transfer part (MTP) restart for the service
switching point (SSP). The MTP restart procedures are designed to protect
the restarting node and the network, allowing the node the time to recover its
links, and to exchange enough routing data with the network before user
traffic is resumed.
At the beginning of the restart procedure, all concerned signaling points and
routes are considered accessible, and routing status is updated by the
exchange of transfer-prohibited and transfer-restricted messages. The restart
procedure reduces the number of signaling network management (SNM)
messages during this period.
The following categories of restart are supported;
• partial restart
• full restart
• adjacent node restart
• unexpected traffic restart message (TRM) procedure

The following table enhancements are made:


• Nine new ANSI q704 timers are added, and four existing non-ANSI
q704 timers are added or modified in table C7TIMER.
• Field MTPRES is added to table C7NETWRK.
• Field MTPRES is added to table C7LKSET.

CCS log reports CCS145, CCS146, and CCS147 are introduced.


Operational measurement group C7MTPRES is introduced.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature is available only in offices that meet the following criteria:
• NTC7 (China), generic CCITT configurations are provisioned.
• 4Meg LIU7 is not used.

NTXU47AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU47AA
AR3026
• MSB7 is not used.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Table Description

C7TIMER Timers T18, T19, T20, and T21 are redefined for tuple
CCITT704, and added to the NTC704, TTC704, and JPN704
tuples.
MTP restart timers T22 to T30) are added to tuple ANSI704.

C7NETWRK Field MTPRES is added to globally enable or disable the MTP


restart.
The range of values is Y or N. The default is N.

C7LKSET Field MTPRES is modified to be used in network types ANSI7,


CCITT7, and NTC7.
The range of values is Y or N. The default is Y for ANSI7,
CCITT7, and NTC7 network types, and N for JPN and TTC
network types.

Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
OM group C7MTPRES is introduced to provide a count of the number of
restarts performed in the previous hour. The group has the following
associated registers:
• RESPARCT—partial restart count
• RESFULCT—full resart count
• RESADJCT—adjacent restart count
• RESUNXCT—unexpected TRM count

Logs
The following CCS log reports are introduced:
• CCS145, MTP restart initiated log. This report is generated at the start
of the procedure.
• CCS146, MTP restart status log. This report is generated while the
procedure is in progress.
• CCS147, MTP restart terminated. This report is generated at the end of
the procedure.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU47AA–3


NTXU47AA
AR3026
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU47AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU49AA
Voice Mail
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU49AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0230 Call Diversion to Voice Mail (CDVM)

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS39i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX499AA CEPT Subscriber Services–I

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU49AA–1


NTXU49AA
TA0230
Feature name
Call Diversion to Voice Mail (CDVM)
Description
This feature, in conjunction with call diversion features, provides voice mail
services. It enables subscribers to deposit, retrieve, and divert calls to a
voice platform (VP).
Subscribers without a telephone may subscribe to a virtual phone service
and have a voice mail box in which other callers may deposit messages.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature requires a least one call diversion feature.
The standard restrictions for call diversion apply to this feature.
If line option VM is deleted while a message is waiting, the message waiting
indication is lost.
If a line call is incorrectly translated, a feature not allowed (FNAL)
treatment is applied.
Only one assignment charge is applied for CDVM.
Since CDVM is dependent on call diversion limitations, only 10% of
subscribers in any office can have this option.
If the subscriber does not have line option VM, the VM selector of the call
diversion feature cannot be selected.
If the VM selector is used in any call diversion feature, line option VM
cannot be deleted from a subscriber.
This feature is supported only on a unified processor.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with:
• Abbreviated Dialing (ADL)
• Call Waiting (CWT)
• Feature Denied (FDN)
• Hot Line (HTL)
• Hunt Groups

NTXU49AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU49AA
TA0230
• International Call Recording (ICR)
• International Call Transfer (ICT)
• International Feature Metering
• International Line Restrictions (ILR)
• Malicious Call Trace (MCT)
• Plug Up (PLP)
• Six-way Calling (6WC)
• Toll Break-in (TBI)
• Three-way Calling (3WC)
• Warm Line (WLN)
Datafill
Table Description

CODE tables Value VM is added to selector FTR.


FEATCHG Value VM is added to selector FEAT.
LCCOPT Value VM is added to field COMPAT.
LENFEAT Value VM is added to field DF.

Office parameter CHANGE_CONDITIONAL_CDIV_TONE is added to


table OFCVAR.
Service orders
Deletion, addition, and interrogation of VM line option is added to
SERVORD.
Selector VM is added to the range of call diversion selectors.
Operational measurements
Register SYSFSET of operational measurement group OTS measures the
number of message indicator calls terminating in VM line options.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU49AA–3


NTXU49AA
TA0230
Logs
The following logs are generated by this feature:
• FTR600 generated when a message indicator call is received for a
directory number (DN) which does not have a VM line
option
• FTR300 generated when a message indicator call is received for a
DN which does not exist
• DFIL322 generated when the FUNC selector for the message
indicator is datafilled with a value other than ACT or
DEACT
User interface
This feature supplies a tool to set, reset, and query the message indication
status.

NTXU49AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU51AA
ISUP (R2) Variants
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU51AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0232 100I ISUP to/from Programmable R2


TA0233 100I ISUP Base Variant Implementation
TA0234 100I ISUP Interaction with Guatemala MCT
TA0235 100I ISUP Interaction with Guat/Peru TBI

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS39i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX904AA R2 Signaling Base


NTXU45AA 100I ISUP Base

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU51AA–1


NTXU51AA
TA0232
Feature name
100i ISUP to/from Programmable R2
Description
This feature provides the interworking between programmable R2 register
signaling and ISUP signaling on a DMS-100 switch.
The following interworkings are implemented by this feature:
• Programmable R2 to 100i ISUP
• 100i ISUP to Programmable R2

This feature also includes provision for the specific requirements of the Peru
and Guatemala networks.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support the following items:
• overlap outpulsing
• trunk Metering and Billing
• cCalled party and mutual control
• forward Transfer (FOT) signal
• echo device
• link peripheral processor (LPP) that has no channelized access
• international centralized automatic message accounting (ICAMA)
Treatment to cause mapping is datafillable, but cause to treatment is not.

This feature is supported on unified processor XPMs only (PDTC UP and


IDTC UP).

In translation tables (such as ACCODE, CTCODE), the minimum number of


digits and the maximum number of digits must be equal.

An Initial address message (IAM) is generated only when all digits specified
by translation are present.

NTXU51AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU51AA
TA0232
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features to function properly:
• TA0169 DMS-100i/200i Base ISUP Call Processing
• TA0170 DMS-100i/200i Base Maintenance
• TA0233 DMS-100i/200i ISUP Base Variant Implementation
• TA0234 DMS-100i ISUP Interaction with Guatemala
• TA0235 DMS-100i ISUP Interaction with Guatemala/Peru

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU51AA–3


NTXU51AA
TA0234
Feature name
100i ISUP Interaction with Guatemala MCT
Description
This feature implements the Malicious Call Trace (MCT) feature over
DMS-100i ISUP trunks. This implementation includes MCT interworking
between ISUP and programmable R2 networks on DMS-100 switches.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Restrictions and limitations
MCT and meter pulse generation or reception over R2 trunks are not
supported at the same time.
When MCT coexists with other flash features on a line, MCT can not be
activated at the same time as the originating subscriber dials digits or flashes
the switchhook.
All of the trunks involved at the R2 side of a call must be capable of
propagating the MCT line signal.
Any MCT held line or trunk in an office is released if a SWACT is applied
to either IXPM involved in the MCT hold process in that office.
MCT coexists with all other line features except where termination is denied
(denied termination, coin).
This feature is supported only on unified processor XPMs (PDTC UP and
IDTC UP).
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features to function properly:
• TA0139 Guatemala MCT (CC)–Phase I
• TA0168 R2 MCT–Phase II
• TA0232 100i ISUP to/from Programmable R2
• TA0233 100i ISUP Base Variant Implementation
Datafill
Office parameter ISUP_MCI_STORE_TIMER is added to table OFCVAR.

NTXU51AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU51AA
TA0234
Logs
Log MCT106 is added. This log contains the date, time, calling number,
called number, incoming trunk id and outgoing trunk id. It can be generated
at the originating, interworking and tandem offices only if the calling
number and the called number exist at these offices.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU51AA–5


NTXU55AA
Party Line
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU55AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0274 Basic Multi-Party Lines

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS40i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX470AA International – Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU55AA–1


NTXU55AA
TA0274
Feature name
Basic Multi-Party Lines
Description
This feature provides basic multi-party line support by introducing
distinctive ringing tones and allowing multiple subscriber numbers for a
single line. Up to four directory numbers (DN) can be assigned to one line.
The ring types supported by this feature are:
• C Coded ringing at 20hz
• C30 Coded ringing at 30hz
• C3E For CIS
• C5A For China
• C5B For Morocco

BCS history
This feature was created in BCS40i.
Hardware requirements
For China and Morocco, the NT6X30DA ring generator is used. Other
international products use the NT6X30AA ring generator.
Restrictions and limitations
The following limitations apply to this feature:
• When one party has a call, the other party members cannot make or
receive calls until the existing call completes
• A subscriber can answer a call intended for one of the other party
members
• The party members cannot call each other
• It is impossible to identify which party of a multi-party line group
originates a call
• Emergency stand alone (ESA), immediate ringing, and flash-hook
features are not supported
• This feature increases the DN capacity of the international line
concentrating module (ILCM) to (640 X4) DNs.
• When the DN of one subscriber in a multi-party line group is BSYed, all
DNs are BSYed.
• MAP commands applied to one DN are executed for all DNs in the party
group, except for the POST LEN command which is executed for only
the primary DN in the group.

NTXU55AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU55AA
TA0274
Feature interactions
This feature only supports the following line options:
• Denied Origination (DOR)
• Denied Termination (DTM)
• Denied Tool Break In (DTBI)
• Free Number Termination (FNT)
• Subscriber Premises Meter (SPM)
• Suspended Subscriber (SUS)

Datafill
Table Description

LENLINES The previous values in field PTY (party) are replaced with
values (P1, P2, P3, P4).

LINEATTR Value 4PL is added to the range of values for field LCC.

OFCVAR Parameter MPL_ANI_CONTROL is added with values of


DUMMY_ANI, PRIME_PTY, and BOTH.

Service orders
This feature introduces Line Class Code (LCC) 4PL. Party type and ring
code values are datafilled using the SERVORD NEW command for each DN
in a multi-party line group. Only the following service order commands are
supported by this feature: ADO, CDN, DEO, NEW, OUT, RES and SUS.
Operational measurements
Multi-party lines are treated as regular single lines for operational
measurements. OM groups LINAC, LMD, OTS and UTR are used.
Logs
This feature adds log DFIL324, which is generated when the OFCVAR table
is datafilled incorrectly.
User interface
The maintenance and administration position (MAP) terminal output is
changed for commands QLEN, QDN, QLENWRK and QDNWRK to
display multi-party line information in the Type and Line Class Code fields.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU55AA–3


NTXU60AA
ICAMA Enhancement
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU60AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0285 ICAMA Extension Log and Record

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS40i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX657AA International CAMA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU60AA–1


NTXU60AA
TA0285
Feature name
ICAMA Extension Log and Record
Description
This feature creates a new extension call record for the International
Centralized Automated Message Accounting (ICAMA) system. This record
contains incoming and outgoing trunk names, which previously were
obtained from table TRKGRP and sometimes caused faulty billings.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS40i.
Logs
This feature introduces log AMAB162 which is generated whenever an
ICAMA B9 extension record is created.
User interface
The CALLDUMP utility is modified to allow display of the new extension
record.
Automatic message accounting
ICAMA extension record B9 is created containing the common language
location identifier (CLLI) names for incoming and outgoing trunks. The
trunk names in the ICAMA call record are set to zeroes.

NTXU60AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU62AA

Line Signaling Monitor


This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU62AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0319 Line Signaling Monitor Tool

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS41i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU62AA–1


NTXU62AA
TA0319
Feature name
Line Signaling Monitor Tool
Description
This feature provides a tool; CI level command called ISIGMON that
enables the craftsmen to monitor the line signaling on a trunk.

ISIGMON tool allows to display the history of the ABCD bits of a specified
trunk, both in received and transmitted directions. The trunk may be
selected either by entering Common Language Location Identifier (CLLI)
trunk member number or PM (IDTC) number, port number and channel
number.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Restrictions and limitations
ISIGMON is not available for three-processor (3P) based peripherals.
Only one trunk can be enabled and monitored at a time.
In case of warm switch of activity, ISIGMON must be terminated and
entered again to re–enable the selected trunks.

NTXU62AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU63AA
ISUP on DMS100i
This feature package applies to DMS-100i offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU63AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0386 ISUP–PTUP Protocol Converter on DMS100i

TA0387 Class Calling Number Delivery for DMS-100i

39005872 China ISUP and C1 interworking

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44.1i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU63AA–1


NTXU63AA
TA0386
Feature name
Calling Number Delivery Implementation for DMS-100i
Description
This feature provides the capability to deliver the calling party’s directory
number, current time and date to the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE).
This feature also implements Calling Number Delivery Blocking (CNDB)
and allows an originating subscriber to control his/her directory number to
be displayed or not on the terminal equipment of the terminating subscribers.
CND is implemented over ISUP and for line-to-line calls. CNDB is
implemented for line-to-line, ISUP-to-line and ISUP-to-ISUP interworkings.

This feature enables to introduce the Class Modem Resource (CMR) card
into ILGC+, and implements the capability of giving CND and CNDB line
options via Service Orders. In addition, this feature deals with the CMR
maintenance and diagnostics, feature interactions, billing and operational
measurements.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Hardware requirements
NT6X78AB CMR and NT6X51AB Processor Card are required.
Restrictions and limitations
In order to be able to display the calling number information, CND
subscribers must have special Customer Premises Equipment (CPE).
Multi-party lines and Fixed Radio Access (FRA) are not supported.
CND and CNDB feature activation and deactivation is supported only for
DTMF phones.
CNDB feature is incompatible with Denied Origination (DOR).

NTXU63AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU63AA NTXU63AA
TA0387 TA0387
Feature name
Class Calling Number Delivery for DMS-100i
Description
This feature provides the capability to deliver the calling party’s directory
number (DN), current time and date to the Customer Premises Equipment
(CPE). Calling Number Delivery (CND) is a Custom Local Area Signaling
Services (CLASS) feature.
The calling information consists one of the following:
• ‘P’(Private) indicates that the originator has suppressed the display of the
directory number
• ‘O’(Out of area) indicates that the number is out of area
• 10 digit calling directory number

In the terminating office CM formats the necessary information and sends


them to the ILGC+. Then ILGC+ forwards this information to the Class
Modem Resource (CMR) card as soon as the ring connect message is
received. CMR sends this information to the CPE in order to be displayed.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Hardware requirements
NT6X78AB Class Modem Resource (CMR) card is required.
Restrictions and limitations
• Fixed Radio Access is not supported.
• Only line-to-line calls are supported.
• Total number of characters in name and number of digits in DN can be
maximum 32.
• There can be maximum 64 CND call in progress.
• In CND information message only 10 digit DN can be sent.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with TA0386 CND Implementation for DMS-100i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU63AA–3


NTXU63AA
39005872
Feature name
China ISUP and C1 interworking
Description
This feature installs interworking between C1 and China ISDN user part
(ISUP) for the DMS100i switch.
BCS history
This feature was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• This feature applies to the China market.
• When the subsystem on which this feature exists is part of the load, the
system automatically enables this feature.
• This feature does not support C1/MFP to ISUP, or C1/DP to ISUP calls.
• For C1/MFC to ISUP local tandem calls with MCT, the CLI information
is not available at the terminating local office.
• For C1/MFC to ISUP to C1/MFC local tandem calls with MCT, the CLI
information is not available at the termination local office.
• The system converts the ANM message from ISUP trunks to an ANS
signal for the C1 side. The system charges for C1 to ISUP free calls.
• For fire (119), police (110) and ambulance (120) emergency calls, the
translation class must be EMERG. The EMERG datafill allows the calls
to go through successfully.
• The system sends the KC=14 signal in front of the called digits on the
C1 leg.
• This feature does not map hardware metering pulses from the C1 trunks
to metering pulse message (MPM).
• This feature does not support overlap outpulsing for C1 to China ISUP
on an outgoing ISUP trunk. The system supports overlap inpulsing on
an incoming ISUP trunk.

NTXU63AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU63AA
39005872
• This feature does not support voice mail new message notification or
cancellation calls.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU63AA–5


NTXU64AA
FRA on DMS100i
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU64AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0328 FRA Node Definition on DMS-100i


TA0329 FRA Node Maintenance on DMS-100i
TA0330 FRA Lines Inventory on DMS100i

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS40i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU64AA–1


NTXU64AA
TA0328
Feature name
FRA Node Definition on DMS-100i
Description
This feature provides a new peripheral type and implements the changes in
table LCMINV.

The Fixed Radio Access (FRA) system is a telecommunication network,


with the subscribers using radio links from the telephone to a Radio Base
Station (RBS). A high percentage of the cost involved in providing the
subscriber access to the local switch is spent on the installation of the local
loop, especially for the rural areas. FRA system cost much less than copper
while providing the same level of service quality, and require less time to
install.
FRA comprises two radio system components, the FRA Base Station (RBS)
and the Residential Subscriber System (RSS) equipment fitted in the
subscriber’s premises. A radio transceiver mounted on the subscriber
premises communicates by direct line of sight with the Base Station. Each
Base Station is connected to the DMS local switch via PCM30 links.

FRA Base Station is a non–duplicated DMS peripheral, interfacing


subscriber lines to PCM30 links. The number of lines supported on a base
station depends upon how it is deployed; in an omni–sectored configuration
up to 640 subscribers can be supported.. The FRA Base Station’s switch
interface design is based upon the emulation of an existing DMS–100i
peripheral. The interface between the base station and the switch is
provided by a message set running over a proprietary NT link layer protocol
(DMS–X).

This activity implements these differences by introducing FRA Basestation


as a new PM type to DMS100i.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.

NTXU64AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU64AA
TA0328
Restrictions and limitations
Only omni-sectored FRA Base Station is supported.
This feature does not support the following:
• Emergency Stand Alone (ESA)
• Remote Maintenance Module (RMM)
• Intraswitching

Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0329 FRA Node Maintenance on DMS-100i
• TA0330 FRA Lines Inventory on DMS-100i
Datafill
Table Description

LCMINV New fields; FRTYPE , LCMTYPESEL and LCMSELECTOR are


defined as RBS. EQPEC field value is defined for FRA
Basestation.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU64AA–3


NTXU64AA
TA0329
Feature name
FRA Node Maintenance on DMS-100i
Description
This feature provides new maintenance and diagnostics and eliminates
unnecessary maintenance requests for the Fixed Radio Access (FRA).
Only the commands that are supported by FRA Base Station are displayed
on the MAP terminal or equivalent.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires the following:
• The Nortel Fixed Radio Access Base Station
• Element Manager set
• Field Engineering Terminal set

Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following:
• TA0328 FRA Node Definition on DMS-100i
• TA0330 FRA Lines Inventory on DMS-100i

NTXU64AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU64AA NTXU64AA
TA0330 TA0330
Feature name
FRA Lines Inventory on DMS100i
Description
This activity creates the new line card code for Fixed Radio Access
(FRA)system and implements this code to the table LNINV to differentiate
the FRA line from the others. This feature also implements the required
maintenance code for the new line type.

The FRA system is a telecommunication network with the subscribers using


radio links. The FRA system mainly consists of a Radio Base Station,
which acts as both the remote processor and radio transceiver, and numerous
Residential Subscriber Systems (RSS). The Base Station communicates
with the DMS100i via PCM30, and the RSSs via radio signals. Since FRA
Base Stations do not have line cards to interface its terminals, the
Residential Subscriber System (RSS) terminals appear as Virtual Lines to
the DMS. For this reason, while datafilling the table LNINV, to differentiate
an FRA Base Station line from the others a new Line Card Code is defined
and the range of CARDCODE field of the table LNINV is extended to
include the new Line Card Code.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires the following:
• The Nortel Fixed Radio Access Base Station
• Element Manager set
• Field Engineering Terminal

Restrictions and limitations


The following OM types are not supported by the FRA Base Station:
• DTSR Dial Tone Speed Recording
• PMSTAT PM Statistics
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0328 FRA Node Definition on DMS100i
• TA0329 FRA Node Maintenance on DMS100i

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU64AA–5


NTXU64AA
TA0330
Datafill
Table Description

LNINV A new line card code FRALCC is datafilled in the CARDCODE


field

NTXU64AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU65AA
NETAS TT features
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the Turkish market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU65AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0371 Log Generation for Test Calls


TA0372 MCT Activation for Turkey
TA0373 Intervention Tone for MONPOST, MONLINK, MONLTA, and
TALKLTA
TA0374 Rerouting After Announcements
TA0375 10 New Categories for Suspended Subscribers
TA0376 Privilege Lowering of Unused Terminals
TA0377 Excessive Metering Detection
TA0378 Terminal Restriction on DMS-100i

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS42i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX470AA International Common Basic
NTX474AA International Base Metering
NTX901AA Local Features I
NTXH22AA International Local Metering

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU65AA–1


NTXU65AA
TA0371
Feature name
Log Generation for Test Calls
Description
This feature introduces a security log and associated log report that is
generated each time a line- or trunk-test call is originated. This permits the
operating company to monitor all test call activity.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable.
Restrictions and limitations
Not applicable.
Feature interactions
Not applicable.
Datafill
Not applicable.
Service orders
Not applicable.
Operational measurements
Not applicable.
Logs
Log type TEST is created as part of feature TA0371.
Log report TEST100 is generated whenever a test call is originated.
This report indicates the user name, called number, and outgoing trunk name
associated with the test call.
User interface
Not applicable.
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable.

NTXU65AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU65AA NTXU65AA
TA0372 TA0372
Feature name
MCT Activation for Turkey
Description
This feature enhances malicious call trace (MCT) activation to meet the
requirements of Turkish Telecom specifications.
The subscriber may activate MCT by flashing the hookswitch twice; the
allowable interval between the flashes is datafilled in table OFCVAR. See
Datafill section below.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable.
Restrictions and limitations
Not applicable.
Feature interactions
Not applicable.
Datafill
A new office parameter is added to table OFCVAR:
MCT_FLASH_FLASH.
Values are datafilled for the minimum and maximum intervals permitted
between the two flashes used to initiate MCT. If the time between flashes
exceeds the specified interval, MCT is not activated.
Service orders
Not applicable.
Operational measurements
Not applicable.
Logs
Not applicable.
User interface
Not applicable.
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU65AA–3


NTXU65AA
TA0373
Feature name
Intervention Tone for MONPOST, MONLINK, MONLTA, and TALKLTA
Description
This feature generates an intervention tone to inform a monitored subscriber
that the call is being monitored by the MONPOST, MONLINK, MONLTA,
or TALKLTA commands. The tone is generated every 5 s until monitoring
is stopped or the call is finished.
Release history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Restrictions and limitations
The tone is generated to the monitored subscriber; the far-end subscriber
also hears the tone, but at one-third the level.
Logs
This feature adds the following two new log reports:
• TEST101 announces use of MONPOST and MONLINK commands
• TEST102 announces use of MONLTA and TALKLTA commands

NTXU65AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU65AA NTXU65AA
TA0374 TA0374
Feature name
Rerouting After Announcements
Description
This feature enhances call translation to reroute a subscriber’s call following
an announcement more effectively.
A new table, IOFRT, is created. Together with universal translation tables
and table OFRT, table IOFRT retranslates the call following an
announcement, and routes the call to the specified agent.
Refer to the Datafill section for details.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable.
Restrictions and limitations
Not applicable.
Feature interactions
Not applicable.
Datafill
The following table describes datafill for table IOFRT.

Table 1xxx
Field descriptions

Subfield or
Field refinement Entry Explanation and action

RTE numeric Route


(1 to 1023) Key field. Enter the index number
referenced by table OFRT.
XLASYS AC, AM, CT, Translation system
DN, FA, FT, Enter the prefix for the HEAD table in which
NSC, OFC, the call is to be re-translated.
or PX
XLANAME alphanumeric Translation name
(1 to 8 Enter the XLANAME from the associated
characters), HEAD table.
or NIL

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU65AA–5


NTXU65AA
TA0374

Service orders
Not applicable.
Operational measurements
Not applicable.
Logs
Not applicable.
User interface
Not applicable.
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable.

NTXU65AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU65AA NTXU65AA
TA0375 TA0375
Feature name
10 New Categories for Suspended Subscribers
Description
The BSY (busy) command is used to change a maintenance action into one
of the following states:
• in-service busy (offline)
• manual busy
• idle

This feature adds ten parameters to the BSY and POST commands at the
LTP level of the MAP display. These additional parameters are used to
change the line state. Each line state is coupled to a related maintenance
action. The parameters added by this feature change the maintenance action
to offline.
Release history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Restrictions and limitations
The added parameters are available only for POTS and IPOTS lines.
User interface
The introduction of this feature enables the BSY and POST commands to
accept the following parameters:
• ob0
• ob1
• ob2
• ob3
• ob4
• ob5
• ob6
• ob7
• ob8
• ob9

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU65AA–7


NTXU65AA
TA0376
Feature name
Privilege Lowering of Unused Terminals
Description
This feature permits the operating company to lower the command class for
a MAP session if the terminal is left idle for a specified period of time. The
purpose is to prevent unauthorized input at the MAP.
For each increment of the specified period, the command class is reduced by
one category. For example, if the specified idle period is set at 30 min, a
terminal session with command classes of 1, 5, and 9 has, after 30 min
without command input, only classes 1 and 5 still authorized. After 60 min,
only class 1 is permitted. After 90 min, the terminal is logged out. Once the
user logs in again, the timer is reset.
When a command class is lowered, a warning message is displayed at the
MAP. The user can use the SETTIME and SETDATE commands to reset
the timer.
The allowable idle time is datafilled in office parameter
PRIVILEGE_LOWERING_DURATION in table OFCVAR. See Datafill
section for details.
Note 1: This feature does not affect ADMIN class users.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable.
Restrictions and limitations

Feature interactions
Not applicable.
Datafill
Office parameter PRIVILEGE_LOWERING_DURATION is introduced in
table OFCVAR. The entry indicates the time, in minutes, allowed to elapse

NTXU65AA–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU65AA
TA0376
between MAP terminal commands before the command class for that
session is reduced. Following is the range of values:

Minimum Maximum Default

0 1440 0

Note 2: A value of 0 indicates that no idle time is to be monitored; the


command class option has no effect.
Service orders
Not applicable.
Operational measurements
Not applicable.
Logs
Not applicable.
User interface
Not applicable.
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU65AA–9


NTXU65AA
TA0377
Feature name
Excessive Metering Detection
Description
This feature provides a mechanism for detecting and reporting subscriber
meter-counts that exceed the selected threshold. Monitoring is performed on
four meter-types: feature, local, toll, and subsmet.
Current meter-counts are compared with the previous counts, and the delta
value is set against the datafilled threshold.
A log report is generated when the threshold is exceeded.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS42i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable.
Restrictions and limitations
The following limitations/restrictions apply to Excessive Metering Detection:
• Under the following conditions, currently recorded meter-counts are stored in
the previous meter-table, and the process is reactivated at the next datafilled
start-time.
— changing the activation field of office parameter
EXCESSIVE_METERING_CHECK from NO to YES to enable the feature
— rebooting the system
— restoring the meter records from tape or disk
— performing a one night process (ONP)
• When the following modifications are made to a line agent, the first subsequent
meter-check ignores these lines.
— changing the directory number (DN)
— changing the line equipment number (LEN)
— recognizing a new line agent
• Modifying office parameter EXCESSIVE_METERING_CHECK is not
allowed while the check is in progress.

NTXU65AA–10 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU65AA
TA0377
• If a new meter is assigned, or an existing meter is deassigned, the count for this
meter is not included in the calculation of totals for the delta comparison.
Therefore, if this meter is responsible for an excessive count, it will not be
identified by the checking process.

Feature interactions
Not applicable.
Datafill
Office parameter EXCESSIVE_METERING_CHECK is created. The following
information is datafilled:
• feature activation (YES or NO)
• start-up time (hour, minute)
• period between each running of the process (1 to 30 days)
• threshold values (0 to 39 999 996)

See Office Parameters Reference Manual for details.

Service orders
Line option NOMC is created. This option excludes the selected line from
the monitoring process. See SERVORD Service Order and Query Reference
Guide for details.
Operational measurements
Not applicable.
Logs
Log MCHK100 is created to report subscriber meter-counts that exceed the
selected threshold.
See Log Report Reference Manual for details.
User interface
Not applicable.
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU65AA–11


NTXU65AA
TA0378
Feature name
Terminal Restriction on DMS-100i
Description
In DMS offices, it may be necessary to ensure that some terminals are used
only for specific tasks. This feature allows authorized users to log on to
specific terminals and disallows unauthorized users from logging on to those
terminals.
Release history
This feature was created in BCS42i.

NTXU65AA–12 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU66AA
100i 100K Metering
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable to
100K metering for Turkey.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU66AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0467 100K Metered Lines: Provisioning


TA0468 100K Metered Lines: International CallP Interactions
TA0469 100K Metered Lines: Robustness
TA0470 100K Metered Lines: Maintenance

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS43i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX470AA International Common Basic
NTX472AA
NTX474AA International Base Metering
NTX499AA
NTX901AA Local Features I
NTXH22AA International Local Metering
NTXH95AA
NTXU65AA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU66AA–1


NTXU66AA
TA0467
Feature name
100K Metered Lines: Provisioning
Description
This feature increases the number of meter blocks for BRISC (SN60)
DMS-100i offices from 65 534 to 100 000.
The increase in available blocks is performed automatically, without
affecting the user’s view of a line and its meters.
Office parameter MAX_LINES in table OFCENG is modified to accept the
new range of values.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• Because of DSSAVE memory requirements, this feature applies to
BRISC offices only. It is not supported for SuperNode offices.
• This feature does not affect residential enhanced services (RES) lines.
• Only the number of metered lines is increased. The number of metered
trunks is not affected.
• This feature does not automatically adjust datafill in table LENLINES.

Feature interactions
This activity interacts with the following features:
• TA0468—100K Metered Lines: CallP Interactions
• TA0469—100K Metered Lines: Robustness
• TA0470—100K Metered Lines: Maintenance

Datafill
Table Description

OFCENG The value of office parameter MAX_LINES is increased from


65 534 to 100 000. The default value is 0.

NTXU66AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU66AA
TA0467
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU66AA–3


NTXU66AA
TA0468
Feature name
100K Metered Lines: International CallP Interactions
Description
This feature provides the modifications to international call processing
interactions required for the 100K metered lines project.
The functionality of call processing metering and feature metering is
unchanged, and is supported for 100K lines. Modifications are made to
handle the increase in the number of metering extension blocks.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• This feature applies to BRISC offices only. It is not supported for
SuperNode offices.
• This feature does not affect residential enhanced services (RES) lines.
• This feature increases the number of metered lines. The number of
metered trunks is not affected.
• This feature increases the number of metered lines on DMS-100i offices
only.
Feature interactions
This activity interacts with the following features:
• TA0467—100K Metered Lines: Provisioning
• TA0469—100K Metered Lines: Robustness
• TA0470—100K Metered Lines: Maintenance

Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable

NTXU66AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU66AA
TA0468
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable
Supplementary information
While feature metering functionality is unchanged, certain extension blocks
are stored for metering. When a line attempts to use the wake-up call
(WUC) feature, a negative acknowledgement tone (NACK) is generated
when the number of outstanding requests exceeds 10% of the number of
lines on the switch. Ensure that the limit of the number of blocks in the
wake-up request pool is increased accordingly. Refer to feature
AE0240—Wake-up Call for International for detailed information.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU66AA–5


NTXU66AA
TA0469
Feature name
100K Metered Lines: Robustness
Description
This feature provides robustness for the enhancements introduced to metered
lines for DMS-100i BRISC offices. The following processes are supported:

• meter audit
• tariff history queue (THQ) audit
• recovery process
• system restart
• one night process (ONP)
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature applies to BRISC offices only.
Feature interactions
This activity interacts with the following features:
• TA0467—100K Metered Lines: Provisioning
• TA0468—100K Metered Lines: CallP Interactions
• TA0470—100K Metered Lines: Maintenance

Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable

NTXU66AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU66AA
TA0469
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU66AA–7


NTXU66AA
TA0470
Feature name
100K Metered Lines: Maintenance
Description
This feature provides support for system maintenance associated with the
100K metered lines project.
Modifications are made in the following areas:
• CI commands related to line metering
• MAPCI commands related to line metering
• backup and restore of metered lines
• device independent recording package (DIRP) formatting
• billing

These modifications are associated with the increase in the number of


metered lines provided in each office. They do not alter the functionality of
the systems involved. See the following sections for system-specific
information.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
This feature provides backup and restore functions to provide increased disk
space.
This feature provides the required DIRP reformat for backup, billing, and
out-of-service (OOS) subsystems.
Available disk space is increased to the limit for 100K lines as follows:
• 2.3M for the DIRP backup file
• 13.96M for the billing file
Note that this increase supports one instance of line backup and billing
operations.

NTXU66AA–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU66AA
TA0470
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• Backup tapes created before BCS43i cannot be used to restore metering
information. After applying the BCS43i load, take a metering backup
immediately to be used if a restore-process is required.
• This feature does not affect residential enhanced services (RES) lines.

Feature interactions
This activity interacts with the following features:
• TA0467—100K Metered Lines: Provisioning
• TA0468—100K Metered Lines: CallP Interactions
• TA0469—100K Metered Lines: Robustness

Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
The field ranges of log reports MTR118, MTR123, and MTR130 are
increased. New range is from 65 535 to 100 000 to reflect meter block index
information.
User interface
The MTRTEST command is modified. This test tool uses line-meter block
indexes. The range of the command parameters is increased from 32 767 to
65 534 for SuperNode offices. They are increased from 32 767 to 100 000
for BRISC offices.
The MAPCI subcommand QMTRBLK, associated with the MTRSYS
command, is modified to support the increased number of meter blocks. The
maximum number that can be indicated is increased from 65 535 to 100 000.

Automatic message accounting


This feature provides billing for the 100K project. Billing functionality and
record information is unchanged. However, disk space is provided to
support the increase in the number of metered lines.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU66AA–9


NTXU67AA
ICAMA Behavior Selection
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable to
ICAMA Behavior Selection for Turkey.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU67AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0471 Datafillable ICAMA Behaviour on Turkish ISUP

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS43i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX056AA
NTX167AB
NTX270AA
NTX470AA International Common Basic
NTX657AA
NTXK79AD
NTXR72AA
NTXV11AA
NTXU45AA
NTXH95AA
NTXU65AA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU67AA–1


NTXU67AA
TA0471
TA0471
Feature name
Datafillable ICAMA Behaviour on Turkish ISUP
Description
This feature provides control for the generation of international centralized
automatic message accounting (ICAMA) call records on Turkish ISUP
trunks.
The billing record is generated for specified ISUP calls, using the option
selector CAMA in universal translation tables, and activating existing office
parameters. See the Datafill section for additional details.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• The CAMA selector must be encountered before the occurrence of any
digit modifications caused by other translations data. Otherwise, the
called number may not be in the correct format for the billing record
downstream process.
• The CAMA selector has two options: CURRENT and POSTXLA. The
POSTXLA option is not supported by this feature. If POSTXLA is
selected, it will default to the CURRENT option.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
This feature is activated through translations. Specify the CAMA option for
translations selectors (XLASEL) DNRTE, RTE, and CONT in universal
translations tables for no. 7 trunks. This permits the generation of records
for only selected calls.
To produce ICAMA records, office parameter ICAMA_REQUESTED in
table OFCVAR is set to Y. Field TRFC in table TRKGRP must be set to
CAMA for the selected trunks.
To produce inter-administration accounting (IAA) records, office parameter
IAA_REQUESTED in table OFCVAR, and the IAA option in table

NTXU67AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU67AA
TA0471
TRKGRP are turned on. Field TRFC in table TRKGRP must be set to
CAMA for the selected trunks.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU67AA–3


NTXU68AA
Turkish Toneset with R2 and COT
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable to
Turkish tonesets.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU68AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0474 COT Tones Addition to Turkish ISUP/R2

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS43i.

Required feature packages


Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTXH09AA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU68AA–1


NTXU68AA
TA0474
TA0474
Feature name
COT Tones Addition to Turkish ISUP/R2
Description
This feature introduces a downloadable toneset for the Turkish market that
includes R1, R2, and continuity (COT) tones.
The toneset consists of the following:
• multifrequency (MF) tones
• multifrequency compelled (MFC) tones
• supervisory tones
• test and diagnostic tones
• message waiting indicator (MWI) tone used by voice mail service
• COT tones

The tone parameters are downloaded from the computing module (CM) as
part of the XPM static data when an RTS is performed.
Field TONESET in table LTCINV is modified to generate the required tone
samples.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• This feature supports only messaging peripheral modules equipped with
NT6X69LA and NT6X69LB message protocol and downloadable tone
(MPDT) cards.
• This feature generates only the toneset that comprises the R1, R2, and
COT tones for the Turkish market.
Feature interactions
Not applicable

NTXU68AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU68AA
TA0474
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV Field TONESET is modified to include the toneset value


TURKR1R2.

Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU68AA–3


NTXU69AA
100i ETSI PRI
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable to the
Turkish, Colombian, and China markets.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU69AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0549 PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base

TA0550 PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects

TA0551 PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony

TA0560 PRI Subaddressing

TA0561 PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1

TA0601 PRI teleservices support


39005628 ETSI PRI – 24-bit CTUP interworking
39005643 Different 1st digit for 8 digit DN workaround
39005649 C1/MFC and ETSI ISDN PRI interworking
39005869 Support of outgoing trunk AMA billing

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.
BCS44.1i added features TA0601, 39005628, 39005643, 39005649, and
39005869.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–1


NTXU69AA
TA0549
Feature name
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base
Description
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base describes the ETSI Integrated
Services Digital Network (ISDN) Primary Rate Interface (PRI) teleservices
that you can install on the DMS-100i switch. You can install the following
teleservices:
• 3.1 kHz telephony
• 7 kHz telephony
• Facsimile group 2 and 3
• Facsimile group 4 service 1
• Teletext
• Videotelephony
• Videotext

BCS history
Feature PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base is part of software release
BCS44 for the DMS-100 International (DMS-100i) switch.
Hardware requirements
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not have any restrictions or
limitations.
Feature interactions
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not affect service orders.
Operational measurements
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not affect operational
measurements.

NTXU69AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
TA0549
Logs
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not affect logs.
User interface
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–3


NTXU69AA
TA0550
Feature name
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects
Description
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects describes changes to the International
Feature Processing Environment (IFPE). These changes allow the IFPE to
install Conference of European Postal and Telecommunications (CEPT)
features on ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI) trunks.
The changes to IFPE include allowing IFPE to accept base Q.931 messages
and providing the base architecture for CEPT features.
BCS history
Feature PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects is part of software release BCS44
for the DMS-100 International (DMS-100i) switch.
Hardware requirements
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects supports only the development of the base
architecture for IFPE on PRI trunks.
Feature interactions
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects has no functionality interactions.
Datafill
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not affect logs.
User interface
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not affect the user interface.

NTXU69AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
TA0550

Automatic message accounting


PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–5


NTXU69AA
TA0551
Feature name
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony
Description
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony describes the installation of the ISDN
Primary Rate Interface (PRI) 3.1 kHz telephone service on the DMS-100i
switch.
The PRI 3.1 kHz telephone service provides two-way speech transmission.
Signaling information transfers over the D-channel while the call
information transfers over the B-channel.
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony supports the following protocol
interworking:
• PRI to PRI
• PRI to ISDN User Part (ISUP) version 1 (V1)
• ISUP V1 to PRI
• PRI to R1
• R1 to PRI

BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz
Telephony.
Hardware requirements
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not have any restrictions or
limitations.
Feature interactions
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).

NTXU69AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
TA0551
Operational measurements
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not affect logs.
User interface
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–7


NTXU69AA
TA0560
Feature name
PRI Subaddressing
Description
PRI Subaddressing describes how operating company personnel can install
the ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI) subaddress (SUB) service on the
DMS-100i switch. The switch transfers subaddress information in the
Calling Party Subaddress (CGS) information element or the Called Party
Subaddress (CDS) information element. The CGS identifies a subaddress
connected with a particular calling party interface. The CDS identifies a
subaddress connected with a particular called party interface.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature PRI Subaddressing.
Hardware requirements
PRI Subaddressing does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
PRI Subaddressing does not have any restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
PRI Subaddressing uses the Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP)
service. If a called user has the CLIP service the system provides the CGS
to the called user.
Datafill
PRI Subaddressing adds table ISDNPARM. Table ISDNPARM allows the
operating company to describe the optional information element routine for
each PRI.
Service orders
PRI Subaddressing does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
PRI Subaddressing does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
PRI Subaddressing does not affect logs.
User interface
PRI Subaddressing does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
PRI Subaddressing does not affect the automatic message accounting
system.

NTXU69AA–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
TA0561
Feature name
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1
Description
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 describes how you can install the
Primary Rate Interface (PRI) User-to-User Signaling Service 1 (UUS1).
UUS1 allows a customer to send or receive information to and from another
customer over the signaling channel.
BCS history
Feature PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 is part of software release
BCS44 for the DMS-100 International (DMS-100i) switch.
Hardware requirements
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not install user-to-user signaling
service 2 and 3.
Feature interactions
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not have any functional
interactions.
Datafill
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 adds option UUS1 to table LTDATA
in field OPTION. Table LTDATA stores service-related data connected with
the logical terminal identifier.
Service orders
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect logs.
User interface
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect the user interface.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–9


NTXU69AA
TA0561

Automatic message accounting


PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect the automatic
message accounting system.

NTXU69AA–10 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
TA0601
Feature name
PRI teleservices support
Description
A teleservice provides a complete capability for communication between
users. The European telecommunications standards institute ISDN user part
(ETSI ISUP) primary rate interface (PRI) supported services are as follows:
• facsimile group 2 and 3
• facsimile group 4 and 1
• 7 kHz Telephony
• Teletext
• Videotext
• Videotelephony

The system identifies the teleservice type by the bearer capability (BC)
information element in the SETUP message. The system also uses the
optional high layer compatibility (HLC) and low layer compatibility (LLC)
elements in the SETUP message.
This feature supports the following interworkings:
• PRI to ISUP V1 and V2
• PRI to PRI
• PRI to R1
• PRI to basic rate interface (BRI)
• PRI to plain old telephone service (POTS)

This feature supports the interworkings in both directions.


BCS history
Feature TA0601 was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The PRI-POTS and PRI-R1 interworkings support BC speech and 3.1
kHz audio. For other bearer capabilities for these interworkings, the
system drops the call.
• Octet 4a in high layer compatibility (HLC) information element (IE) is
available only for Videotelephony.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–11


NTXU69AA
TA0601
• Fallback is not available for teleservices under this feature.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
This feature does not change datafill tables.
This feature requires datafill in tables ISDNPARM and TRKSGRP to
operate.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU69AA–12 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
39005628
Feature name
ETSI PRI to 24-bit CTUP interworking
Description
This feature provides interworking between European Telecommunications
Standards Institute primary rate interface (ETSI PRI) and China telephone
user part (CTUP).
This feature supports the following ETSI subscriber features:
• Calling line identity presentation (CLIP)/calling line identity restriction
(CLIR)
• Call hold
• Call forward unconditional (CFU)
• Call forward busy (CFB)
• Call forward no answer (CFNA)
• Teletex

For Teletex, the CTUP protocol cannot transmit high/low level compatibility
information elements. The system discards the information elements. The
call continues.
BCS history
Feature 39005628 was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• Overlap outpulsing for PRI is not available.
• Overlap outpulsing for PRI to CTUP interworking is not available.
• This feature supports mutual control only.
• This feature supports circuit mode connection control only.
• All PRI and CTUP restrictions and limitations apply to this feature.
• Operator and Emergency calls are not available.
• The nature of address (NOA) signal maps to the calling party number in
the SETUP message.
Feature interactions
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–13


NTXU69AA
39005628
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU69AA–14 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
39005643
Feature name
Different 1st digit for 8 digit DN workaround
Description
This feature allows operating company personnel to add a different first digit
for the calling eight-digit directory numbers (DN) sent through the trunk. If
operating company personnel enable the office parameter
EXTENDED_ANI_LAST_SNPA_DIGIT, the system adds the last digit of
the serving numbering plan area (SNPA) to the calling line identity
(CLI)/automatic number identification (ANI). The system sends the CLI
and ANI through the trunks. This parameter becomes part of the outgoing
ANI/CLI only when the system sends the calling DN without SNPA digits.
The system can send the DN through trunks in one of the following ways:
• local DN for C1
• local DN for CTUP
• national DN for ISUP
• original called address (OCA) for CTUP
• OCA for ISUP

Note 3: This feature does not affect the national DN for ISUP or OCA for
ISUP methods.
BCS history
Introduced 39005643 for BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
Different 1st digit for 8 digit workaround has the following restrictions and
limitations:
• An office cannot use two eight-digit DNs with unique last seven digits.
• Operating company personnel must set office parameters
EXTEND_ANI_PREFIX and EXTENDED_ANI_SNPA to N before
enabling EXTENDED_ANI_LAST_SNPA_DIGIT.
Feature interactions
This feature adds a different first digit to OCA in China TUP (CTUP).
Datafill
This feature adds new office parameter
EXTENDED_ANI_LAST_SNPA_DIGIT to table OFCVAR.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–15


NTXU69AA
39005643
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU69AA–16 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
39005649
Feature name
C1/MFC and ETSI ISDN PRI interworking
Description
Feature 39005649 installs the interworking between ISDN primary rate
interface (PRI) and Chinese signaling system/multi-frequency compelled
(C1/MFC) trunks.
The C1signaling system is a country-specific variant of the International
telecommunications union R2 signaling system. The PRI is an ISDN
point-to-point system that connects private telecommunications network
exchanges (PTNX) to an ISDN network. This feature supports the speech
and 3.1kHz audio services for ISDN PRI.
This feature allows call hold (HOLD), call forwarding unconditional (CFU),
call forwarding busy (CFB) and call forwarding no answer (CFNA).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
Feature 39005649 has the following restrictions and limitations:
• Restrictions and limitations applicable to C1 and PRI apply to this
feature.
• This feature supports only mutual call control.
• The FACILITY message is not available.
• Overlap outpulsing over ETSI PRI trunks from the DMS100i switch is
not available.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–17


NTXU69AA
39005649
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU69AA–18 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
39005869
Feature name
Outgoing trunk AMA billing
Description
This feature provides the inter-administration accounting (IAA) feature to
the China market and provides outgoing trunk automatic message
accounting (AMA) billing.
This feature provides the following improvements to the IAA feature:
• record format defined for outgoing trunk AMA billing
• the primary rate access (PRA) trunk group type has the IAA option in
table TRKGRP
• AMA billing is available for outgoing trunk groups with metering
(MTR) group type and trunk signaling types C1, CTUP, and CISUP
• AMA billing is available for outgoing trunk groups with primary rate
interface (PRI) signaling type and PRA trunk group type
The format of the AMA billing record changes as follows:
• If office parameter ICAMA_ELEVEN_DIGIT_CLG_DN IS N, field
Service feature code has a setting of #00. If the office parameter is Y,
the first BCD digit of field Service feature code has a setting of #F. The
second BCD digit holds the eleventh digit of the calling number.
• If office parameter ICAMA_ELEVEN_DIGIT_CLG_DN is N, field
Calling number contains the ten-digit calling number. If the office
parameter is Y, field Calling number contains the last ten digits of the
calling number. The second BCD digit of field Service feature code
holds the eleventh digit of the calling number. If the calling number is
not available, field Calling number contains #Fs.
• Field Category has an entry of #00 for line, PRI, and CISUP calls. For
C1 and CTUP calls, the entry in office parameter
CATEGORY_IN_CALL_RECORDS (R2 or CTUP) determines if the
entry is C1 or CTUP.
• The record format has new field Record serial number at the end. This
field increases by 1 each time the system generates a record. The
counter is the same as ICAMA. Field record serial number can have a
value of 0 to 99999999.
For the system to generate an outgoing trunk AMA billing record, the call
must be an outgoing trunk call. The office-wide parameter
IAA_REQUESTED must be on. The trunk group type is PRA or MTR, and
the trunk group signaling is C1, CTUP, CISUP, or PRI.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–19


NTXU69AA
39005869
Operating company personnel can activate outgoing trunk AMA billing with
the following steps:
• To indicate the system must record trunks with AMA:
— For MTR trunks, enter Y in subfield IAA, field GRPINFO in table
TRKGRP
— For PRA trunks, enter IAA in subfield OPTIONS, field GRPINFO in
table TRKGRP
• To enable or disable IAA for MTR or PRA trunk groups in an office,
enter data in office parameter IAA_REQUESTED. Enter Y to enable
IAA and N to disable IAA. If the entry is N, the system does not
generate outgoing trunk AMA billing calls.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS44i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The outgoing trunk AMA billing supports the following:
— the MTR/PRA trunk group type
— C1, CTUP, PRA, and CISUP signaling group types
• For transit calls, if the incoming trunk signaling does not provide the
calling party number (CPN), the system does not raise an error alarm.
The system fills 11 digits as the CPN.
• In billing records, the system applies calling party category (CPC)
information to C1 or CTUP-originated calls. Calls that originate from
lines, CISUP, or PRA groups have #00 for the field.

NTXU69AA–20 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU69AA
39005869
• The record serial numbers for this feature and ICAMA have the same
counters. If one office has both types of record generation, operating
company personnel cannot differentiate between the two types of
records. Operating company personnel cannot determine how many
records of each kind the system generated.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
This feature provides a new option IAA to field OPTION when field
TRKGRP is PRA.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
This feature changes the format of the AMA billing record as described in
the description section.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU69AA–21


NTXU70AA
Calling Name Delivery/Blocking
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the CALA market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU70AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0465AA Calling Name Delivery/Blocking

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS43i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU70AA–1


NTXU70AA
TA0465
TA0465
Feature name
Calling Name Display/Blocking
Description
This feature adds two custom local area signaling services (CLASS) features
to DMS100i:
• calling name display (CNAD)—which displays the name of the calling
party on the customer premises equipment (CPE) of the called party.
This feature is assigned to the DN of the terminating party.
• calling name number blocking (CNNB)—which permits the calling party
to enable or disable the availability of its name and number to the called
party. This feature is assigned to the DN of the originating party.
These features are implemented for line-to-line calls. Both the originating
and terminating agents must be in the same office.

Service order, data schema, and operational measurements utilities are


updated to support these CLASS features. Refer to the sections below for
details.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
CNAD requires that the class modem resource (CMR) card be installed and
in service in the subscriber host international line group controller (ILGC).
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• In order to have information displayed, CNAD subscribers require CPE
that supports the Bellcore TR-TSY000030 standard.
• Calling information cannot be delivered to an offhook station.
• CNAD and CNNB cannot be activated by flash.
• Multiparty and fixed radio access (FRA) lines are not supported.
• CNNB is not compatible with calling number delivery blocking (CNDB)
and denied origination (DOR) options.
• Calls between two lines off of the same international remote line
concentrating module (IRLCM) cannot be intraswitched if the
terminating agent has an active CNAD option. This applies even when
the IRLCM supports intraswitching.

NTXU70AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU70AA
TA0465
• Name information is displayed in uppercase characters, up to a
maximum of 15.
• Table DNNAME is datafilled on a DN basis, not with line equipment
numbers (LEN).
• Operations on table DNNAME should be performed through the
SERVORD additions and enhancements introduced by this feature.
Changes made to other tables, such as LENLINES, are not automatically
applied to DNNAME.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Table Description

DNNAME Table is added by this feature. It has fields DN and NAME,


which are used to associate a subsriber name with a specific
directory number.

It is recommended that the assignment of values for this table be performed


using the SERVORD enhancements introduced by this feature. Direct
access and datafill can compromise consistency between other tables and
line options.
Service orders
The following SERVORD line options are introduced:
• CNAD—to assign the reception of calling name information to a line
• CNNB—to assign to a line the option to enable or disable the availability
of its associated name and number to the called party
The following SERVORD commands are introduced:
• ADDN—assigns a name to a DN, up to 15 characters
• DELN—deletes a name associated with a DN
• CHAN—changes the name associated with a DN

The following SERVORD commands are enhanced:


• NEW—field added to specify name for new DN
• EST—field added to specify name for pilot DN in hunt group
• SWAP—field added to prompt for approval to swap names. Also
modified to inform user that name swapping has been approved
• DEL—modified to inform user if an associated name is being deleted
from the huntgroup as well as the DN

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU70AA–3


NTXU70AA
TA0465
• OUT—modified to inform user if an associated name is being removed
from the office as well as the DN
Operational measurements
OM group ICNNB is introduced to record activities associated with CNNB.
The following registers are added:
• CNNBACT—peg count of successful activations of CNNB
• CNNBDACT—peg count of successful deactivations of CNNB
• CNNBPRG—peg count of successful activations of CNNB when
programmed as a data feature
• CNNBCPRG—peg count of successful activations of CNNB when
programmed as a casual feature
• CNNBERR—peg count of errors that follow dialing of CNNB codes

OM group ICNDCM is expanded to include the following registers:


• CNADACT—peg count of successful activations of CNAD
• CNADDACT—peg count of successful deactivations of CNAD
• CNADINER—peg count of successful interrogations of CNAD,
regardless of the result of interrogation
• CNADERR—peg count of errors that follow dialing of CNAD codes

The following registers are enhanced to include the following information:


• CNMDEL—peg count of name deliveries
• CNMNDEL—peg count of name and number deliveries

Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
CNAD and CNNB subscribers are billed according to the counts stored in table
FEATCHG. The chargeable categories are:
• CNAD—assignment, usage, activation, and interrogation
• CNNB—assignment, activation, deactivation, and programming
Note: Casual CNNB users are billed for programming only.

NTXU70AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU71AA
Automatic Call Back/Automatic Recall
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the CALA market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU71AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0466AA Automatic Call Back/Automatic Recall

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS43i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU71AA–1


NTXU71AA
TA0466
TA0466
Feature name
Automatic Recall
Description
This activity implements the functionality of the automatic call back (ACB)
and automatic recall (AR) features on the DMS-100i switch.
These are subscriber calling features, and operate as follows:
• ACB—permits the subscriber to redial the last call. If the line is busy,
the call is queued against the called party. The subscriber is notified by a
special ringing signal when the line becomes available. The status of
the previous call—idle, busy, answered, unanswered—does not affect the
operation of this feature.
• AR—permits the subscriber to place a call to the party that last called the
subscriber. If the line is busy, the call is queued against the called party.
The subscriber is notified by a special ringing signal when the line
becomes available. Whether the last call to the subscriber was answered
or unanswered does not affect the operation of this feature.
Call queueing for these features is provided for line-to-line calls only. When
the call is over a trunk, and the terminating line is busy, the following
conditions apply:
• The AR feature cannot be activated.
• The ACB feature can be activated, but the call is not established. The
originator receives busy tone or announcement (if applicable).
The subscriber activates or deactivates the features by entering the access
codes, using a *XX format.

ACB and AR are assigned to a line through SERVORD.


OM group ACBAR is introduced.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• This feature is provided on an intra-office basis only.

NTXU71AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU71AA
TA0466
• The originaing line can be queued for only one call at a time. The
terminating line can have up to eight calls queued against it.
• A call to an operator cannot be queued.
• A call is not queued against a line when that line is currently queued
using these features.
• This feature does not support emergency stand alone (ESA) mode.
• The maximum number of feature assignments for ACB, AR, and
international last number redial (ILNR) is 16 384 per office.
• When the terminating line is busy, the international ring again (IRAG)
feature is automatically activated, and its limitations are in effect. The
IRAG tuple must be datafilled in table FEATCHG, because IRAG
determines the usage and interrogation metering for ACB and AR.
• ACB and AR cannot be activated by a flash.
Feature interactions
ACB and AR interact with several subscriber calling features.
Datafill
Table Description

ACCODE Subscriber control sequences are added for activation,


deactivation, and interrogation of ACB and AR.

Service orders
ACB and AR must be assigned through SERVORD. These options are
added using the ADO or NEW command, deleted using the DEO command,
and queried using the QDN and QLEN commands.
Operational measurements
OM group ACBAR is introduced. Of the ten registers created for this
feature, four are currently used, as follows:
• ACBACT/ARACT—peg count of successful activations of features by
subscriber
• ACBERR/ARERR—peg count of errors caused by attempts to activate
the features from a line to which they have not been assigned
In addition to the registers specific to group ACBAR, several registers of the
OM group IRAG also apply to these features. Refer to the Operational
Measurements Reference Manual for details.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU71AA–3


NTXU71AA
TA0466
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Billing is applied only to the line to which the ACB or AR feature is
assigned. Charges are applied for the assignment of the feature and for the
subscriber’s activation, use, and interrogation of the feature.

NTXU71AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU72AA
Advice of charge
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the CALA market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU72AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0610 PRI services: advice of charge (AOC)

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44.1i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU72AA–1


NTXU72AA
TA0610
Feature name
PRI services advice of charge (AOC)
Description
Advice of charge (AOC) on European telecommunication standards institute
(ETSI) primary rate interface (PRI) allows private branch exchange (PBX)
subscribers to know the number of charge units their calls use. The AOC
can provide the charge unit count at intervals during the call, or after the
call, or both. The number of charge units that the AOC gives determines the
cost of the call that the subscriber originated. The subscriber must know the
value of the charge unit.
A tariff is the rate at which the system accumulates charge units during a
call. Different calls require different tariffs. The AOC allows the operating
company to define tariffs which depend on the following factors:
• type of originator
• destination number
• type of network
• time of day and day of week

The computing module (CM) determines tariffs for each call. The CM
provides the extended peripheral module (XPM) with the correct number of
charge units. The XPM provides the PBX subscribers with the correct
charge unit count.
BCS history
Feature TA0610 was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
The switch and peripherals can require reconfiguration to prevent the
PCM30 digital trunk controller (PDTC) from overloading. The impact of
AOC on the PDTCs depends on the following factors:
• number of trunks the PDTC handles
• number of trunks that have datafill for AOC during call (AOCD)
• number of trunks that have datafill for AOC end of call (AOCE)
• amount of traffic on different trunks, including number of call
originations each minute and average call length
• rate at which the charge unit counts increase

Restrictions and limitations


This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• This feature does not support ETSI basic rate interface (BRI).

NTXU72AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU72AA
TA0610
• This feature is available in the direction of network to user.
• The AOC at call setup (AOCS) is not available.
• Subscribers cannot receive AOC charge information as a currency
amount.
• Operating company personnel can activate or deactivate AOC on a trunk
group or a PDTC. Operating company personnel cannot activate or
deactivate AOC for separate calls.
• The subscriber receives charging information related to the connection.
Subscribers do not receive charging information related to
supplementary services.
• Consecutive changeovers for a logical network can occur a maximum of
one time every 30 min.
• Changeovers can occur a maximum of eight times during a 24-hour
period.
• The PRI trunk metering and the AOC trunk metering in the XPM can
provide a different number of charge units for each call. The billing
record registers the call’s start and stop times with a resolution of 1 s.
The metering system in the XPM registers start and stop times with a
resolution of 100 ms.
• The range and precision of the time periods for one charge unit differ for
different lengths of time of the call. For time periods between 500 ms
and 102 s, the resolution is 100 ms. For time periods between 102 s to
1023 s, the resolution is 1 s. For time periods from 17 min to 50 min, the
resolution is 1 min.
• The time resolution when the XPM metering measures the time for the
different calls lengths is 100 ms.
• If the XPM does not have system resources available, the PBX
subscriber receives a FACILITY message. The XPM does not release
the call.
• The system sends the correct and valid final charge information in the
DISCONNECT, RELEASE, or RELEASE COMPLETE message.
• The system supports AOC over XPM warm switches of activity
(SWACT). If operating company personnel RTS the inactive unit and a
SWACT occurs, the calls in a talking state can have errors.
• The calculation of the charging time rate interval can have a result which
is not an exact multiple of 100 ms. The system rounds the result up to
the next 100 ms multiple.
• The AOC does not have direct interactions between PRI trunk metering
or the billing system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU72AA–3


NTXU72AA
TA0610
• The AOC on ETSI PRI is available on open device interface (ODI)
loads.
Feature interactions
The system performs tariff determination during the first pass of call
translations, even if multiple translation passes lead to different tariffs. The
AOC takes the result of the last tariff determination.
Datafill
This feature adds the option AOC to field SERVICE_OPTIONS in table
LTDATA.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
This feature uses the MTR113 datafill problem log.
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU72AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
ETSI BRI
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the Turkish, Columbian, and China markets.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU81AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0552 BRI Base: XPM Provisioning


TA0553 BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction
TA0554 BRI Base: Base Call Processing
TA0556 BRI Base: IFPE Aspects and Supplementary Services Base
TA0558 BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i
TA0562 BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2)
TA0563 BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1
TA0564 BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction
TA0565 ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS
TA0566 ISDN BRI Interworking with R1
TA0602 BRI teleservices support
TA0603 Advice of charge (AOC) on BRI
TA0614 ISDN BRI call diversion supplementary services
TA0615 ETSI BRI call hold supplementary services
39005633 ETSI BRI <–> 24-bit CTUP interworking
39005652 ETSI BRI and C1/MFC interworking
39005862 BRI call waiting supplementary service

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.
BCS44.1i introduced features TA0556, TA0602, TA0603, TA0614,
TA0615, 39005633, 39005652, and 39005862.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–1


NTXU81AA
TA0552
Feature name
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning
Description
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning describes how to provision the ISDN Basic
Rate Interface (BRI) extended peripheral module (XPM) on the DMS-100i
switch. ISDN BRI connects groups of ISDN terminals to an ISDN office.
ISDN BRI provides digital service over telephone lines. Signaling
information transfers over B and D channels. One B channel provides
circuit-switched voice and data services and the other B channel provides
high-speed packet data services. The D channel provides low-speed packed
data services.
ISDN BRI XPM requires the following components:
• international offshore line group controller (LGCOi)
• enhanced ISDN line concentrating module (LCME)
• customer premise equipment

BCS history
Software release introduces feature BRI Base: XPM Provisioning.
Hardware requirements
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning requires an LGCOi. The LGCOi must have
the following components:
• enhanced D-channel handler (EDCH)
• LCME
• enhanced ISDN signaling preprocessor (EISP)
• NT6X44EA time switch

Restrictions and limitations


BRI Base: XPM Provisioning does not support the small remote unit
(SRU).
ETSI BRI lines only are supported on the LGCOi.
ETSI BRI does not support packet data services.
Feature interactions
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning has no functionality interactions.
Datafill
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning adds tables DCHINV and ISGDEF.
Table DCHINV describes engineering information for the EDCH on the

NTXU81AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0552
ISDN LGCOi.
Table ISGDEF contains the service and channel assignments for the DCH
and EDCH.
Service orders
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning does not affect service orders (SERVORD).

Operational measurements
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning does not affect logs.
User interface
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–3


NTXU81AA
TA0553
Feature name
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction
Description
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction refers to feature
TA0554 (BRI Base: Base Call Processing). Feature TA0554 describes how
to install the ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) on the DMS-100i switch.
ISDN is a communications network that provides multiple services through
a single access point. ISDN integrates voice, data, image, and signals across
the network. Customers use the BRI to access the voice and data networks
over a line.
Refer to feature TA0554 for more information on BRI Base: Base Call
Processing.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature BRI Base: Line Definition and
Call Processing Interaction.
Hardware requirements
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not have
any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not have
any restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not have
any functionality interactions.
Datafill
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not affect
data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not affect
service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not affect
operational measurements.
Logs
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not affect

NTXU81AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0553
logs.
User interface
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not affect
the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction does not affect
the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–5


NTXU81AA
TA0554
Feature name
BRI Base: Base Call Processing
Description
BRI Base: Base Call Processing describes how to install the ISDN Basic
Rate Interface (BRI) on the DMS-100i switch. ISDN is a communications
network that provides multiple services through a single access point. ISDN
integrates voice, data, image, and signals across the network. Customers use
the BRI to access the voice and data networks over a line.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature BRI Base: Base Call
Processing.
Hardware requirements
BRI Base: Base Call Processing requires the following hardware:
• computing module
• customer premises equipment
• enhanced ISDN line concentrating module
• ISDN offshore line group controller
• message switch
• PCM-30 and DS512 links
• switching network
Restrictions and limitations
The following limitations and restrictions apply to BRI Base: Base Call
Processing:
• packet-switching is not supported
• packet-switching services are not supported
• non-initializing terminals only are supported
• two non-initializing terminals only are supported for each BRI loop
• one circuit-switched terminal only can access both B-channels at the
same time on one data link
• logical terminals on the loop can have unique directory numbers

Feature interactions
BRI Base: Base Call Processing does not have any functional interactions.

NTXU81AA–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0554
Datafill
BRI Base: Base Call Processing introduces data schema tables ISDNLINE,
LTDEF, LTGRP, and LTMAP.
BRI Base: Base Call Processing does not affect office parameters.
Service orders
BRI Base: Base Call Processing introduces service order (SERVORD)
command Set up Logical Terminal (SLT).
Operational measurements
BRI Base: Base Call Processing does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
BRI Base: Base Call Processing does not affect logs.
User interface
BRI Base: Base Call Processing does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI Base: Base Call Processing does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–7


NTXU81AA
TA0556
Feature name
BRI BASE: base call processing
Description
This feature provides a base for ISDN basic rate interface (BRI) installation
on the DMS100i switch. International feature processing environment
(IFPE) is also available to provide support for supplementary services. The
supplementary services use enquiry call capabilities, including switching
and terminating the active party on a call.
The information exchange to manage supplementary services includes the
activation, deactivation, and interrogation processes. The activation process
allows the user to start some supplementary services. The deactivation
process allows the user to terminate the use of the supplementary service.
The interrogation process allows the user to request data about the
supplementary service. This process is read-only and does not change data.
This feature does not provide a function that is visible to customers. It
provides support for features which the user can activate, deactivate or
inspect.
BCS history
This feature was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
Feature TA0556 has the following restrictions and limitations:
• This feature provides only supplementary services of IFPE for ISDN
BRI lines. Service interaction with BRI is not available.
• The system can process a maximum of five facility components in one
message.
• The user receives a Q931 release complete message for
bearer-independent connection-oriented connections. The user does not
receive a release message.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
This feature creates the data schema table ISDNSERV to define and enter
data for supplementary services and BRI line options.

NTXU81AA–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0556
Service orders
This feature creates the SERVORD ISS for ISDN BRI lines.
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
This feature creates command ISS to allow operating company personnel to
install the feature from the MAP display.
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–9


NTXU81AA
TA0558
Feature name
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i
Description
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i describes how operating company
personnel install Basic Rate Interface (BRI) bearer services on the
DMS100i. The bearer services are
• 3.1 kHz audio
• 64 kbit/s unrestricted digital information
• speech

Voice band data calls such as the group 2 or 3 fax machine or modem use the
3.1 kHz audio bearer service.
High level data calls such as group 4 fax machines or video conference
equipment use the 64 kbit/s unrestricted digital information bearer service.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature BRI Bearer Services on
DMS100i.
Hardware requirements
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not have any restrictions or
limitations.
Feature interactions
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i interacts with supplementary services. If
a user activates a supplementary service, the switch provides an indication in
the B channel. The switch can send an idle signal or change the digits in the
Bearer Capability (BC) information element to a value of 1.
Datafill
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not affect operational measurements.

NTXU81AA–10 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0558
Logs
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not affect logs.
User interface
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–11


NTXU81AA
TA0562
Feature name
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2)
Description
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) describes how operating company
personnel can install the Basic Rate Interface (BRI) supplementary service
subaddressing (SUB) on the DMS-100i switch.
The SUB service increases the addressing capacity beyond that of the ISDN
number of the called user.
Operating company personnel can install the SUB service using tables
ISDNLINE and ISDNSERV. Operating company personnel define the
service in table ISDNSERV and assign the service to a directory number in
table ISDNLINE. The switch can send the calling party subaddress (CGS)
and called party subaddress (CDS) information in the SETUP message.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature BRI - SUB Addressing
(MOU2).
Hardware requirements
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not have any restrictions or
limitations.
Feature interactions
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) interacts with the Calling Line
Identification Presentation (CLIP) and Calling Line Identification
Restriction (CLIR) services. The switch sends the calling party subaddress
information if a called subscriber has the CLIP service. The switch does not
send the calling party subaddress information if a called subscriber has the
CLIR service.
Datafill
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) adds values SUBCGS and SUBCDS to the
OPTION field of table ISDNSERV.
Service orders
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not change service order (SERVORD)
options.
Operational measurements
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not affect operational measurements.

NTXU81AA–12 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0562

Logs
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not affect logs.
User interface
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–13


NTXU81AA
TA0563
Feature name
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1
Description
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 describes how you can install the
ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) User-to-User Signaling Service 1 (UUS1).
UUS1 allows a customer to send or receive information to and from another
customer over the signaling channel.
UUS1 has two types of requests an implicit request (UUS1IMP) and an
explicit request (UUS1EXP). The calling user requests service UUS1IMP
by sending a user-to-user information element in the SETUP message. The
calling user requests service UUS1EXP by sending a facility information
element in the SETUP message.
A calling user cannot send the UUS1IMP and UUS1EXP requests at the
same time.
BCS history
Feature BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 is part of software release
BCS44.
Hardware requirements
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not install user-to-user
signaling service 2 and 3.
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not support segmented
messaging for ETSI ISUP V2.
Feature interactions
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not have any functional
interactions.
Datafill
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 adds options UUS1IMP and
UUS1EXP to table ISDNSERV field SERV.
Service orders
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 adds service options UUS1IMP and
UUS1EXP.

NTXU81AA–14 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0563
Operational measurements
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect logs.
User interface
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 does not affect the automatic
message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–15


NTXU81AA
TA0564
Feature name
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction
Description
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction allows you to
install the Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) and Calling Line
Identification Restriction (CLIR) services for an ISDN Basic Rate Interface
(BRI) line.
BCS history
Feature BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction is part
of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not have
any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not have
any restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not have
any functionality interactions.
Datafill
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction adds table
ISDNSERV. Table ISDNSERV allows you to assign ISDN services to a
customer line.
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction adds office
parameter BRI_CLIP_GENERALLY_AVAILABLE to table OFCENG.
Office parameter BRI_CLIP_GENERALLY_AVAILABLE allows you to
assign the CLIP service to all ISDN BRI terminals.
Service orders
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction adds service
order (SERVORD) option BRICLID. Service option BRICLID allows a
subscriber to see the telephone number of a calling party.
Operational measurements
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not affect
operational measurements.

NTXU81AA–16 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0564
Logs
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not affect
logs.
User interface
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not affect
the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction does not affect
the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–17


NTXU81AA
TA0565
Feature name
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS
Description
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS contains a description of
signaling requirements. The signaling requirements describe the types of
signals that a switch can send between the following types of trunks and
lines:
• POTS
• ETSI Basic Rate Interface (BRI)
• ETSI Primary Rate Interface (PRI)

The switch can send signals bidirectionally. The switch sends signals from a
POTS line to a BRI trunk or from a BRI trunk to a POTS line. The switch
sends signals from a BRI trunk to a PRI trunk or from a PRI trunk to a BRI
trunk.
BCS history
Feature ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS is part of software
release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not have any restrictions
and limitations.
Feature interactions
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not affect data schema
tables or office parameter tables.
Service orders
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not affect operational
measurements.

NTXU81AA–18 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0565

Logs
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not affect logs.
User interface
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not affect the user
interface.
Automatic message accounting
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS does not affect the automatic
message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–19


NTXU81AA
TA0566
Feature name
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1
Description
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 describes how a transit switch transfers
signaling information between two different signaling systems. The
signaling systems are ETSI Basic Rate Interface (BRI) and R1. The switch
can send the signals in both directions. The switch sends signals from a BRI
trunk to an R1 trunk and from an R1 trunk to a BRI trunk.
BCS history
Feature ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 is part of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 supports circuit-switching.
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 supports ISDN BRI terminals that perform
dynamic terminal end-point identification.
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 supports two non-initializing terminals for
each BRI loop.
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 supports signaling requirements for the
basic protocol messages and parameters.
Feature interactions
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not affect data schema tables or office
parameters.
Service orders
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not affect operational measurements.

NTXU81AA–20 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0566
Logs
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not affect logs.
User interface
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–21


NTXU81AA
TA0602
Feature name
BRI teleservices support
Description
This feature supports the following teleservices for ISDN basic rate interface
(BRI) lines on the DMS100i switch:
• 7 kHz telephony
• facsimile group 2 and 3
• facsimile group 4 class I
• teletext
• videotext
• videotelephony

Teleservices use bearer services to transport data and provide the functional
characteristics of the service. The bearer capability (BC) information
element (IE) appears in the SETUP message with other IEs. The system
carries teleservice types in high-layer compatibility (HLC) from network to
user and user to network.
The DMS100i switch supports the following interworkings:
• BRI to primary rate interface (PRI)
• BRI to ISDN user part (ISUP) V1
• BRI to ISUP V2
• BRI to R1
• BRI to plain old telephone service (POTS)
• BRI to BRI

All of these interworking operate in both directions. The system transfers


the teleservice to the other side of the interworking. The terminating BRI
subscriber or terminal must accept or reject the call or teleservice.
BCS history
Feature TA0602 was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The BRI POTS and BRI R1 interworkings support bearer capability
(BC) speech and 3.1 kHz audio. The system drops the call for the other
BC’s 7 kHz audio and 64k unrestricted digital information.

NTXU81AA–22 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0602
• The “extended high-layer characteristics identification” octet 4a in the
high-layer compatibility (HLC) IE is available only for videotelephony
services.
• The fallback is not available for teleservices.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
This feature adds options COMHLC and COMLLC to table ISDNSERV.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–23


NTXU81AA
TA0603
Feature name
Advice of charge (AOC) on BRI
Description
Advice of charge (AOC) on basic rate interface (BRI) allows ISDN
subscribers to know the number of charge units their calls use. The AOC
can provide the charge unit count at intervals during the call, or after the
call, or both. The number of charge units that the AOC gives determines the
cost of the call that the subscriber originated. The subscriber must know the
value of the charge unit to know the cost of the call.
A tariff is the rate at which the system accumulates charge units during a
call. Different calls require different tariffs. The AOC allows the operating
company to define tariffs which depend on the following factors:
• type of originator
• destination number
• type of network
• time of day and day of week

The computing module (CM) determines tariffs for each call. The XPM
provides the BRI subscriber with the correct charge unit count.
When a call originates in a BRI loop and requires AOC functionality, the
call processing during the setup phase determines the tariff for the call. Call
processing retrieves the data for the tariff determination, and uses the tariff
database for the determination. Call processing then sends the tariff index
and the logical network identification to the XPM. The XPM provides the
BRI subscriber with the correct charge unit count.
BCS history
This feature was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
The switch and peripherals can require reconfiguration to prevent the
PCM30 line group controller (PLGC) from overloading. The impact of
AOC on the PLGCs depends on the following factors:
• number of BRI loops the PLGC handles
• number of BRI loops that have datafill for AOC during call (AOCD)
• number of BRI loops that have datafill for AOC end of call (AOCE)
• amount of traffic on different BRI loops, including number of call
originations each minute, and average call length

NTXU81AA–24 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0603
• rate at which the charge unit counts increase
Restrictions and limitations
Feature TA0603 has the following restrictions and limitations:
• Advice of charge at call setup (AOCS) is not available.
• The DMS100i switch cannot send AOC information as a currency
amount.
• Operating company personnel can activate or deactivate AOC for a BRI
loop and PCM30 line group controller (PLGC). Operating company
personnel cannot activate or deactivate AOC for a call.
• The subscriber receives connection-related charge information. The
subscriber does not receive information about the charges for
supplementary services.
• Consecutive changeovers for a logical network can occur at a maximum
of one time every 30 minutes. Time of day changes can occur at a
maximum of one time every 15 minutes.
• Changeovers can occur a maximum of eight times for each 24-hour time
period.
• The charge units on the billing record can be different from the number
of charge units from the XPM’s AOC metering. The billing record
registers the start and stop time of a call at 1 s increments. The metering
system in the XPM records the call at increments of 100 ms.
• The range and precision for time periods for one charge unit varies. The
time between 500 ms and 102 s is at an increment of 100 ms. The time
between 102 to 1023 s is at an increment of 1 s. The time between 17
min and 50 min is at an increment of 1 min.
• For the XPM metering system, the time increment when measuring the
different calls is 100 ms.
• If resources are not available in the XPM, the switch sends a FACILITY
message to the subscriber. Datafill in table ISDNSERV determines if the
system releases the call immediately.
• If a call has AOCD active, the system can send the subscriber a
FACILITY message after call release. The system does not consider this
message to be accurate for that call. The accurate charge information is
in the DISCONNECT, RELEASE, or RELEASE COMPLETE message.
• The system can calculate the charging rate time increment at a rate that is
not an exact multiple of 100 ms. If the rate is not exact, the system
rounds the number up to the next 0.1 s multiple.
• The switch supports this feature over XPM warm switches of activity
(SWACT). If the inactive unit is return to service (RTS) and a SWACT
occurs, the calls in talking state can have errors.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–25


NTXU81AA
TA0603
• This feature on ETSI BRI is only available on OGI loads.
• This feature does not support meter pulse tandeming and interworking of
BRI lines for AOC service. This feature sends charge units from the
network to the BRI terminal.
Feature interactions
The system performs tariff determination during the first pass of a call
through translation. The AOC feature takes the result of the last tariff
determination. If a later pass occurs, the translation does not affect AOC
BRI.
Datafill
This feature changes the following data schema tables:
• Table ISDNSERV has new option AOC. Option AOC has subfields
AOCD, AOCE, AOCREL, and AOCHGOV.
• Table ISDNLINE requires datafill in field ISDNSERV.

This feature also requires existing datafill in the following data schema
tables:
• LNETWORK
• MDESTIDX
• MNETATTR
• MSRCDATA
• MTARFIDX
• MTARFNUM
• MTARIFF
• TIMEODAY
• TODHEAD
• xxCODE
• xxHEAD (default if information is not in xxCODE)

Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable

NTXU81AA–26 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0603
Logs
This feature uses the MTR113 log.
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–27


NTXU81AA
TA0614
Feature name
ISDN BRI call diversion supplementary services
Description
ISDN basic rate interface (BRI) call diversion supplementary services
provides the following Call Forwarding (CF) features. These services are
for the DMS100i switch, and use European telecommunications standards
institute (ETSI) requirements.
• Call forwarding busy (CFB)
• Call forwarding unconditional (CFU)
• Call forwarding no reply (CFNR)

The CFB supplementary service allows a called party to redirect a call from
a calling party if the called party’s ISDN number is busy. The network
directs the call to a third party. The CFB service does not affect the calling
party’s ability to make subsequent calls.
The CFU supplementary service allows a called party to redirect a call from
a calling party. When the called party activates the service, the network
forwards the call regardless of the status of the called party. The CFU
services does not affect the calling party’s ability to make subsequent calls.
The CFNR supplementary service allows a called party to redirect a call
from a calling party if a connection is not established in a set period of time.
The CFNR service does not affect the calling party’s ability to make
subsequent calls.
When the network diverts a single call, the redirecting number information
element contains the details of the diversion. When the network diverts
several calls, the network repeats the redirecting number information
element one time. If the third (end receiver) party has display allowed, the
network includes the called party’s number in the redirecting number
information element.
BCS history
This feature was released in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support notification of diversion to the originator of
the call.

NTXU81AA–28 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0614
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–29


NTXU81AA
TA0615
Feature name
ETSI BRI call hold supplementary service
Description
This feature provides a call hold (HOLD) for European telecommunications
standards institute basic rate interface (ETSI BRI). ETSI BRI call hold
requires the ETS 300 139HOLD service description and the ETS 300
141HOLD DSS1 protocol.
The HOLD supplementary service allows a user to interrupt one call, use the
second channel for a second call, and establish the first call again. Party A
starts the call hold function. When the network passes checks on the call,
the network sends a ‘remote hold’ notification to party B. When party A
starts the call retrieve function, the network sends a ‘remote hold released’
notification to party B.
The network can reject party A’s hold request for the following reasons:
• the network is not in the active state
• the call is not in circuit mode

The network can reject party A’s retrieval request for the following reasons:
• the network state for the request is not correct
• the request indicates a single B-channel which is not available
• the request indicates a selected B-channel or does not indicate a channel,
and a B-channel is not available
The network can pass the ‘remote hold’ and ‘remote hold released’ through
ETSI BRI, ETSI primary rate interface (PRI), and ETSI IDSN user part
(ISUP) V2.
BCS history
Feature TA0615 was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
This feature is available as part of package NTXU81AA.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The system supports ETSI call hold on point to multipoint ETSI BRI
accesses.
• Operating company personnel cannot provision ETSI call hold. The
ETSI call hold feature is available by default on all ETSI BRI lines.
• Users can start the HOLD supplementary service while in the active call
state. Exact B-channel reservation is not available.

NTXU81AA–30 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
TA0615
• The party who is on HOLD does not receive an audible tone or
announcement when entering the held state.
• The system does not pass notification of ETSI call hold through a
PROGRESS message.
• Each terminal equipment identifier (TEI) can handle a maximum of two
calls.
• Each access can handle a maximum of four calls.
Feature interactions
If both users of the call have the HOLD service, each user can hold and
retrieve the call separately.
The following services are not available on ETSI BRI agents on the
DMS100i switch:
• call waiting (CW)
• call deflection (CD)
• conference services, such as conference call (CONF), add-on, and
meet-me conference
• terminal portability (TP)
• completion of calls to busy subscriber (CCBS)

Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–31


NTXU81AA
39005633
Feature name
ETSI BRI to 24-bit CTUP interworking
Description
This feature provides interworking for the following protocols on the
DMS100i switch:
• European telecommunications standards institute basic rate interface
(ETSI BRI) to 24-bit China telephone user part (CTUP)
• 24-bit CTUP to ETSI BRI

Users with BRI have calling line identity presentation (CLIP) and calling
line identity restriction (CLIR) services. Both services are ISDN line
services.
BCS history
Feature 39005633 was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• Overlap outpulsings for BRI to CTUP and CTUP to BRI interworkings
are not available.
• This feature supports only mutual call control.
• The system maps the nature of address (NOA) signal to bits 765 in the
SETUP message as the the system receives the signal.
• All restrictions and limitations for ETSI BRI and CTUP apply to this
feature.
• Operator and emergency services are not available.
• The facility message is not available.

Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable

NTXU81AA–32 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
39005633
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–33


NTXU81AA
39005652
Feature name
ETSI-ISDN BRI and C1/MFC interworking
Description
This feature installs the ISDN basic rate interface (BRI) interworkings to
and from the Chinese number 1 (C1)/multi-frequency compelled (MFC)
protocol. These interworkings use the European Telecommunications
Standards Institute (ETSI) ISDN standards on the DMS100i platform. This
feature complies to Orange book regulations.
The C1/MFC interworking uses the following line and register signalings:
• C1 line signaling is NTLS20
• C1/MFC register signaling is NTRS11

For ETSI BRI to C1/MFC interworking, the system supports the enbloc and
overlap modes of digit reception over the BRI. The system supports the
enbloc mode of sending digits over C1/MFC.
For C1 to ETSI BRI interworking, the DMS100i switch collects the called
party digits and sends a SETUP message to the ISDN agent.
This feature supports the following supplementary services for plain old
telephone service (POTS) lines. The letter ‘F’ indicates fixed services.
• Call diversion to subscriber (CDS)/CDSF
• Call diversion to busy subscriber (CDB)/CDBF
• Call diversion no answer (CDNA)/CDNAF

This feature supports the following supplementary services on ISDN lines:


• Call forward unconditional (CFU)
• Call forward busy (CFB)
• Call forward no reply (CFNR)

The calling line identity presentation (CLIP) feature allows the called party
to display the calling party’s number. The calling line identity restriction
(CLIR) feature limits presentation of the calling party’s number. When the
call meets C1/MFC-BRI interworking, the presentation indicator in the
information element has a setting of ‘presentation restricted’. The calling
party’s number is not available to the called party.
BCS history
Feature 39005652 was created in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable

NTXU81AA–34 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
39005652
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The existing base C1 and BRI restrictions and limitations are valid.
• This feature supports mutual call control.
• Overlap outpulsing is not available.
• Point-to-point connection is not available.
• During diversion, the originator does not receive a message. Later
ALERTING and CONNECT messages do not include diversion
information for BRI-C1/MFC interworking.
• The FACILITY message is not available.
• The NOTIFY message is not available.

Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–35


NTXU81AA
39005862
Feature name
BRI call waiting supplementary service
Description
The call waiting (CW) supplementary service allows a subscriber to receive
notification of an incoming call. The CW service operates when subscriber
A is on a call with subscriber B. Subscriber C originates a call to subscriber
A. Subscriber A receives notification of the call. Subscriber A can release
the call with subscriber B or put subscriber B on hold to handle the call from
subscriber C. Subscriber A can ignore the call from subscriber C or reject
the call.
This feature provides CW for basic rate interface (BRI). This feature
operates when all B-channels to a subscriber’s interface are busy. This
feature improves basic call to allow the system to handle two calls without
already having CW provisioned.
This feature allows the system to pass through CW information elements
(IE). The system passes the CW IE in an ALERTING message for all
interworkings between BRI, primary rate interface (PRI) and ISDN user
party (ISUP).
BCS history
This feature was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• User activation/deactivation for CW is not available.
• In-band call waiting announcement to the calling party is not available.
• The T-CW timer does not have separate application. The timer is equal
to timer T301. Operating company personnel can enter data for the
timers in the RNG_TMEOUT_NO_OF_SECS parameter.
• This feature does not provide a parameter to indicate if remote
notification is ON or OFF. The default use of this feature has remote
notification turned ON.
• Each terminal endpoint indicator (TEI) can have a maximum of two
calls.
• Each access can have a maximum of four calls.
• Each access can have a maximum of two call waiting calls.
• Call waiting is available only on point to multipoint BRI accesses.

NTXU81AA–36 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU81AA
39005862
• An access which acts as a huntgroup pilot or member does not support
call waiting.
• Call waiting is not available on an RCO2 trunk in ESA mode.
• If the system receives notifications for call waiting in a Q.931
PROGRESS message, the system does not pass the notifications through.
Feature interactions
The following services cause some change in the way CW is available to the
subscriber.
• Calling line identity presentation (CLIP). If subscriber A has CW and
CLIP active, subscriber A receives the CLI information for subscriber C
in the SETUP message.
• Calling line identity restriction (CLIR). If subscriber C has CLIR,
subscriber A does not receive the CLI information for subscriber C.
• Call forward unconditional (CFU). If subscriber A activates CFU,
CFU takes precedence over CW. The subscriber can invoke CFU while
a call waits. A forwarded call can start CW.
• Call forward busy (CFB). If subscriber A is busy, CFB occurs.
Subscriber A does not receive the call from subscriber C. A forwarded
call can start CW.
• Call forward no reply (CFNR). If subscriber A activates CFNR, the
system allows the waiting call. If the CFNR timer expires before
subscriber C receives an answer, the system forwards the call. A
forwarded call can start CW.
• User-to-user signaling (UUS). The system only supports UUS1. The
CW SETUP message includes the UUS information.
The following services are not available on BRI agents:
• user-to-user signaling (UUS2, UUS3)
• conference call

Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU81AA–37


NTXU81AA
39005862
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

NTXU81AA–38 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU84AA
TT MCT
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the Turkish market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU84AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0544 Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09)

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU84AA–1


NTXU84AA
TA0544
Feature name
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09)
Description
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) provides a
description of how feature Malicious Call Trace (MCT) functions on the
following protocols:
• ETSI ISDN User Part (ISUP) version 2 (V2) to R1
• R1 to R1

BCS history
Feature Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) is part of
software release.
Hardware requirements
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) does not have
any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) is not compatible
with feature TA0397 (ISUP - NTLS09 Interworking).
Feature interactions
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) has no
functionality interactions.
Datafill
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) allows operating
company personnel to datafill table TRKSGRP fields MCTOGRLS and
MCTICRLS for R1 trunks.
Service orders
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) does not affect
service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) does not affect
operational measurements.
Logs
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) adds logs
MCT101 and MCT102.

NTXU84AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU84AA
TA0544
User interface
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) does not affect
the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) does not affect
the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU84AA–3


NTXU87AA
Long Call Check Tool
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the Tunisia market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU87AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0510 Long Call Check Tool Enhancement

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU87AA–1


NTXU87AA
TA0510
Feature name
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement
Description
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement describes the new properties of the
CCBCHK tool for the DMS 100i switch. Operating company personnel can
now configure three different threshold values for local, national, and
international calls.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature Long Call Check Tool
Enhancement.
Hardware requirements
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not support line to line calls.
The maximum buffer capacity for the CCBCHK tool is 50 calls.
During a one night process (ONP), all information collected by the
CCBCHK process is lost.
All restarts stop the CCBCHK process and clear the CCBCHK alarms.
Feature interactions
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not affect logs.

NTXU87AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU87AA
TA0510
User interface
Feature Long Call Check Tool Enhancement adds new parameters to the
CCBCHK command. Long Call Check Tool Enhancement adds parameters
LCL, NATL, and INTL to the THRESHOLD parameter of command
CCBCHK. The feature also adds parameters LCL, NATL, INTL, and ALL
to the DSPBUFF parameter.
These parameters allow operating company personnel to change the
threshold values for calls. The LCL parameter defines the threshold value
for local calls. The NATL parameter defines the threshold value for national
calls and the INTL parameter defines the threshold value for international
calls.
Operating company personnel can enter the threshold value for each
parameter in hours and minutes.
These parameters also allow operating company personnel to print a report
of the calls using the DSPBUFF parameter. The DSPUFF LCL SHORT
parameter prints a short report of local calls. The DSPUFF NATL SHORT
parameter prints a short report of national calls and parameter DSPUFF
INTL SHORT prints a short report of international calls. Operating
company personnel can print long reports using the LONG parameter
instead of the SHORT parameter.
Automatic message accounting
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU87AA–3


NTXU88AA
TT Toll Features
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the Tunisia market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU88AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0532 800 Free Call Enhancements


TA0533 900 Services Call Duration Limit

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU88AA–1


NTXU88AA
TA0532
Feature name
800 Free Call Enhancements
Description
800 Free Call Enhancements describes how an 800 telephone call is free of
charge when it transfers over an ETSI ISDN user part version 2 (ETSI ISUP
V2) outgoing trunk.
800 Free Call Enhancements applies to the following kinds 800 telephone
calls:
• 800 National Free Call Service
• 800 Outgoing International ALO VATAN Service
• 800 Outgoing International Free Call Service

BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature 800 Free Call Enhancements.
Hardware requirements
800 Free Call Enhancements does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
800 Free Call Enhancements does not support the 800 Incoming
International Free Call service.
Feature interactions
800 Free Call Enhancements does not have any functionality interactions.
Datafill
800 Free Call Enhancements does not affect data schema tables or office
parameters.
Service orders
800 Free Call Enhancements does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
800 Free Call Enhancements does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
800 Free Call Enhancements does not affect logs.
User interface
800 Free Call Enhancements does not affect the user interface.

NTXU88AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU88AA
TA0532
Automatic message accounting
800 Free Call Enhancements does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU88AA–3


NTXU88AA
TA0533
Feature name
900 Services Call Duration Limit
Description
900 Services Call Duration Limit describes how operating company
personnel can change the time limit for 900 service calls.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature 900 Services Call Duration
Limit.
Hardware requirements
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
900 Services Call Duration Limit can support only outgoing R1 trunks.
Feature interactions
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
900 Services Call Duration Limit adds option CALLDUR to the following
universal translations tables:
• ACHEAD
• ACCODE
• FACODE
• FAHEAD
• OFCCODE
• OFCHEAD
• PXCODE
• PXHEAD

You can activate the feature by datafilling the CALLDUR option in the
universal translation tables.
900 Services Call Duration Limit adds office parameter
CALL_DURATION_LIMIT to table OFCENG. The office parameter
allows you to change the time limit for 900 service calls.
Service orders
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).

NTXU88AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU88AA
TA0533
Operational measurements
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not affect logs.
User interface
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
900 Services Call Duration Limit does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU88AA–5


NTXU90AA
ETSI ISUP
This feature package contains a number of features that are applicable
specifically for the Morocco market.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXU90AA contents
Feature number Description

39005695 ETSI ISUP V2 backward metering for Morocco

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44.1.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU90AA–1


NTXU90AA
39005695
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 backward metering for Morocco
Description
This feature provides backward metering for national and international calls
in the Morocco market. In backward metering, the central office sends a
charge information message (CRG) with meter tariff index or meter pulse
count. The system sends the message to tandem DMS office or local DMS
office.
For local metering, operating company personnel define the metering
information in the remote office and send the information backward. The
information is in the CRG with meter tariff index. The local office uses the
CRG to perform the metering.
The international office, or charging center, performs the distance metering.
The central office identifies the charge count and send this information in
the CRG with meter pulse count. The central office sends this message
during the conversation. The local office starts the charge timer CRG to
begin metering.
This feature provides the following interworkings for backward metering:
• Line to ISDN user part (ISUP) V2
• ISUP V2 to ISUP V2
• R2 to ISUP V2

BCS history
Introduced feature 39005695 for BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
This feature does not support requirements 2 or 9.
This feature supports existing metering restrictions and limitations.
Feature interactions
Not applicable

NTXU90AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXU90AA
39005695
Datafill
This feature adds ISUP variant V3 to table TRKSGRP.
This feature adds ISUP timer CRG to table C7UPTMR.
This feature adds new office parameter
ISUP_BACKWARD_METERING_ALLOWED to table OFCOPT.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXU90AA–3


NTXV13AA
China C1 DP Trunk Interworking
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
NTXV13AA provides line signals and the DMS to step-by-step (SXS) trunk
interface for offices in China.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXV13AA contents
Feature number Description

AL2721 China C1 DP Trunk Interworking


AL2722 China C1 DP Trunk Interworking

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS35.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX470AA International–Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXV13AA–1


NTXV13AA
AL2721
Feature name
China C1 DP Trunk Interworking – CC
Description
AL2721 provides the following line signals for the step-by-step (SXS)
interface for offices in China:
• Subscriber Status Busy (SSB)
• Subscriber Status Free (SSF)

This feature applies to DMS-200 offices, DMS-100 and DMS-200 combined


offices, and DMS-100 and DMS-200 combined offices with the
International Traffic Operator Position System (ITOPS).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS35.
Restrictions and limitations
This features applies to China only.
This feature is restricted to the NTLS20 line signaling system.
Backward SSB and SSF signals are not sent to a preceding office connected
by way of C1 and DP trunks. The calling party who reaches a busy line is
given busy tone and must release the call by breaking the connection.
This feature supports only outgoing (OG) Chinese signaling system (C1) to
dial pulse line signals for DMS-100 offices, and for DMS-100 and DMS-200
combined offices.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following feature:
• AL2722 China C1 DP Trunk Interworking – XPM
Datafill
Table Description

LNSIGSYS Fields RMINSSB and RMINSSF are added to specify the timing
values for SB and SSF.

This feature requires an additional 2 words of data store.

NTXV13AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXV13AA
AL2722
Feature name
China C1 DP Trunk Interworking – XPM
Description
AL2721 provides the DMS switch to step-by-step (SXS) trunk interface for
offices in China. The following interworkings are enhanced:
• International Traffic Operator System (ITOPS) to Chinese signaling
system (C1) and dial pulse (DP) operator calls
• direct circuit (DC) and multifrequency pulsed (MFP) to C1 and DP local
manual toll board (MTB) calls
• DC and DP to C1 and DP local MTB calls
• single frequency (SF) and DP to C1 and DP remote MTB calls

This feature applies to DMS-200 offices, DMS-100 and DMS-200 combined


offices, and DMS-100 and DMS-200 combined offices with the ITOPS.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS35.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature applies to the NTLS20 line signaling system in China.
This feature supports only DP line signals outgoing from the DMS office.
Subscriber status line signals are not sent back to the incoming trunk.
The DMS office treats the SSB signal from the SXS as the Subscriber Local
Busy signal.
When Toll Break-in (TBI) is denied, a busy tone is applied backwards by the
SXS office.
The DMS switch cannot detect whether TBI is allowed or denied at the SXS
office.
The NTLS20 line signaling system is used by both multifrequency
compelled (MFC) and DP trunks. However, SSB and SSF signals are
handled by DP trunks only.
The average universal tone receiver (UTR) holding time is increased since
the congestion signal has to be monitored during digit outpulsing. Because
of the increase, timeout can occur on the C1 and MFC trunks.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following feature:
• AL2721 China C1 DP Trunk Interworking – CC

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXV13AA–3


NTXV16AA
Chile Signaling
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
NTXV16AA provides the R2 register signaling protocol for Chile.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXV16AA contents
Feature number Description

AL2632 Chile R2 Register Signaling

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS35.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX904AA R2 Signaling Base

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXV16AA–1


NTXV16AA
AL2632
Feature name
Chile R2 Register Signaling
Description
AL2632 provides the R2 register signaling protocol for Chile.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS35.
Restrictions and limitations
Only one-way trunks are supported for Chile.
After all the called digits have been sent, the DMS switch sends signal I-15,
END_OF_DIGITS, only once in response to signal A-1, NEXT_DIGIT. If
additional A-1 signals are received, an idle tone is given to the next
exchange.
In an originating exchange, the DMS switch does not generate signal II-11,
REGULAR. In a tandem situation, signal II-11 is propagated to the next
exchange as signal II-1, REGULAR. In a terminating exchange, signal II-11
is handled as signal II-1, REGULAR.
The DMS switch does not generate signal A-6, CONNECT_CALL_CHG.
If received, signal A-6 is treated as signal B-6.
Signals A-4 and B-4 are not used to indicate a timeout, abnormal release of
an R2 register, or receipt of an unused signal.
In an originating exchange, signal B-2, CONGESTION, is treated as signal
B-4. In a tandem exchange, signal B-2 is propagated to the next exchange as
signal B-4. As a terminating exchange, the DMS switch does not generate
signal B-2.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AE0448 Moroccan Tones
• AE0514 Moroccan R2 Line Signaling
The following features interact with R2 signaling and behave in a different
manner in the R2 environment:
• Automatic TBI
• Call Control
• Call Diversion (CDIV)
• Call Waiting (CWT)

NTXV16AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXV16AA
AL2632
• Coin Line
• Free Number Termination (FNT)
• Malicious Call Trace (MCT)
• Manual TBI
• No Double Connect (NDC)
• Toll Break-in (TBI)
Datafill
Table Description

OFCENG CHILE is added to the range of values in field


MARKET_OF_OFFICE.

TRKGRP CHILER2 is added to the range of values in field PROTIDX.

CHILETRT is added to the range of values in field TRTMTIDX.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXV16AA–3


NTXV55AA
AMA and ITOPS Billing Enhancement
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
NTXV55AA enhances the call records for the International Traffic Operator
Position System (ITOPS) and the international centralized automatic
message accounting (ICAMA) in DMS200 and DMS100/200 switches
outside North America.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXV55AA contents
Feature number Description

AE1239 ITOPS Billing Records Enhancements

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS36.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTXBO5AA ITOPS Common Basic

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXV55AA–1


NTXV55AA
AE1239
Feature name
ITOPS Billing Records Enhancements
Description
AE1239 enhances the call records for the international Traffic Operator
Position System (ITOPS) and the international centralized automatic
message accounting (ICAMA) in DMS200 and DMS100/200 switches
outside North America.
An ITOPS call record is created for each call arriving at an ITOPS operator.
Extension records are included for certain types of operator-handled calls
and contain additional information required to bill the call. This feature
adds an extension record that is generated each time an ITOPS call is made.
The record contains the following information:
• type of extension record
• serial number assigned to each call that generates an ITOPS extension
record
• time when the call arrives at the ITOPS operator or when the calling
subscriber answers
• time when the call is stored in the call database
• name of the calling subscriber
• billing category of the calling subscriber
• name of the called subscriber
• status of the called subscriber

This feature also adds a call serial number to the ICAMA record. The serial
number is incremented for each call that generates an ICAMA record.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS36.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature applies to the Chinese telephone network only.
Additional information is provided only for calls that arrive at an operator
with a call class of OPRA or IOPRA, or for calls that are originated by an
operator.
After a dump and restore process, the serial numbers continue to increment
from the values existing before the dump.
After a BCS application, the serial numbers start incrementing from zero.

NTXV55AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXV55AA
AE1239
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following feature:
• AG0636 ITOPS ICAMA Format
The enhancements of the ITOPS and ICAMA call record affect the
downstream billing process.
Logs
Log AMAB189 is added. It is generated for each call that involves an
ITOPS operator.
Log AMAB160 is modified to include additional information about ICAMA
records.
User interface
Command interpreter (CI) commands ITOPSRST and ICAMARST are
added to reset the serial numbers that are incremented when ITOPS
additional information and ICAMA call records are generated.
Automatic message accounting
This feature adds new information to the ICAMA call records.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXV55AA–3


NTXW00AA
World Line Card Base
This software package provides a world line card (WLC), which is a
programmable line card.
Certain hardware characteristics of the line card may be programmed by
software. The package also supports the NT6X17BA line card that can
emulate any existing type A line card in Turkey, the Carribean, Morocco,
China, Australia, the United Kingdom, and North America.
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXW00AA contents
Feature number Description

AE0896 World Line Card in the LCM


AE0905 World Line Card Software Support
AE0945 WLC In the LCME
AE1099 WLC in the SRU
AG2800 World-LC New Hardware Dependencies

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS33.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX001AA Common Basic


NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX901AA Local Features I

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW00AA–1


NTXW00AA
AE0945
Feature name
WLC in the LCME
Description
A world line card (WLC) is a programmable line card. Certain hardware
characteristics of the line card may be programmed by software.
This feature provides enhanced line concentrating module (LCME) software
for type A and type B WLCs in the peripheral enhanced ISDN line
concentrating module (LCME).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
The WLC can replace only plain ordinary telephone service (POTS) line
cards.
Feature interactions
This feature needs feature AE0946 (WLC Enhancements—Types A and B).

NTXW00AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXW00AA
AE1099
Feature name
WLC in the SRU
Description
AE1099 provides small remote unit (SRU) software support for the
NT6X17BA card (Type A world line card [WLC]) and NT6X18BA (Type B
WLC). This feature allows the WLC to be used as a replacement for
existing type A line cards and for type B applications in the SRU loads.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
The WLC can replace plain ordinary telephone service (POTS) line cards
only.
Feature interactions
This feature requires feature AE0946 (WLC Enhancements for Type B).

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW00AA–3


NTXW01AA
World Line Card Type B
This feature package allows the line concentrating module (LCM) and the
international line concentrating module (ILCM) to support the NT6X18BA
(programmable type B world line card [WLC]).
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXW01AA contents
Feature number Description

AE0946 WLC Enhancements—Types A and B


AE1099 WLC in the SRU

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS34.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXW00AA World Line Card Base


NTX000AA Bilge
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX901AA Local Features I

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW01AA–1


NTXW01AA
AE0946
Feature name
WLC Enhancements—Types A and B
Description
AE0946 allows the line concentrating module (LCM) and the international
LCM (ILCM) to support the NT6X18BA (programmable type B world line
card [WLC]).
This card can emulate existing type B line cards used in Turkey, the
Caribbean, Morocco, China, and North America.
This feature also introduces a new set of diagnostic tests for types A and B
WLCs.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature supports an ILCM and LCM with expanded memory only.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AE0896 World Line Card in the LCM
• AE0905 World Line Card Software Support
Datafill
Table Description

LNINV The range of values in Field CARDCODE is expanded to


specify the name of the WLC template.

This feature increases program store by a maximum of 5 Kbytes.


Logs
This feature adds logs LINE170 and LINE171, both of which are generated
when parameter D is specified in the DIAG command at the LTP level of the
MAP (maintenance and administration position) display.
User interface
This feature adds parameter D to the DIAG command at the LTP level of the
MAP display, to specify that the results of the line card tests are to be
produced as a log.

NTXW01AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXW01AA NTXW01AA
AE1099 AE1099
Feature name
WLC in the SRU
Description
AE1099 provides small remote unit (SRU) software support for the
NT6X17BA card (Type A world line card [WLC]) and NT6X18BA (Type B
WLC).
This feature allows the WLC to be used as a replacement for existing type A
line cards and for type B applications in the SRU loads.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Restrictions and limitations
The WLC can replace plain ordinary telephone service (POTS) line cards
only.
Feature interactions
This feature requires feature AE0946 (WLC Enhancements for Type B).

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW01AA–3


NTXW02AA
World Line Card Cutover by DN
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
This feature package enhances the existing line maintenance cutover
(LMCUT) program, allowing cutover by directory number (DN) for line
concentrating modules equipped with type A and B world line cards.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXW02AA contents
Feature number Description

AE0956 World Line Card Diagnostic Enhancements

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS34.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXW00AA World Line Card Base


NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX901AA Local Features I

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW02AA–1


NTXW02AA
AE0956
Feature name
World Line Card Diagnostic Enhancements
Description
AE0956 enhances the existing line maintenance cutover (LMCUT) program
for line concentrating modules (LCM) equipped with type A and B world
line cards (WLC) (NT6X17BA and NT6X18BA). The cutover program
provides a means of cutting into service blocks of lines by groups of
directory numbers (DN) during commissioning.
This feature employs all existing commands and progress message recording
functions for the LMCUT command executions in a progress file.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.
Feature interactions
This feature requires feature AE0946 (WLC Enhancements—Types A and
B).
This feature has no effect on existing LMCUT features.

NTXW02AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXW03AA
World Line Card Overvoltage Report
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
This feature package provides identification of hazardous voltage on
subscriber lines for types A and B world line cards.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXW03AA contents
Feature number Description

AE1013 World Line Card Overvoltage Reporting

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS34.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXW00AA World Line Card Base


NTX000AA Bilge
NTX001AA Common Basic
NTX270AA New Peripheral Maintenance Package
NTX901AA Local Features I

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW03AA–1


NTXW03AA
AE1013
Feature name
World Line Card Overvoltage Reporting
Description
AE1013 provides identification of hazardous voltages on subscriber lines for
type A and B world line cards (WLC) (NT6X17BA and NT6X18BA) in the
following types of peripheral modules (PM):
• North American expanded memory line concentrating module (XLCM)
• expanded memory international LCM (XILCM)
• enhanced ISDN LCM (LCME)
• small remote unit (SRU)

When a hazardous voltage is detected on a WLC, the card immediately


operates its cutoff relay and alerts the system.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34.

NTXW03AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXW21AA
Template for 900+2 for Type 2
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
This feature package provides the WL902B (software template) for use in
conjunction with the NT6X18BA card (world line card [WLC]) for North
American applications.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXW21AA contents
Feature number Description

AE1106 WLC Type–B Template for North America

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS34.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTXW01AA World Line Card Type B

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW21AA–1


NTXW21AA
AE1106
Feature name
WLC Type-B Template for North American 900+2 Applications
Description
AE1106 provides the WL902B (software template) for use in conjunction
with the NT6X18BA card (world line card (WLC)) for North American
applications.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS34
Hardware requirements
This feature requires the NT6X18BA WLC.
Restrictions and limitations
WLC software functionality is available in the expanded memory line
concentrating module (XLCM) and the international XLCM (ILCM) only.
Feature interactions
This feature requires the following features:
• AE0896 World Line Card in the LCM
• AE0905 World Line Card CC Support
• AE0946 World Line Card Type B and Enhancement
Datafill
Table Description

LNINV WL902B (WLC template) is added to the range of values in field


CARDCODE.

NTXW21AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXW23AA
WLC Templates for Japan, Brazil, Peru, Poland
This feature package applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXW23AA contents
Feature number Description

AE1226 WLC Templates


TA0216 CIS Subscriber Line Para

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS39i.
Required feature packages
Required feature packages
Feature package Description
number

NTX901AA Local Features I


NTXW00AA World Line Card Base

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXW23AA–1


NTXW23AA
TA0216
Feature name
CIS Subscriber Line Parameters
Description
This feature provides CIS network World Line Card (WLC) templates for
the following WLC types:
• Type A NT6X17BA
• Type B NT6X18BA
The WLC is a software programmable line card. After power up it can be
programmed by using software templates. A template is a set of WLC
parameters contained in an optional CM module. Each template has a
unique name that can be datafilled against any WLC line listed in table
LNINV.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS39i.
Hardware requirements
The following card types must be used:
• NT6X17BA WLC, type A
• NT6X18BA WLC, type B
• NT6X51AB Extended Memory XLCM Processor card

The maintenance trunk module (MTM) must be equipped with an


NT2X48AB receiver card.
Restrictions and limitations
WLC software is not supported on the small memory LCM processor card
NT6X51AA.
This feature is supported in the Extended Memory Line Concentrating
Module (XLCM) only.
Datafill
Table Description

LNINV Template names WLCIAX (for the NT6X17BA WLC) and


WLCIBX (for the NT6X18BA WLC) are added to field
CARDCODE.

NTXW23AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ12AA
China ISUP
This feature package applies to the China market.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXZ12AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0582 DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call
Processing
TA0583 China ISUP - CTUP Interworking

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ12AA–1


NTXZ12AA
TA0582
Feature name
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing
Description
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing describes
the new variant of the ETSI ISDN User Part version 2 (ETSI ISUP V2)
protocol. The new variant of the ETSI ISUP V2 protocol is variant 7. The
ETSI ISUP V2 variant 7 protocol implements the following attributes:
• Call Party Control
• China ISUP to China ISUP interworking
• China ISUP to tone and announcement interworking
• China ISUP with 24 bit Point Code Message Transfer Part (PC MTP)
• emergency service group (ESG) termination using an ISUP trunk
• international line to and from China ISUP interworking
• support the transfer of information messages (INF) and information
request messages (INR) over ISUP trunks
• Operator service
• Operator toll break-in (TBI) service using an ISUP trunk
• Operator TBI into an ISUP call

BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI
ISUP Version 2 Call Processing.
Hardware requirements
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
support hardware metering.
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
support overlap outpulsing.
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
support congestion control.
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
support announcements that come from a far-end office.
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not

NTXZ12AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ12AA
TA0582
support a user part not available (USU) message.
To provide the TBI function, set office parameter
RESTRICT_TBI_ON_TOLL to Y (yes).
To make a TBI test call perform as AUTOMATIC TBI, set office parameter
AUTO_TBI_ON_TEST to Y. To make a TBI test call perform as
MANUAL TBI, set office parameter to N.
Feature interactions
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
have any functionality interactions.
Datafill
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
affect data schema tables.
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing adds office
parameter ISUP_CALLING_DN_NATL to table OFCVAR
Service orders
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
affect operational measurements.
Logs
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing adds logs
ESG100 and ESG103.
User interface
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call Processing does not
affect the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ12AA–3


NTXZ12AA
TA0583
Feature name
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking
Description
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking contains a description of signaling
requirements. The signaling requirements describe the types of signals that
a switch can send and receive between a China ISDN User Part (ISUP) trunk
and a China telephone user part (TUP) trunk. The switch transfers signaling
information between the trunks without loss of data.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature China ISUP - CTUP
Interworking.
Hardware requirements
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not support overlap outpulsing or
master program memory (MPM) signaling procedures.
Feature interactions
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not affect service orders.
Operational measurements
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not affect logs.
User interface
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

NTXZ12AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ13AA
Calling Number Delivery for China
This feature package applies to the China market.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXZ13AA contents
Feature number Description

TA0584 Calling Number Delivery for China

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ13AA–1


NTXZ13AA
TA0584
Feature name
Calling Number Delivery for China
Description
Calling Number Delivery for China provides a description of how to install
the following services on the China ISDN User Part (CISUP) or China User
Part (CTUP) protocols:
• Calling Number Delivery (CND)
• Calling Number Delivery Blocking (CNDB)
• Calling Number Delivery Blocking Fixed (CNDBF)
• Calling Number Delivery Blocking Override (CNDBO)

You can use service orders (SERVORD) to add services to a customer line.
The CND services apply to the following line and trunk interworkings:
• ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) to a telephone line
• CTUP to a telephone line
• ISUP to a telephone line
• line-to-line
• ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI) to a telephone line

BCS history
Feature Calling Number Delivery for China is part of software release
BCS44.
Hardware requirements
Calling Number Delivery for China requires a NT6X78AB (class modem
resource) card.
Restrictions and limitations
Calling Number Delivery for China has no restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
CND has the following functionality interactions:
• Call Waiting
— The switch does not transfer CND information while the call waiting
indication tone is active.
• Call Diversion
— A called party that receives a diverted line-to-line call does see the
CND information of the originating calling party.

NTXZ13AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ13AA
TA0584
— The called party that receives a transferred call over a ISUP trunk
can receive the CND information of the originating party. If the call
transferred party has the CNDB suppress option, the called party
receives a private notification. If the call diverting party has the
CNDB unsuppressed option or does not have a CNDB option, the
call diverting party receives the CND information.
— If a subscriber has the Call Diversion No Answer (CDNA) service,
the switch sends CND information to the subscriber. The switch
sends the CND information until the switch diverts the call.
• Hunt Groups
— The switch sends CND information to a hunt group, if the directory
number of the hunt group or hunted member, has the CND option.
• Denied Termination
— The switch does not send CND information to a line that has the
denied termination service.
• Three-Way Calling
— The switch can send CND information during a three-way call.
Subscriber A has the three-way call service. Subscriber A calls
subscriber B and subscriber C. Subscribers B and C receive
subscriber A’s CND information. Subscriber A transfers the call to
subscriber D. Subscribers B or C do not receive subscriber D’s CND
information as subscribers B and C are currently off-hook.
• International Call Transfer
— The switch can send CND information in an international three-way
call. Subscriber A calls subscriber B and subscriber B receives the
CND information. When subscriber B transfers the call to subscriber
C, subscriber C receives subscriber B’s CND information. If
subscriber B goes on-hook before talking to subscriber C, subscriber
C receives subscriber B’s CND information. If subscriber B talks to
subscriber C before going on-hook, subscriber C receives subscriber
B’s CND information.
• International Do Not Disturb
— The switch does not send CND information while the International
Do Not Disturb service is active.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ13AA–3


NTXZ13AA
TA0584
• International Ring Again
— The International Ring Again (IRAG) and CND services are
compatible. Subscriber A has the IRAG and CND services.
Subscriber A can receive CND information from other subscribers.
Subscriber A can also have the switch notify subscriber A if a
subscriber’s line is not busy. Subscriber A calls subscriber B.
Subscriber B has the CND option and receives subscriber A’s CND
information.
• Denied Origination
— A subscriber that has activated the CND service and has the Denied
Origination service cannot deactivate the CND service.
• Hot Line
— A subscriber that has activated the CND service and has the Hot Line
service cannot deactivate the CND service.

The CNDB option has the following functionality interactions:


• Call Diversion
— CNDB activation changes the CND delivery. If a subscriber does not
activate the CNDB service before making a call, the switch uses the
default suppression status. The remote switch does not receive the
CND information. If a subscriber activates the CNDB option before
making the call, the remote switch receives the CND information.
— If the switch transfers the call over an ISUP trunk and the subscriber
has the CNDB suppress option activated, the switch sends the
PRIVATE indicator. If the subscriber has the CNDB unsuppressed
option active, the switch sends the CND information.
• Hunt Groups
— The CNDB service is compatible with the Hunt Group service. The
switch sends CND information to members of a hunt group
depending on the suppression status. If the suppress option is active,
members of the hunt group do not see the CND information. If the
unsuppressed option is active, members of the hunt group see the
CND information.
• Three-Way Calling
— Three-Way Calling (3WC) affects CNDB. Subscriber A has the
3WC service. Subscriber A can only activate the CNDB service
before phoning any other subscriber. If the CNDB suppress option is
active then the third party in a 3WC does not see the CND
information. If the CNDB unsuppressed option is active. the third
party can see the CND information.

NTXZ13AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ13AA
TA0584
• International Call Transfer
— International Call Transfer behaves the same was has Three-Way
Calling.
• International Ring Again
— International Ring Again (IRAG) changes CNDB. If a subscriber
activates IRAG and has a CNDB option of suppressed, the switch
delivers the CND information. If a subscriber activates IRAG and
has a CNDB option of unsuppressed, the switch does not deliver the
CND information.
• Denied Origination
— Denied Origination and CNDB are not compatible.
• Hot Line
— The switch uses a subscribers default CNDB suppression status for
Hot Line calls as the subscriber is not able to activate CNDB.

CNDBF has the same functionality interactions as CNDB.


CNDBO has the same functionality interactions as CND.
Datafill
Calling Number Delivery for China adds options CND, CNDB, CNDBF,
and CNDBO to table FEATCHG subfield FEAT.
Calling Number Delivery for China does not affect office parameters.
Service orders
Calling Number Delivery for China adds service options CND, CNDB,
CNDBF, and CNDBO to service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
Calling Number Delivery for China does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
Calling Number Delivery for China does not affect logs.
User interface
Calling Number Delivery for China does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
Calling Number Delivery for China does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ13AA–5


NTXZ19AA
IOM
This feature package applies to the China market.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXZ19AA contents
Feature number Description

39005676 IOM on DMS100i

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44.1i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ19AA–1


NTXZ19AA
39005676
Feature name
IOM on DMS100i
Description
This feature introduces the new hardware platform input-output module
(IOM). The IOM is a single board input-output controller (IOC) that
replaces the IOC shelf and connected cards. The IOM includes a disk drive
unit (DDU), optional digital audio tape (DAT), and 16 input-output ports.
This feature provides the interface for the IOM. The IOM is in the
integrated service module (ISM) shelf. The IOM communicates with central
control (CC) through two DS-30 links to the message switch (MS).
The IOM has a 512Kbps interface to provide increased bandwidth and
improved data point access times. The IOM can have a maximum of two
512Kbps ports. The 512kbps is available for the X2580 and X2584
protocols only.
BCS history
This feature was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
This feature works with IOM hardware NTFX30AA and NTFX32AA in the
ISM shelf.
Restrictions and limitations
This feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• This feature supports only the following IOD functionalities:
— disk drive unit (DDU) (1X55DA)
— magnetic tape drive (MTD) (1X68BC)
— terminal controller (TC) (1X67BD)
— multi-protocol controller (MPC) (1X89BB)
• When operating company personnel provision IOM with 512 Kbps
interface, small computer system interface (SCSI), MTD, TC, or MPC
links are not available.
• Operating company personnel cannot change the ELECSPEC parameter
of X2580 or X2584 in table MPCLINK. Operating company personnel
must delete the tuple and enter data for the correct parameter selection.
Feature interactions
Not applicable

NTXZ19AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ19AA
39005676
Datafill
This feature updates the following data schema tables:
• Field EQPEC has the new name PECINFO in table IOC.
• The verification procedure changes for table MTD.
• The verification procedure changes for table DDU.
• The verification procedure changes for table TERMDEV.
• The verification procedure changes for table MPC.
• The BAUDRATE field in table MPCLINK has new options B28800 and
B14400.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
This feature creates the following new logs:
• IOD130
• IOD610

This feature updates the following logs:


• IOD104
• IOD206
• IOD306
• IOD307
• MPC101
• MPC102

User interface
This feature creates the following new commands:
• DOWNLD
• PORT
• QIOM
• QIOMALL
• REBOOTIOM
• UPGIOM
This feature updates the following directories and commands:
• DISKM

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ19AA–3


NTXZ19AA
39005676
— RTS
— START
— STOP
— TST
• IOCM
— BSY
— Devtype
— MDN
— OFFL
— Query
— Reset
— RTS
— STATUS
— TST
• MPCM
— BSY
— OFFL
— Qlink
— RTS
• PROG
— DDU
— MPC
— QIOMALL
• TAPEM
— RTS
— TST
• TTYM
— BSY
— OFFL
— RTS

NTXZ19AA–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ19AA
39005676
— TST

Automatic message accounting


Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ19AA–5


NTXZ20AA
RCO2
This feature package applies to the China market.
Feature package contents
Feature package NTXZ20AA contents
Feature number Description

39005683 RCO2 support on DMS100i

BCS history
This feature package was created in BCS44.1i.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ20AA–1


NTXZ20AA
39005683
Feature name
International RCO2 support on DMS100i (CM)
Description
The Remote Center Offshore 2 (RCO2) is a remote peripheral part of the
common peripheral module (CPM). The RCO2 provides international
service.
The RCO2 supports a maximum of 16 PCM30 carriers on the C-side.
The RCO2 supports the following capabilities for the DMS100i switch:
• two backplane PCM30 line group controller (PLGCi+) as the C-side
peripheral
• Intraswitching
• plain ordinary telephone service (POTS) lines on the P-side of the
RCO2. The RCO2 supports the POTS lines through an international line
concentrating module (ILCM). The ILCM also connects a 1 Meg
Modem Service-XNET.
• integrated services digital network (ISDN) on the P-side of the RCO2.
The RCO2 supports the ISDN through a line concentrating module
enhanced (LCME).
BCS history
Introduced this feature for BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
This feature requires an RCO2 main shelf.
Restrictions and limitations
The RCO2 feature has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The RCO2 does not support emergency stand along (ESA).
• Operating company personnel can provision a maximum of 10 ILCMs
and 2 LCMEs on the P-side links of the RCO2. If operating company
personnel provision 10 ILCMs, the RCO2 does not support remote
maintenance modules (RMM).
• Operating company personnel can enter data for RMMs on ports 22 and
23. Ports 22 and 23 are reserved for RMMs.
• The RCO2 does not support line concentrating modules (LCM) or
LCMI.
• The RCO2 supports DMS100i BRA lines on the LCMEs.
• The RCO2 does not support PCM30 or trunking activities on the P-side.
• The RCO2 does not support remotes on the P-side.

NTXZ20AA–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


NTXZ20AA
39005683
• This feature does not support dual RCO2 for DMS100i.
• The RCO2 does not support bit error rate performance (BERP).
• This feature does not support the CPM extension shelf.
• This feature does not support the 6X69LA optional card.
• This feature does not support the AX74 processor.
• The maximum distance from the switch at which the DMS100i switch
supports RCO2 is 100 miles.
• The RCO2 supports the D-channel handler (DCH) on links 1, 9, and 17.
The RCO2 supports DS30A on links 22 to 53.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
This feature introduces the RCCINV and RCCPSINV tables to DMS100i.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i NTXZ20AA–3


Unpackaged Features
This list of unpackaged features applies to DMS-100 offices.
Feature list
Feature list
Feature number Description

TA0272 DP Trunk Enhancements


TA0353 EID7 Load Creation
TA0354 CC Support for EID7 Load
TA0355 Message Handling on EID7
TA0356 Call Machine on EID7
TA0368 ISUP-PTUP Protocol Converter on DMS-100i

TA0473* R1-ETSI ISUP Interworking Enhancement

39005876 CNDBO over C1 trunks

* Features with asterisks denote that feature package information was not
available at time of publication.
BCS history
This feature list was created in BCS40i. It was updated in BCS41i to add
features TA0353, TA0354, TA0355, TA0356, and TA0368.
BCS43i –– Added TA0473.
BCS44.1i –– Added 39005876.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–1


Unpackaged
TA0272
Feature name
DP Trunk Enhancements
Description
This feature allows an international digital trunk controller with a unified
processor (IDTC+) to support 480 dial pulse (DP) trunks and sustained
traffic on 480 DP circuits.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS40i.
Restrictions and limitations
The IDTC+ must be loaded with a valid firmware load MX77NB03 and the
corresponding RAM load named EIDxxnn.

Unpackaged–2 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged Unpackaged
TA0353 TA0353
Feature name
EID7 Load Creation
Description
This feature integrates Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7) capability to
the International Digital Trunk Controller (IDTC).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0354 CC Support for EID7 Load
• TA0355 Message Handling on EID7
• TA0356 Call Machine on EID7

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–3


Unpackaged
TA0354
Feature name
CC support for EID7 load
Description
This feature provides compatibility between Central Control (CC) and XMS
Based Peripheral Module (XPM) and this enables to use a standard
International Digital Trunk Controler (IDTC) hardware for a unified IDTC
and PCM30 Digital Trunk Controller (PDTC) functionality on a single
Peripheral Module (PM).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0353 EID7 Load Creation
• TA0354 CC Support for EID7 Load
• TA0355 Message Handling on EID7

Unpackaged–4 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged Unpackaged
TA0355 TA0355
Feature name
Message Handling on EID7
Description
This feature implements a coexistence structure in XPM to enable to use
ISUP trunks together with trunks other than CCS7 trunks in any standard
International Digital Trunk Controller (IDTC).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Hardware requirements
Optional NT6X70 Continuity card is required.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0353 EID7 Load Creation
• TA0354 CC Support for EID7 Load
• TA0356 Call Machine on EID7

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–5


Unpackaged
TA0356
Feature name
Call Machine on EID7
Description
This feature enables the Common Channel Signaling System No.7 (CCS7)
Call Machine and the Terminal Application Transactor (TAT) to operate
independently and in parallel on the same XMS Based Peripheral Module
(XPM).
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Restrictions and limitations
Only ISUP and R1 type of calls are supported.
Only International Digital Trunk Controller (IDTC)+ equipped with
three-processor (3P) backplane panel is supported.
Feature interactions
This feature interacts with the following features:
• TA0353 EID7 Load Creation
• TA0354 CC Support for EID7 Load
• TA0355 Message Handling on EID7 for CIS

Unpackaged–6 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged Unpackaged
TA0368 TA0368
Feature name
ISUP–PTUP Protocol Converter on DMS100i
Description
This activity provides an ‘In–Switch’ ISUP to or from Philippines Telephone
User Part (PTUP) protocol converter on the DMS100i switch. TUP to ISUP
(or vice versa) protocol conversion is implemented for Philippines market.

The protocol converter implemented with this feature is split into three parts;
MTP routing label, ISUP–to–PTUP converter and PTUP to ISUP converter.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS41i.
Hardware requirements
An NT6X70 Continuity check card must be installed into 9th slot of the
PDTC frame to make manual or per call COT test.
Restrictions and limitations
PTUP trunks does not support overlap outpulsing and redirected calls.
Rerouting is not possible for NNC and CGC messages.

All unrecognised/unsupported ISUP messages are discarded by the


converter.

There is no specific OM for PTUP, however, the message counts are pegged
in ISUPUSAG for all PTUP messages that are converted to ISUP messages.

Timers used for PTUP are based on CCITT Q767 timers that are datafilled
in table C7UPTMR.

This feature is supported on unified processor XPMs only(PDTC+).

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–7


Unpackaged
TA0473
Feature name
R1-ETSI ISUP Interworking Enhancement
Description
This feature enhances existing R1 to European telecommunications
standards institute (ETSI) ISDN user part (ISUP) interworking on the
DMS100i/200i switch. The following interworkings are supported:
• modified R1 to ETSI ISUP
• ETSI ISUP to modified R1
• ETSI ISUP to R1 international traffic operator position system (ITOPS)
• R1 automatic number identification (ANI) trunk to ETSI ISUP
• ETSI ISUP to R1 ANI trunk

The main difference between R1 and modified R1 is its register signaling.


This feature introduces code 11 (B) and code 12 (C) digits into the register
signaling system.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• This feature satisfies all basic call setup requirements for the
interworkings.
• This feature does not support maintenance for the interworkings.
• The restrictions and limitations for feature TA0171 apply to this feature.
• TBI and RGB signals received from NTLS15 are discarded, and not
propogated to the ISUP side.
• There is no R1 ITOPS to ISUP interworking.

Feature interactions
This activity interacts with the following feature:
• TA0171—DMS100i/200i ISUP to/from R1 (NTLS01/02) Interworking

Datafill
Not applicable
Service orders
Not applicable

Unpackaged–8 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0473
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–9


Unpackaged
TA0474
Feature name
COT Tones Addition to Turkish ISUP/R2
Description
This feature introduces a downloadable toneset for the Turkish market that
includes R1, R2, and continuity (COT) tones.
The toneset consists of the following:
• multifrequency (MF) tones
• multifrequency compelled (MFC) tones
• supervisory tones
• test and diagnostic tones
• message waiting indicator (MWI) tone used by voice mail service
• COT tones

The tone parameters are downloaded from the computing module (CM) as
part of the XPM static data when an RTS is performed.
Field TONESET in table LTCINV is modified to generate the required tone
samples.
BCS history
This feature was created in BCS43i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
The following restrictions and limitations apply:
• This feature supports only messaging peripheral modules equipped with
NT6X69LA and NT6X69LB message protocol and downloadable tone
(MPDT) cards.
• This feature generates only the toneset that comprises the R1, R2, and
COT tones for the Turkish market.
Feature interactions
Not applicable
Datafill
Table Description

LTCINV Field TONESET is modified to include the toneset value


TURKR1R2.

Unpackaged–10 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0474
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–11


Unpackaged
TA0509
Feature name
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements
Description
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements describes how you can install
software metering on ETSI ISDN User Part (ISUP) trunks. You can apply
metering on incoming, outgoing, and bidirectional ETSI ISUP trunks. You
can also apply software metering on Programmable R2 trunks.
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements adds field IC to the trunk
billing record. The IC field has values N or Y. A value of Y means that
metering counts are for incoming calls over an ETSI ISUP trunk. A value of
N means that metering counts are for outgoing calls over an ETSI ISUP
trunk.
BCS history
Feature DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements is part of software
release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not support line feature
interactions with ETSI ISUP trunk billing.
The maximum number of trunks the switch meters does not have to equal
the maximum number of meter blocks for each trunk.
Feature interactions
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not have any
functionality interactions.
Datafill
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not affect data schema
tables or office parameters.
Service orders
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).

Unpackaged–12 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0509
Operational measurements
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements does not affect logs.
User interface
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements changes the MTRTTP level
of the MAP. The MTRTTP level of the MAP displays the meter counts for
incoming, outgoing, and bidirectional trunks.
Automatic message accounting
DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements changes the trunk billing
record. DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements adds the IO field to
the trunk billing record. The field indicates the direction of the meter
counts.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–13


Unpackaged
TA0511
Feature name
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement
Description
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement allows operating company
personnel to control meter pulse counts. An agent that originates or
terminates a call, counts the meter pulses during that call. When the call
ends, both the originating and terminating agent calculate the total number
of meter pulses. Set office parameter
ACTIVATE_R2_LNRCVMOJ_ENHANCEMENT to YES to activate
feature R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature R2 to Line Tandem Metering
Enhancement.
Hardware requirements
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement has the following limitations and
restrictions:
• Feature R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement works correctly if
the meter pulse rate remains constant over the period of a call.
• The switch sends the meter pulses at call answer.
• The switch generates log MtR146 if the last two pulses received by the
International Logical Group Controller (ILGC) is less than the
International Digital Trunk Controller pulse interval.
• Feature R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement works correctly if
the ILGC receives the first two meter pulses.
• If log MTR146 generates, the switch uses the terminating agent’s meter
count to update the computing module (CM) software meter.
• If log MTR147 generates, the switch uses the larger meter count to
update the CM software meter.
• An international extended peripheral module (IXPM) warm switch of
activity (SWACT) during a call can prevent meter pulses. The IXPM
SWACT can prevent meter pulses for up to one minute if the switch did
not increase the meter count of the inactive unit.
• A call that performs meter pulse reception is not billed if an IXPM cold
SWACT occurs.

Unpackaged–14 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0511
• An international digital trunk controller (IDTC) warm SWACT during a
call can damage the meter pulse. The meter pulse width or interpulse
gap can be made smaller.
• Trunks must use the NTLS15, NTLS16, and NTLS20 signaling systems
to receive meter pulses.
• The switch can detect a minimum pulse width of 20 ms.
• The switch can send four meter pulses for each second.
• The switch has a propagation delay for meter pulses of up to one second.
• Two-way trunks do not receive meter pulses.
• The switch does not update the software meters periodically for long
period calls.
• The switch does not identify the difference between a operator ring-back
signal and a meter pulse signal if both signals are on the same bit.
• Signaling systems that use a reception bit for a meter pulse bit can
damage meter pulsing. If the switch generates a line signal immediately
after the meter pulse, the tandem switch does not receive the meter pulse.
• For outgoing trunks, enter value RECEPTION in field FUNCTION in
table MTRSIGSYS.
• Enter value DEMAND in field CALLSET in table MTRSIGSYS for C1
trunks only.
• The value in field IDLSTATE in table MTRSIGSYS must be identical to
the idle state of the signaling bit.
• If you datafill trunks in table MTRSIGSYS to receive meter pulses, then
the value in field MAX_PULSE_WIDTH must be greater than the value
in field MIN_PULSE_WIDTH.
• If the value in field CLDCLF is not NOCHANGE, enter value O in field
GUARDTIME in table MTRSIGSYS.
• The switch fails a line call if the sum of the values in fields MINPLSWD
and MINIGAP in table MTRSIGSYS is not equal to or greater than 50
ms.
• The switch fails a trunk call if the sum of the values in fields
MINPLSWD and MINIGAP in table MTRSIGSYS is not equal to or
greater than the sum of values in fields PLSWIDTH and IPLSGAP.
• The switch can lose meter pulses when the switch sends a clear forward
signal over an outgoing trunk followed by a reanswer signal. The switch
loses meter pulses after sending the clear forward and reanswer signals if
table MTRSIGSYS has the following values:
— the value in field CLDCLF is STOPMTR
— the value in field CLDRAN is RESUME

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–15


Unpackaged
TA0511
Any meter pulses sent between the clear forward and reanswer signal is
not detected.

• The switch can lose meter pulses when it sends a clear forward signal
over an outgoing trunk and the value in field CLDCLF table
MTRSIGSYS is NOCHANGE.
Feature interactions
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement uses features AJ0581 (Hardware
Pulse Reception) and AJ0851 (Meter Pulse Tandem).
Datafill
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not change data schema
tables.
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement adds office parameter
ACTIVATE_R2_LNRCVMOJ_ENHANCEMENT to table OFCVAR.
Service orders
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not change service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not change operational
measurements.
Logs
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not change logs.
User interface
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not change the user
interface.
Automatic message accounting
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement does not change the automatic
message accounting system.

Unpackaged–16 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0513
Feature name
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls
Description
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls allows
you to control trunk hardware metering during a three-way call (3WC).
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls adds
office parameter ALLOW_HW_METERING_IN_3WC to table OFCVAR.
You can set the value of the office parameter to YES to activate hardware
metering for a trunk during a 3WC. You can set the value of office
parameter ALLOW_HW_METERING_IN_3WC to NO to deactivate
hardware metering and prevent a subscriber from activating the 3WC
feature.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature Enhancement of 3WC Feature
for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls.
Hardware requirements
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not
have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls has the
following limitations and restrictions:
• Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does
not support register calls R0 and R1.
• Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does
not support features International Call Transfer (ICT) and Six-way Call
(6WC).
• An international extended peripheral module (IXPM) warm switch of
activity (SWACT) during a call can prevent meter pulses for up to one
minute.
• An international digital trunk controller (IDTC) warm SWACT during a
call can damage the meter pulse. The meter pulse can be made smaller.
• Signaling systems that use a reception bit for a meter pulse as a signaling
bit can damage meter pulsing. If the switch generates a line signal
immediately after the meter pulse, the tandem switch does not receive
the meter pulse.
• Two-way trunks do not receive meter pulses.
• Trunks must use the NTLS15, NTLS16, NTLS20, and NTLS24
signaling systems to receive meter pulses.
• The switch can lose meter pulses during a clear forward and a re–answer

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–17


Unpackaged
TA0513
line signal if table MTRSIGSYS has the following values:
— the value in field CLDCLF is STOPMTR
— the value in field CLDRAN is RESUME

• The switch can lose meter pulses during a clear back and a re–answer
line signal if table MTRSIGSYS has the following values:
— the value in field CLDCLB is STOPMTR
— the value in field CLDRAN is RESUME

• Enter value DEMAND in field CALLSET in table MTRSIGSYS for C1


trunks only.
• If the value in field CLDCLF is not NOCHANGE, enter value O in field
GUARDTIME in table MTRSIGSYS.
• If you datafill trunks in table MTRSIGSYS to receive meter pulses, then
the value in field MAX_PULSE_WIDTH must be greater than the value
in field MIN_PULSE_WIDTH.
• For outgoing trunks, enter value RECEPTION in field FUNCTION in
table MTRSIGSYS.
• The value in field IDLSTATE in table MTRSIGSYS must be the same as
the idle state of the signaling bit.
• The switch does not update the software meters periodically for long
duration calls.
• The switch does not recognize the difference between a operator ring
back signal and a meter pulse signal if both signals are on the same bit.
Feature interactions
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls uses
services Hardware Pulse Reception and Three-way Call.
Datafill
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not
change data schema tables.
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls adds
office parameter ALLOW_HW_METERING_IN_3WC to table OFCVAR.
Service orders
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not
change service order (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not

Unpackaged–18 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0513
change operational measurements.
Logs
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not
change logs.
User interface
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not
change the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 Toll Calls does not
change the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–19


Unpackaged
TA0521
Feature name
Nature of Address Indicator Routing
Description
The Nature of Address Indicator Routing feature describes the Nature of
Address Indicator (NAI) parameter. The DMS-100i switch uses the NAI
parameter to indicate if a call is local, national, or international. The NAI
parameter is in the ISDN User Part (ISUP) initial address message (IAM).
The originating DMS 100i switch sets the NAI value in the IAM. The
switch sets the NAI value according to the call class in the translation tables.
The originating switch sends the IAM message over an ISUP trunk to a
tandem switch. The tandem switch uses the NAI value to route the call.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature Nature of Address Indicator
Routing.
Hardware requirements
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
The following limitations and restrictions apply to Feature Nature of
Address Indicator Routing.
NAI routing applies for all versions of ETSI ISUP.
A national or international number cannot start with the same digits as the
national or international prefix digits. The switch can send the call to
treatment or to the wrong route if the digits are the same.
Feature interactions
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not affect data schema tables.
Office parameter PREFIX_DIGITS is in table OFCVAR. Office parameter
PREFIX_DIGITS defines the prefix digits for national and international
calls for nature of address indicator (NAI) routing.

Unpackaged–20 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0521

Service orders
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not affect logs.
User interface
Nature of Address Indicator Routing affects the TRAVER command in the
CI directory. The feature adds parameter NAIOPTS to the ORIG parameter
in the TRAVER command.
Automatic message accounting
Nature of Address Indicator Routing does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–21


Unpackaged
TA0522
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development
Description
The ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development feature describes how to install the
ETSI ISDN user part (ISUP) version 2 protocol on the DMS-100
International (DMS-100i) switch. ETSI ISUP V2 is an ISDN protocol that
transmits signaling data (messages) between switches over a signaling link.
BCS history
Feature ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development is part of software release
BCS44.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
The following limitations and restrictions apply to ETSI ISUP V2 Base
Development:
• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support the following
services:
— Advice of Charge (AOC)
— Direct Dialing In (DDI)
— Free phone (FPH)
— International Telecommunications Charge Card
— Meet-Me Conference (MMC)
— Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN)

• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support the following


procedures:
— echo control
— network specific facility
— propagation delay determination
— remote operations
— signaling procedures for fallback capability connections
— simple service activation

Unpackaged–22 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0522
• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support the following types
of end-to-end signaling:
— pass along
— signaling connection control part (SCCP) connection oriented
— SCCP connectionless

• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support overlap outpulsing.


• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support multirate connection
types.
• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support simple
segmentation.
• ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development does not support user part availability
control.

Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP Base Development has no functional interactions.
Datafill
ETSI ISUP Base Development adds a new subfield VERSION to table
TRKSGRP. The values for subfield VERSION are EISUPV1 and
EISUPV2.
Service orders
ETSI ISUP Base Development does not change service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP Base Development adds fields confusion (CFN) and user-to-user
information (USR) to the operational measurement group ISUPUSAG.
Logs
ETSI ISUP Base Development does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP Base Development adds tool CHGEISUP to the command
interpreter (CI). The CHGEISUP tool allows you to change ETSI ISUP
version and variants within table TRKSGRP.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP Base Development does not change the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–23


Unpackaged
TA0523
Feature name
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
Description
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
contains development information that explains how the extended peripheral
module (XPM) supports the ETSI ISUP version 2 protocol.
BCS history
Feature XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on
DMS100/200i is part of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
The following limitations and restrictions apply to XPM Development on
IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i:
• XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on
DMS100/200i does not support the following services:
— Advice of Charge (AOC)
— Direct Dialing In (DDI)
— Free phone (FPH)
— International Telecommunications Charge Card
— Meet-Me Conference (MMC)
— Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN)

• XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on


DMS100/200i does not support the following procedures:
— compatibility
— echo control
— network specific facility
— propagation delay determination
— remote operations
— signaling procedures for fallback capability connections
— simple service activation

Unpackaged–24 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0523
• XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on
DMS100/200i does not support the following kinds of end-to-end
signaling:
— pass along
— signaling connection control part (SCCP) connection oriented
— SCCP connectionless

• overlap outpulsing is not supported


• simple segmentation is not supported
• user part availability control is not supported
• the DMS-100i switch supports up to five generic notification
occurrences
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does support the message compatibility parameter (MCP) and the parameter
compatibility parameter (PCP).
Feature interactions
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
has no functionality interactions.
Datafill
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does affect operational measurements. The XPM uses OM group
ISUPUSAG to count the ETSI ISUP messages.
Logs
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does not affect logs.
User interface
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does not affect the user interface.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–25


Unpackaged
TA0523
Automatic message accounting
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on DMS100/200i
does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Unpackaged–26 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0524
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
describes the signaling requirements to support the following teleservices:
• 3.1 KHz telephony
• 7 KHz telephony with fall back
• 7 KHz telephony without fall back
• Telefax group 4
• Teletex
• Videotelephony with fall back
• Videotelephony without fall back
• Videotext

BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduced ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices
Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not support the following message parameters:
• transmission medium requirement prime
• transmission medium used
• user service information prime

ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks


does not support the fall back procedure.
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not support signaling after fall back.
Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks has
no functional interactions.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–27


Unpackaged
TA0524
Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for ISUP Trunks
does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Unpackaged–28 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0525
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services
contains a description of signaling requirements. The signaling
requirements describe the types of signals that a service can send over an
ETSI ISUP V2 trunk.
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services
describes the signaling requirements for the following services:
• Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP)
• Calling Line Identification Restriction (CLIR)
• Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP)
• Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR)

BCS history
Feature ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary
Services is part of software release BCS44 for the DMS-100 International
(DMS-100i) switch.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services has
no hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not implement the COLP and COLR services on the DMS-100i switch.
Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not change services Calling Number Delivery (CND) and Calling Number
Delivery Blocking (CNDB).
Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–29


Unpackaged
TA0525
not affect operational measurements.
Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary Services does
not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Unpackaged–30 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0526
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services refers to feature
TA0525 (ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Services). Feature
TA0525 contains a description of signaling requirements. The signaling
requirements describe the types of signals that a service can send over an
ETSI ISUP V2 trunk.
Feature TA0525 describes the signaling requirements for the following
services:
• Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP)
• Calling Line Identification Restriction (CLIR)
• Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP)
• Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR)

Refer to feature TA0525 for more information on ETSI ISUP V2


COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Services.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR
Supplementary Services.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not have any
hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not have any
restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not have any
functionality interactions.
Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not affect data
schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not affect
service orders (SERVORD).

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–31


Unpackaged
TA0526

Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not affect
operational measurements.
Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not affect the
user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services does not affect the
automatic message accounting system.

Unpackaged–32 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0527
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services describes the types of signaling parameters a service sends over an
ETSI ISDN user part (ISUP) version 2 trunk.
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer (ECT)
Supplementary Services describes the signaling parameters for the following
services:
• Call Diversion Fixed
• Call Diversion on Operator
• Call Diversion to Announcement
• Call Diversion to Subscriber
• Call Forwarding Busy
• Call Forwarding No Reply
• International Call Transfer
BCS history
Feature ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer
Supplementary Services is part of software release BCS44 for the DMS-100
International switch.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services has the following restrictions and limitations:
• The International Call Transfer service does not provide loop prevention
procedures.
• The system does not support service Call Deflection.
In some events the system does not send an answer message when a person
starts the ECT service. For example, person A puts person B on hold and
then telephones person C. Before person C answers the call, person A starts
the ECT service to allow persons B and C to talk. When person C answers
the call, the switch does not send an answer message to the switches that
service persons A and B.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–33


Unpackaged
TA0527

Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services interacts with the following services:
• Closed User Group
— The calling, called, and intermediate party must comply with Closed
User Group restrictions.
• Connected Line Identification Presentation
— A tandem switch does not change a connected number parameter or a
generic number in an answer or connect message.
• Connected Line Identification Restriction
— A tandem switch does not change a connected number parameter in
an answer or connect message.
• Explicit Call Transfer
— A destination switch can also be an originating switch for an explicit
call transfer.
• Subaddressing
— The switch does not send a received called party subaddress if a
called party subaddress is in the transport parameter. The transport
parameter is in the received initial address message (IAM).
— If you activate call diversion, the switch sends a new called party
subaddress in the access transport parameter.
— The tandem switch sends the calling party subaddress in the IAM and
the connected party subaddress in the answer or connect message.

Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary

Unpackaged–34 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0527
Services does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer Supplementary
Services does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–35


Unpackaged
TA0528
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i

Description
ETSI ISDN user part (ISUP) V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services
on DMS100i includes the following services:
• Call Hold (HOLD)
• Call Waiting (CW)
• Completion of Calls to Busy Subscriber (CCBS)
• Terminal Portability (TP)

Call Hold
The HOLD service allows a user to interrupt communications in an
established call. After one of the following events occur, the user can place
the call on hold:
• the user answers the call
• the system alerts the user
• the calling user provides the necessary information to process the call

For the Conference of European Postal and Telecommunications (CEPT)


Administration for Turkey, the call HOLD service works for the first
instance. The user can establish communications again at a later time. The
HOLD service applies to all circuit-mode basic telecommunication services.
Either party can clear the call while the call is on hold.

Call Waiting
The CW service provides a user with indication of an incoming call when
the user is part of a call. The user can accept, reject, or ignore the waiting
call. The CW service can be a line option or a network provider option, and
is normally available without a subscription. In CEPT for Turkey, CW is a
line option.

Both parties in the original call can terminate the call any time. The user
who receives indication of the waiting call can accept that call before the
call waiting supervision timer expires. If the user rejects this call, the calling
party receives a rejection message. If the call waiting supervision timer
expires, the caller receives indication that the user did not respond.

Completion of calls to busy subscriber


Party A calls party B, who shares a call with party C. The CCBS service
allows the system to complete the call for party A without party A placing a

Unpackaged–36 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0528
second call. The system waits a short time to allow party B to place another
call. If party B does not place another call, the system notifies party A.
When party A accepts the system notification, the system completes the call
to party B. The CCBS service applies to all circuit-switched basic services.

Terminal Portability
The TP service allows the calling or called party to move a terminal from
one socket to another. The sockets must be in one given basic access during
an active call. The TP service also allows a subscriber to move from one
terminal to another. The terminals must be in one given basic access during
an active call.

The user can send a suspend message during the active phase of the call to
move the terminal. The communications stop for a limited time without
releasing the call. A release condition overrides the suspend condition, and
the system releases the call. If the switch receives a resume message, the
switch starts communication between users again.

BCS history
Added ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on
DMS100i in BSC44i.

Hardware requirements
The ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
does not have hardware requirements.

Restrictions and limitations


The following paragraphs describe the restrictions and limitations for the
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
functionality.

The Automatic Recall (AR) and Automatic Call Back (ACB) CCBS services
for Turkey are available only for intraoffice use.

This feature does not support service enhancement for TP or CCBS services.
This feature only supports a tandem the required signaling for these services.

Subscribers normally receive HOLD service as a default service. The


subscriber can request removal of the service, or the operating company can
remove the service for management purposes. The CEPT for Turkey does
not support customer-requested removal from the service or removal for
management purposes.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–37


Unpackaged
TA0528
In CEPT for Turkey, CW is a line option. Users normally need to subscribe
to CW to receive the service. If the called party releases the call attempt,
CEPT for Turkey tandems the related message as not changed. The CEPT
for Turkey does not originate this rejection functionality.

Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i does
have functionality interactions.

Call Hold
If both users in a call have the Hold supplementary service, both users can
hold and retrieve the call. The operations of one user do not change the
operations of the other user.

A party included in an active conference call can place their connection to


the conference call on hold. The party can retrieve the call. The conference
service is responsible for a call progress message (CPG) sent after
conference activation.

A terminal cannot cancel an active call if a call is on hold at that terminal.


The TP service cannot interrupt a call with call hold active.

Call Waiting
A user active on a conference call can receive indication of a waiting call.
When a conference call is in progress, a user that has CW activated can
receive indication of a waiting call. The user can place the conference call
on hold to answer the waiting call. The controller of the conference call can
add the party from the waiting call. The controller must answer the waiting
call and use the “add party from an existing call” procedures. In CEPT for
Turkey, users and controllers cannot answer a waiting call.

If the subscriber has the Call Forwarding No Reply (CFNR) service the
system can start the CFNR service for the waiting call. If the CFNR timer
expires before the subscriber answers the call, the system forwards the call
according to the service description.

If a subscriber has Call Forwarding Unconditional active, the sending of that


call takes precedence over CW. The subscriber can activate Call Forwarding
Unconditional while a call waits without changing the state of the waiting
call.

When an ISUP user receives an indication that a call waits, the user can use
the call hold service. The user places the current call on hold and answers

Unpackaged–38 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0528
the waiting call. Use of the hold service does not place a call in a waiting
state.

A subscriber with CW and Call Transfer must establish a connection with a


second caller. The subscriber with CW and Call Transfer must establish this
connection before the subscriber can transfer a waiting call from that caller.
For example, subscriber B has both CW and Call Transfer active at the same
time on a call with subscriber A. Subscriber C calls subscriber B.
Subscriber B must connect to subscriber C before subscriber B can transfer
the call to subscriber C.

If the User-to-User Signaling information is part of the call setup message,


the subscriber receives the User-to-User information with the call waiting
indication. If the called party has User-to-User Signaling and a
point-to-point configuration, the party can include the User-to-User
information in the rejection of a waiting call.

Terminal Portability
The TP supplementary services can operate at the calling and called
interface of a call.

Datafill
The ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
functionality does not change datafill.

Service orders
The ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
functionality does not change service orders (SERVORD).

Operational measurements
The system increases the ISUP CPG register.

Logs
The ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
functionality does not change logs.

User interface
The ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
functionality does not change the user interface.

Automatic message accounting


The ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services on DMS100i
functionality does not change automatic message accounting.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–39


Unpackaged
TA0529
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services contains a description of signaling
requirements. The document describes the types of signals that the Three
Party and Conference Call services can send over an ETSI ISUP V2 trunk.
The Three Party service allows a user to establish a three-way telephone
conversation. The Conference Call service allows a user to have a
simultaneous conversation with more than three persons.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty
Services.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not support the activation of echo
control procedures.
Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services affects the performance of the following
services:
• Closed User Group
— Closed User Group (CUG) restrictions on calls between callers A
and B and A and C apply when a user activates the Three-Way Call
service. CUG restrictions on calls between callers B and C do not
apply.
• Call Hold
— The system does not send retrieve information to a caller who was on
hold but is now part of the conference call.
— The system does not send hold and retrieve notifications to callers
when the controlling party goes on hold and then retrieves the call.

Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.

Unpackaged–40 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0529
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–41


Unpackaged
TA0530
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services contains a description of signaling requirements. The document
describe the types of signals that the Closed User Group (CUG) and
Subaddressing (SUB) services can send over an ETSI ISDN User Part
version 2 (ETSI ISUP V2) trunk.
The CUG service allows the calling user to access exact network addresses
if the user provides the correct interlock code.
The SUB service can expand the addressing capacity of the called user
beyond the address the ISDN number provides.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduced ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and
Subaddressing Supplementary Services.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
The system does not support the CUG and SUB services for the following
protocol interworkings:
• R2 to ETSU ISUP V2
• ETSI ISUP V2 to R2
• ETSI ISUP V1 to ETSI ISUP V2
• ETSI ISUP V2 to ETSI ISUP V1

If a network does not support the SUB service, the network discards the
subaddress information and continues the call establishment procedures.
Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services use the ETSI ISUP Primary Rate Interface (PRI) and Basic Rate
Interface (BRI) subaddressing services.
Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.

Unpackaged–42 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0530
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing Supplementary
Services does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–43


Unpackaged
TA0531
Feature name
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i
Description
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i contains a description of signaling requirements. The document
describes the types of signals that the User to User Signaling Service 1
(UUS1) can send over an ETSI ISDN user part (ISUP) version 2 (V2) trunk.
BCS history
Feature ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i is part of software release BCS44 for the DMS-100 International
(DMS-100i) switch.
Hardware requirements
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not support User to User Signaling Services 2 and 3.
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not implement the UUS1 service.
ETSI ISUP V2 does not support segmentation messaging.
Feature interactions
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not have any functionality interactions.
Datafill
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not affect operational measurements.

Unpackaged–44 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0531

Logs
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not affect logs.
User interface
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on
DMS100i does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary Service 1 on the
DMS100i does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–45


Unpackaged
TA0535
Feature name
Direction indication on 2W trunks
Description
This feature allows operating company personnel to identify the call
direction on two-way trunks using the
DISP_CALL_DIR_ON_2WAY_TRUNKS parameter in the OFCVAR table.
Operating company personnel activate this parameter from table OFCVAR
by setting the value to Y (yes). Identify the direction of the call by
following the steps below:
• >mapci;mtc;trks;ttp
• Identify an interworking that includes at least one two-way trunk.
• Establish a call on the two-way trunk.
• Post the names or the state of the trunks. The state can be call process
busy (CPB) or call process deload (CPD).
• An I (incoming) or an O (outgoing) value appears automatically one
space after the trunk state on the trunk test position (TTP) screen.

BCS history
BCS44i introduced this parameter.
Hardware requirements
Does not apply
Restrictions and limitations
Does not apply
Feature interactions
Does not apply
Datafill
When the value of this parameter is Y, operating company personnel can
determine the direction of a call on a two-way trunk.

Minimum Maximum Default


N

Service orders
Does not apply

Unpackaged–46 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0535
Operational measurements
Does not apply
Logs
Does not apply
User interface
Does not apply
Automatic message accounting
Does not apply

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–47


Unpackaged
TA0536
Feature name
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i
Description
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i describes improvements to
the Calling Number Display (CND) service for the Turkish telephone
market. Feature CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i improves
the CND service by increasing the digit capacity of CND from 10 digits to
17 digits. The feature adds prefix 0 to the directory number (DN) of a
national call and prefix 00 to the DN of an international call.
BCS history
Feature CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i is part of software
release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not have any
hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not have any
restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not change the area
or country code information in the DMS-100 international switch. CND
Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i changes the display.
Datafill
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not affect data
schema tables or office parameter tables.
Service orders
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not affect service
orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not affect logs.

Unpackaged–48 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0536
User interface
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not affect the user
interface.
Automatic message accounting
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i does not affect the
automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–49


Unpackaged
TA0537
Feature name
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut
Description
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut provides a description of line option
restrictions that you can assign to the CATX line options for the Turkish
market. In the Turkish market, each CATX line option can have a line
option characteristic. The line option characteristic allows the switch to
control incoming or outgoing calls. The line option characteristics are
• origination restricted (ORR)
• termination restricted (TRR)
• origination and termination restricted (OTR)

Subscribers that have a CATX line option with the ORR or OTR
characteristic can call an emergency service. Subscribers cannot make any
telephone calls or use any of their telephone services once you assign a
CATX line option with the ORR or OTR characteristic. If the subscriber
tries to make a non-emergency call, the switch routes the call to an
announcement. The announcement can indicate that the call was a
non-emergency call and provide the reason for the restriction.
Note 1: Enter the EMRG class datafill in universal translation tables to
allow subscribers, using the ORR or OTR characteristic, to make emergency
calls.
Subscribers that have a CATX line option with the TRR characteristic
cannot receive calls. Subscribers that have a CATX line option with the
TRR characteristic can use all of their services except termination services.
If a subscriber has the CATX line option with the TRR characteristic, the
switch routes incoming calls to an announcement. The announcement can
indicate that the subscriber cannot accept calls.
Each CATX line option has two treatments. Each treatment provides two
announcements. CATX line options datafilled as ORR or TRR require one
announcement. You can assign more than one line option to a subscriber’s
line; however, one restriction option determines the behavior of a line.
BCS history
Feature Announcement Per Subscriber Cut is part of software release BCS44
for the DMS-100 International (DMS-100i) switch.

Unpackaged–50 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0537

Hardware requirements
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut does not have any hardware
requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
If a subscriber has more than one restriction option with the same
characteristic on their line, the switch uses the restriction option with the
lowest index in the group.
Operating company personnel cannot assign a line option twice on the same
line.
You can use the Announcement Per Subscriber Cut service on POTS lines.
Feature interactions
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut adds table RESTOPT to define different
line restriction options.
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut adds the following options to table
LENLINES field OPTLIST for the Turkish market:
• CAT0
• CAT1
• CAT2
• CAT3
• CAT4
• CAT5
• CAT6
• CAT7
• CAT8
• CAT9

Announcement Per Subscriber Cut adds the following treatments to table


TMTCNTL.TREAT field TREATMT:
• RSL0
• RSL1
• RSL2
• RSL3

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–51


Unpackaged
TA0537
• RSL4
• RSL5
• RSL6
• RSL7
• RSL8
• RSL9
• RL10
• RL11
• RL12
• RL13
• RL14
• RL15
• RL16
• RL17
• RL18
• RL19
Service orders
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut adds the following service options for the
Turkish market:
• CAT0
• CAT1
• CAT2
• CAT3
• CAT4
• CAT5
• CAT6
• CAT7
• CAT8
• CAT9

Operational measurements
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut adds register TCMRSLT to OM group
TRMTCM2. Register TCMRSLT counts the number of times a call goes to
a restricted line treatment.

Unpackaged–52 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0537

Logs
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut does not affect logs.
User interface
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–53


Unpackaged
TA0538
Feature name
XNET on DMS100i
Description
XNET on DMS100i contains a description of the ethernet (XNET) in the
line controlling module (LCM). XNET on DMS100i explains how
operating company personnel install and maintain the XNET on the
DMS-100i switch.
Note 2: XNET is also know as the 1-Meg Modem Service (1MMS).
The XNET provides a subscriber with 1 Mbps downstream and 128 kbps
upstream data access in addition to their existing voice services.
BCS history
Feature XNET on DMS100i is part of software release BCS44i.
Hardware requirements
XNET on DMS100i requires the following hardware components:
• NT6X05EA XNET drawer
• NT6X52AA digroup controller card
• NTEX54AA data enhanced bus interface card (DBIC)
• NTEX17AA XNET line card
• NTEX35AA 1-Meg Modem

Restrictions and limitations


XNET on DMS100i has the following limitations and restrictions.
XNET on DMS100i does not support the customer premise equipment that
the subscriber requires or the installation of the Element Management
System (EMS) software.
The XNET or 1MMS functions only on a host based line concentrating
module (LCM). The XNET does not function in different kinds of LCMs
such as frame based remote LCMs (RLCM), or frame based LCM. The
XNET requires the NT6X52AA (North American digroup controller card).
The NT6X52AA allows the transfer of voice and data traffic. The XNET
also requires a 10base T interface. The NTEX54AA (data bus interface
controller) card provides the 10base T interface.
An LCM that has the XNET product cannot support hardware metering.
Operating company personnel must update table LCMDRINV to provide
current MAC addresses. If the table does not contain current MAC
addresses, operating company personnel can be given incorrect responses to

Unpackaged–54 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0538
Q1MMS commands.
Feature interactions
XNET on DMS100i does not have any functionality interactions.
Datafill
XNET on DMS100i adds the following values to table LNINV field
CARDCODE.
• NTEX17AA
• NTEX17AB
• NTEX17AC
• NTEX17AD
• NTEX17AE
• NTEX17BA
• NTEX17BB
• NTEX17BC
• NTEX17BD
• NTEX17BE
• NTEX17CA
• NTEX17CB
• NTEX17CC
• NTEX17CD
• NTEX17CE

XNET on DMS100i adds table LCMDRINV. Table LCMDRINV allows


operating company personnel to define an XNET enhanced drawer or
upgrade an existing LCM drawer to support XNET.
XNET on DMS100i adds value XNET to table LCMINV field
DRWRTYPE.
Service orders
XNET on DMS100i does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
XNET on DMS100i does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
XNET on DMS100i changes log PM181. XNET uses PM181 to display
XNET faults. XNET on DMS100i adds display examples 34, 35, and 36.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–55


Unpackaged
TA0538
User interface
XNET on DMS100i changes the user interface. XNET on DMS100i adds
command Q1MMS to the CI directory. The Q1MMS command allows
operating company personnel to query the status of the XNET.
Automatic message accounting
XNET on DMS100i does not affect the automatic message accounting
system.

Unpackaged–56 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0545
Feature name
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking
Description
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking describes how a switch sends signals between different
signaling systems. The signaling systems are ETSI ISDN user part (ISUP)
version 1 and 2, NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04,
NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP Interworking.
Hardware requirements
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not support new EIV2 messages or parameters.
ISUP trunks do not support the Toll Break-in and Operator Call Back
services.
Feature interactions
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not have any functionality interactions.
Datafill
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not affect logs.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–57


Unpackaged
TA0545
User interface
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
ISUP - NTLS03, NTLS04, NTLS05, NTLS06, and NTLS07 ISUP
Interworking does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Unpackaged–58 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0546
Feature name
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks
Description
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks provides T101 test lines for ETSI ISDN
user part versions 1 and 2 (ETSI ISUP V1 and V2) trunks. The DMS-100i
and 200i switches use ETSI ISUP V1 and V2 trunks to send signals.
Incoming and outgoing test calls can now be made over these trunks.
BCS history
Software release BCS44i introduces feature T101 Test Lines for ISUP
Trunks.
Hardware requirements
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
ISUP trunks that have T101 test lines cannot support the Flash feature.
Feature interactions
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not have any functionality
interactions.
Datafill
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not affect data schema tables or
office parameters.
Service orders
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not affect service orders
(SERVORD).
Operational measurements
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not affect logs.
User interface
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–59


Unpackaged
TA0567
Feature name
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking
Description
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking describes
how the DMS-100i and 200i switch transfers signaling information between
different signaling systems. The signaling systems are
• CIS line signaling system NTLS22 (T2)
• CIS-ISDN User Part (ISUP) signaling system
• T2 Dial Pulse (DP) register signaling system
• T2 Multi-Frequency Shuttle (MFS) register signaling system

T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking makes sure


that the following interworkings can occur:
• T2 DP to and from CIS-ISUP
• T2 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP

T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking supports


category mapping. The system can change call categories coming from a T2
signaling system to call categories going to the ISUP signaling system.
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking also
supports calls coming from a DMS-200i switch to a DMS-100i switch and
calls coming from the operator.
BCS history
Feature T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking is
part of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking does not
have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking supports
only metering (MTR) trunks for the T2 signaling system.
If a terminating switch receives an information request (INR) message over
its ISUP trunk message, the switch sends an information message (INF).
The INF message has a calling party address not available information
indicator.
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS–ISUP Interworking does not
support billing for incoming toll calls. The system does not generate an

Unpackaged–60 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0567
International Centralized Automatic Message Accounting (ICAMA) call
record.
Feature interactions
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS–ISUP Interworking does not
have any functional interactions.
Datafill
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking does not
affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking does not
affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking does not
affect operational measurements.
Logs
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking does not
affect logs.
User interface
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS–ISUP Interworking does not
affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP Interworking does not
affect the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–61


Unpackaged
TA0568
Feature name
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking
Description
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking describes how the DMS-100i and 200i switch transfers
signaling information between different signaling systems. The signaling
systems are
• CIS-ISDN User Part (CIS ISUP)
• T1 line signaling system (NTLS21)
• T1 Dial Pulse (DP) register signaling system (NTRS05)
• T1 Multi-Frequency Shuttle (MFS) register signaling system (NTRS02)

T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP


Interworking feature makes sure that the following interworkings can occur:
• T1 DP to CIS-ISUP
• CIS-ISUP to T1 DP
• T1 MFS to CIS-ISUP
• CIS-ISUP to T1 MFS

BCS history
Feature T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking is part of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking does not have any restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking does not have any functionality interactions.
Datafill
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking does not affect data schema tables or office parameters.
Service orders
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP

Unpackaged–62 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0568
Interworking does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
Interworking does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
interworking does not affect logs.
User interface
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
interworking does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from CIS-ISUP
interworking does not affect the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–63


Unpackaged
TA0597
Feature name
BRI Services - COLP/COLR
Description
BRI Services - COLP/COLR provides a description of two new ISDN
services, Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) and Connected
Line Identification Restriction (COLR). Apply the services to ETSI Basic
Rate Interface (BRI) lines.
The COLP service allows a person who is making a call to see the ISDN
number of the called person. The COLR service allows a person to control
the display of their ISDN number.
The COLP and COLR services support the following interworkings:
• ETSI BRI to and from ETSI BRI
— The calling user does see the ISDN number of the connected line if
you add the COLP option to the incoming line and do not add the
COLR option to the outgoing line. If you add the COLR option to
the outgoing line, the calling user does not see the ISDN number.
• ETSI BRI to ETSI ISDN User Part (ETSI ISUP)
— The calling user does see the ISDN number of the connected line if
you add the COLP option to the incoming BRI line.
• ETSI ISUP to ETSI BRI
— The calling user does see the ISDN number of the connected line if
you add the COLP option to the incoming BRI line.
• ETSI BRI to R1
— If you add the COLP option to the incoming BRI line, the switch sets
the presentation indicator to NOT AVAILABLE DUE TO
INTERWORKING and the calling user does not see the ISDN
number.
• R1 to ETSI BRI
— The calling user sees the ISDN number.
• ETSI BRI to a line
— If you add the COLP option to the incoming BRI line, table datafill
determines whether the calling user will see the ISDN number.
• Line to BRI
— The calling user sees the ISDN number.

Unpackaged–64 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0597
BCS history
Feature BRI Services - COLP/COLR is part of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
BRI Services - COLP/COLR does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI Services - COLP/COLR has no restrictions or limitations.
Feature interactions
The COLR service takes precedence over the COLP service.
Datafill
BRI Services - COLP/COLR adds options COLP and COLR to table
ISDNSERV field OPTION.
Service orders
BRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
BRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
BRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect logs.
User interface
BRI Services - COLP/COLR allows you to query the COLP and COLR
options on a directory number using the QDN command. You can also
query the COLP and COLR options on a line using the QLT command.
Automatic message accounting
BRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–65


Unpackaged
TA0598
Feature name
PRI Services - COLP/COLR
Description
PRI Services - COLP/COLR provides a description of two new ISDN
services, Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) and Connected
Line Identification Restriction (COLR). Apply the services to ETSI Primary
Rate Interface (PRI) lines.
The COLP service allows a person who is making a call to see the ISDN
number. The COLR service allows a person to control the display of their
ISDN number.
The COLP and COLR services support the following interworkings:
• ETSI PRI to and from ETSI PRI
— The calling user does see the ISDN number when the incoming line
has the COLP option and the outgoing line has no option. The
calling user does not see the ISDN number if the outgoing line has
the COLR option.
• ETSI PRI to ETSI BRI
— The switch uses table datafill to determine how to display the ISDN
number if the incoming PRI trunk has the COLP option and the
outgoing BRI trunk does not have the COLR option. If the outgoing
BRI trunk has the COLR option, the calling user does not see the
ISDN number.
• ETSI BRI to ETSI PRI
— If you add the COLP option to the incoming BRI line, but do not add
the COLR option to the outgoing PRI trunk, table datafill determines
how to display the ISDN number. If you add the COLR option to an
outgoing PRI trunk, the switch does not present the ISDN number.
— The switch uses table datafill to determine how to present the
connected number if the incoming BRI line has the COLP option and
the outgoing PRI trunk does not have the COLR option. If the
outgoing PRI trunk has the COLR option, the calling user does not
see the ISDN number.
• ETSI PRI to R1
— If you add the COLP option to the incoming PRI line, the switch sets
the presentation indicator to NOT AVAILABLE DUE TO
INTERWORKING and the calling user does not see the ISDN
number.

Unpackaged–66 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0598
• R1 to ETSI PRI
— The calling user does not see the ISDN number.
• ETSI PRI to a line
— If you add the COLP option to the incoming PRI trunk, table datafill
determines if the calling user does see the ISDN number.
• Line to ETSI PRI
— The calling user does not see the ISDN number.

BCS history
Feature PRI Services - COLP/COLR is part of software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
PRI Services - COLP/COLR does not have any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
Option EDITCLI in table LTDATA allows the switch to edit the ISDN
number. The following interworkings support the EDITCLI option:
• PRI to PRI
• ETSI ISDN User Part (ETSI ISUP) to PRI

Feature interactions
The COLR service takes precedence over the COLP service.
Datafill
PRI Services - COLP/COLR adds options COLP and COLR to table
LTDATA field OPTION.
Service orders
PRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect service orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
PRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect operational measurements.
Logs
PRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect logs.
User interface
PRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect the user interface.
Automatic message accounting
PRI Services - COLP/COLR does not affect the automatic message
accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–67


Unpackaged
TA0612
Feature name
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service
Description
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service allows you to
assign multiple numbers to a single ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) line.
A person who is making a call can select one or more different terminals.
The feature also allows you to select a terminal for the application of other
supplementary services.
BCS history
Feature BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service is part of
software release BCS44.
Hardware requirements
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service does not have
any hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service has the
following limitations and restrictions:
• You can use a directory number (DN) only once as either a primary DN
(PDN) or a multiple subscriber number DN (MSN DN) in an office.
• The metering number for all the MSN DNs on one loop is the PDN.
• Enter the DN, line attribute index, ISDNSERV index, and meter block
index together.
Feature interactions
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service does not have
any functional interactions.
Datafill
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service changes table
ISDNLINE. The number of DNs that you can assign to a line has increased
from one to four. The first DN is the PDN. The other DN are the multiple
subscriber number DNs (MSN DN). each DN can have different feature and
line indexes. The different feature and line indexes allow you to assign
different features to each DN.
Service orders
You can use the NEW and OUT commands in service orders (SERVORD) to
add or delete an MSN DN.
Operational measurements
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service does not affect

Unpackaged–68 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0612
operational measurements.
Logs
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service does not affect
logs.
User interface
You can use the QDN and QLT commands to see all of the DNs assigned to
a logical terminal identifier (LTID).
Automatic message accounting
BRI – Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service does not affect
the automatic message accounting system.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–69


Unpackaged
TA0617
Feature name
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records
Description
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records describes how you can
control the display of an eleven-digit calling number. The system displays
the eleven-digit calling number in an International Centralized Automatic
Message Accounting (ICAMA) call record and an Automatic Message
Accounting Buffer (AMAB) log.
You can use office parameter ICAMA_ELEVEN_DIGIT_CLG_DN to allow
the system to display an eleven-digit calling number. If you enter a value of
YES in the office parameter, the system displays the eleven-digit calling
number in an ICAMA call record. The system also displays the eleven-digit
calling number in a AMAB163 log. If you enter a value of NO in the office
parameter, the system displays the eleven-digit number as a ten-digit number
in an ICAMA record. The system also displays the eleven-digit number as a
ten-digit number in a AMAB160 log.
BCS history
Feature Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records is part of software
release BCS44 for the DMS-100 International (DMS-100i) switch.
Hardware requirements
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records does not have any
hardware requirements.
Restrictions and limitations
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records provides only an
eleven-digit display in the ICAMA call record.
Feature interactions
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records does not affect other
features.
Datafill
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records does not affect data
schema tables.
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records contains a description of
office parameter ICAMA_ELEVEN_DIGIT_CLG_DN in table OFCVAR.
The office parameter allows the system to display an eleven-digit calling
number in the ICAMA call record and AMAB163 log.
Service orders
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records does not affect service

Unpackaged–70 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Unpackaged
TA0617
orders (SERVORD).
Operational measurements
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records does not affect operational
measurements.
Logs
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records contains a description of
log AMAB163. Log AMAB163 contains the eleven-digit calling number
for trunks.
User interface
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records does not change the user
interface.
Automatic message accounting
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records changes the format of the
ICAMA call record. Feature Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA
Records removes the FEATURE_CODE field in the ICAMA call record.
Feature Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records allows the CLG
NO field in the ICAMA call record to support a twelve-digit display.

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i Unpackaged–71


Unpackaged
39005876
Feature name
CNDBO over C1 trunks
Description
This feature provides calling number delivery blocking override (CNDBO)
over C1 trunks. The CNDBO is a terminating line feature which allows the
subscriber to override a caller’s presentation restrictions. The CNDBO
feature ignores the display status, and displays caller information, if
available.
If the calling line identity (CLI) is available, the called party’s system
displays the CLI. If the caller’s CLI is not available, the called party’s
system displays an ‘OUT OF AREA’ message.
BCS history
Feature 39005876 was introduced in BCS44.1i.
Hardware requirements
Not applicable
Restrictions and limitations
Not applicable
Feature interactions
The denied termination (DTM) feature prevents the termination of calls on a
subscriber’s line. If DTM is active, termination does not occur, and the
subscriber does not receive the caller’s CLI.
Datafill
This feature creates office parameter CNDBO_OVER_TRUNKS.
Service orders
Not applicable
Operational measurements
Not applicable
Logs
Not applicable
User interface
Not applicable
Automatic message accounting
Not applicable

Unpackaged–72 297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


3–1

Cross-reference
Features listed by BCS
BCS01
BV0041 TTP Call Transfer

BCS02
BR0043 Line Cutover State

BCS04 BV0062 LTP – Digitone Testing


BV0061 LTP – Monitor, Talk, Balance BV0063 LTP–Send Functions (Coin and
Offhook Tests Ringing Functions)

BCS05 BR0201 Echo Return Loss (ERL) Test


BR0176 Circuit Monitor BR0223 Translation Verification –
BR0200 Singing Point Test Trunks

BCS07
BC0962 International Trunk Testing

BCS08
BC0158 Digital Pad Adjustments

BCS09
BC0495 (NSG) Transl Verif for
DMS–250 IMT, DAL, ONAL Trk
Grp Types

BCS10
BC0490 (NSG) Translation Verif. for
Partitioned Six–digit Transl

BCS12
BC0693 TRAVER Enhancement

BCS13 BV1136 Time–of–Day Routing


BC0858 STS Conversion

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–2 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

BCS14
BC1060 Support for A–law Cards (TTF,
TTU, RCVRMF, and DRAM)

BCS17 BF0393 LTC Event Recorders and


BC1076 DTC Carrier Maintenance Transmitters
BC1185 International TRAVER BF0394 LTC Waveform Processors
BC1186 Turkish Audible Tones BF0395 Line Signal Processors
BC1187 CC Delay Dial–1 Line Signaling BF0396 LTC–UTR Utility
System BF0398 Register Signaling Processors
BC1188 CC Wink–1 Line Signaling BF0399 Terminal Application
System Processors
BC1189 CC MF–3 Register Signaling BF0430 LTC PCM30 Interface Card
System Maintenance
BC1190 Trunk Data Modifications BF0432 LTC–ABCD Bit Card
BC1191 International Communication Diagnostics
Test Line BF0433 PCM30 Interface Card
BC1192 Terminating ARTER Trunk Diagnostics
Testing BF0434 LTC–UTR Card Diagnostic
BC1193 Originating ARTER Trunk BF0436 SP and FP Transaction
Testing Processing Part I
BC1211 Message Transport System BF0437 SP and FP Transactions
BC1301 General Interworking System Processing Part II
Part I BF0474 XPM 3 Processor IPC
BC1338 International Trunk BF0560 Trunk Maintenance
Maintenance Aspects BF0564 XPM–Delay Dial–1 Line
BC1339 BA–1 Signaling System Signaling System
BC1340 IDTC Maintenance BF0565 XPM Wink–1 Line Signaling
Enhancements System
BF0375 A–law Network Crosspoints BF0567 XPM MF–3 Register Signaling
BF0376 A–law TTU System
BF0379 A–law TTT BV1211 CC Line Signaling Support
BF0392 ILTC–Bit Signaling BV1212 CC Register Signaling Support

BCS18 BC1520 VISA System Table Operations


BC0829 Auto Retest of ALT Failures BC1730 Table Operations for ILGC and
BC0963 International Line Testing ILTC
BC1058 CC–Metering Charge BC1732 International Service Orders
Recording BC1784 Line Thread for Turkey Local II
BC1449 Local Translations for BF0679 Local Toll Trunks with TBI (1
International SYS)
BC1450 Ambiguous Code Translation BF0680 VISA Interface Systems
for International BV1208 CC – Metering System
BC1496 Trunks with MCT (1 System) Maintenance and Monitor
BC1499 Digit Translations for Turkey BV1277 CC – Internal Changeover for
Local Metering
BC1504 Variable–length Directory
Numbers

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–3

BCS19 BC1920 Add Fields into Logical Level of


BC1259 Download Metallic Test Unit MTR and OPR Trunks
BC1337 NT6X93 Line Card Diagnostic BF0675 Non–metered Coin Line
BC1498 Repair Service Transactor and CP
BC1500 Turkish Feature Data BF0677 Transactor and Call Processing
Requirements for Metered Coin Lines
BC1758 CC–Metering Tariff Application BF0684 International Type B Line Card
BC1760 CC – Metering Changeover Diagnostic
Control BF0711 XPM – Maintenance for
BC1766 Enhanced Maintenance for Metering Data Tables
Universal Tone Receivers BF0780 XPM – Changeover Control for
BC1793 Digit Analysis and RSS Table Metering
BC1796 International Line to BF0801 Denied Orig and Free Number
Announcement Termination (Intl)
BC1825 Translation Verification for TOD BF0805 International Trunk to
Routes Announcement (Speedup)
BC1905 Maintain Data in Tariff Table
and Tariff Number Table in
XPM

BCS20 BC2285 International OM Conversion


AE0034 R1 and R1 Modified Signaling BC2324 LTP Robustness
for DMS–100 BF0674 Malicious Call Trace for
BC1914 Convert Ambiguous Head Subscriber Lines
Table to Segstor BF0874 Outpulse 18 Digits (MF: DTMF)
BC1927 International Peripherals BF0915 International Peripherals
Overload Control Overload Control
BC2049 Absent Subscriber Intercept BF0917 6X69 Interface for MTS
BC2050 Toll Call Recording BF0976 PM Metering Robustness
BC2059 Translations for CEP BF0978 PCM30 Remote Network Sync
BC2060 OMs in Erlangs BV1989 Translations for Two–Stage
BC2079 Originating Line Restrictions Outpulsing

BCS21 BC2081 Emergency Cut–off


AE0005 New Tones and Test Line BC2286 Subscriber Activation
Circuits for CEP BF0867 XPM Outgoing LD Signaling
AE0025 E and M Decadic Signaling for BF0869 Caribbean Audible Tones
DMS–100 BF0870 XPM Two–Stage Outpulsing
AE0033 OMs in Erlangs – Extended BF0881 XPM Incoming Loop
AL0054 Hunt Group Enhancements Disconnect Signaling
BC2053 Abbreviated Dialing BR0750 Hunt Group Size Expansion
BC2074 ICR Support Implementation BV1987 XPM – Support for Outgoing
BC2076 Terminating Quiet Termination and Incoming LD Signaling
and Looparound Test Lines BV1988 CC Support for Outgoing and
BC2077 Faultsman’s Ringback Incoming LD Signaling
BC2078 Originating Quiet Termination
and Looparound Test Lines

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–4 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

BCS22 AE0057 Insert Tone on Coin Phone


AC0053 Utilities for Intl CC Feature Terminations
Metering AE0059 Language Digit Insertion
AC0054 CC Metering for Features AE0108 Intraswitching on the IRLCM
AC0081 International Killer Trunks AG0095 International Type B Line Card
AC0082 CEPT Call Waiting Diagnostic
AC0083 CEPT Three–way Calling AL0218 XPM Support for CC Metering
AC0085 Convert SPM to a Line Option BC2080 Semi–permanent
AC0086 Conversion of International Connections–Local
ADL BC2260 CEPT Call Diversion
AE0055 Printed Meter Check BC2261 CEPT Hot and Warm Line
AE0056 Meter Count Printout BF0971 IXPM Warm SWACT

BCS23 AC0184 International Overload Control


AC0109 PCM30 Robustness Enhancements
AC0130 Guaranteed Dial Tone for AE0115 ANI Reception in DMS–200
DMS–100 Intl AE0116 ANI Outpulsing in
AC0131 INTL Traffic Separation DMS–100/200
AC0132 International Network AG0085 TTT Enhancement for Turkish
Management Tones
AC0133 International No Double BC1826 Central Message Switch
Connect Maintenance
AC0134 Subscriber–activated Outgoing BC1827 CM In–sync Maintenance
Restrictions Software
AC0135 International Subscriber BC1909 Time of Day Support for
Features Denied Enhanced Core
AC0136 International Call Diversion BC1932 Remote Login
Enhancements BC2003 Distributed Log System

BCS24 AE0171 Compellor Transactor and


AC0137 OMs for Intl Subscriber Protocol (International)
Features AE0172 Compelled Register Signaling
AC0252 Dial Tone Speed Recording for Transactor
Intl AE0173 CRST – TAT Protocol
AC0256 Semi–permanent Connections AE0178 Intraswitching on IRLCM for
AE0139 MFC–R2 in PDTC – Main Subscriber Features
Feature AE0216 ESA for IRLCM – Basic
AE0140 R2 for DMS–100 International AE0240 Wake–up Call
– CC Description AE0244 Toll Break–in – Background
AE0147 International CAMA Tone
AE0153 International Service Analysis AE0246 Bridged Night Number
Base AE0248 Faultsman Ringback
AE0154 International Administration Enhancement
Accounting AE0278 NT6X94BB Maintenance
AE0167 INTL Service Analysis Local AE0292 Metering Line Capacity
AE0169 Line Reversal on Seizure Enhancements

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–5

BCS25 AE0293 Implementation of RMM on


AC0240 ITOPS Trunk Table Control & IRLCM
Setup Recovery AG0636 ITOPS ICAMA Format
AC0304 International OM Support and AG0712 ITOPS Screen Displays
Packaging AG0713 ITOPS Force Management
AC0305 Additional International Service System
Order AG0714 ITOPS Call Processing Key
AE0142 MFCR2 Protocol Definition Functions
Tables AG0715 ITOPS Supervisory Positions
AE0146 MFC–R2 Routing Tables AG0716 ITOPS International Call
AE0239 Completion of Calls to a Busy Handling
Subscriber AG0717 ITOPS Billing and Rating for
AE0245 Toll Break–in MAP Signaling CEP
Command AG0718 CC Real Time Reduction for
AE0249 Silent Switchman Features
AE0250 102 Test Line AG0719 IXPM Enhanced Flow Control
AG0827 China Line Card Diagnostic

BCS26 AG0710 Toll Break–in for China –


AE0242 Call Transfer Capability DMS–100
AG0707 CI Line Signaling AG0711 CI Register Signaling
AG0708 CI Call Processing AG1031 IXPM Performance Monitoring

BCS27 AG1235 Intl Rating: Mass Table Control


AE0397 Downloadable Tones AG1236 Intl Rating: Charge Calculator
AE0459 DGTTST for International Lines AG1237 Intl Rating: Rate Step
AG0962 RAG Foldback Calculator
AG1230 ITOPS: Assistance Monitor AG1291 Attendant Pay Station II
Capability AG1294 C1 Trunk ITOPS Position
AG1231 Intl Rating: Test CI Command Interactions
AG1233 ITOPS: APS Call Handling AL0856 ENET Maintenance
AG1234 ITOPS: TBI Functionality AL0960 ENET Path Diagnostics

BCS28 AG0649 Enhanced Line Access


AE0448 Moroccan Tones Measurements–I
AE0513 Moroccan Type A Line Card AG0724 PARMCALC–Verify Office
Diagnostics Parameters (Phase 2)
AE0514 Moroccan R2 Line Signaling AG0919 Decouple CC Hardware and
AE0515 Moroccan Physical Ringing Software System Initialization
AE0567 Moroccan Socotel Call AG1004 Log Retrieve Facility for E1
Processing Incidents
AE0568 Moroccan Socotel Register AG1214 NETPATH Automation
Signaling AG1217 R2 Call Processing
AF1252 Expanded Trunk Guard Timing AG1218 R2 Register Signaling
AF1647 LCM Takeover Takeback AG1220 R2 Activity Tables
Enhancement AG1318 Enhanced Line Access
AF1756 LTG Capacity Increase Measurements–II

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–6 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

AG1385 Prescheduled Image – Taking AJ0190 Morning Maintenance Report


on SLM AJ0191 Hardware–Software
AG1474 Improved Terminal Response Initialization Coordination II
AG1476 Aperiodic Metering (XPM) AJ0192 RCC Loading Enhancement
AG1477 Aperiodic Metering AJ0194 CC Warm SWACT
AG1478 Software Meters for Trunks Enhancements
(XPM) AJ0205 R2 Protocol Enhancements
AG1479 Software Meters for Trunks AJ0338 XPM Parity Audit
(CC) AL0479 Trunk Return To Service (RTS)
AG1540 DP Activation for Subscriber Enhancement
Services AL0797 DMS–bus MMI Enhancements
AG1560 Dump and Restore: Check AL0857 ENET Pathend Test MMI
Enhancements AL0914 Remote File System
AJ0159 R2 Base Enhancements Improvements
AJ0171 IXPM Static Data Audit AL1052 Lost Messages Reporting
AJ0178 ITOPS: Routing Database Enhancements
AJ0179 ITOPS: Intrusion Tones AL1054 DMS–core Enhanced Image
AJ0180 ITOPS: Assistance Paging Test
Capability AL1055 DMS–core REX Test Speedup
AJ0182 ITOPS: Flexible Subscriber II
Number Display AL1197 DMS–Core Inventory Audit
AJ0183 C1 DID/DOD PBX Trunks
AJ0187 Flexible Call Preanswer
Supervision

BCS29 AG1506 Table Checksum Delta


AD0943 Office Line Totals QNCOS AG1511 BCS Application Driver
AE0480 Carrier Maintenance AG1513 Caching DMOPRO
Enhancement AG1524 JFFREEZE–DMO Enforcement
AE0481 Test Lines for the Coexistence for Journal File
Switch AG1563 Dump and Restore: Real Time
AE0523 Japan 300 SuperNode and Savings
ITOPS Compatibility AG1570 Dump and Restore: Progress
AE0536 Moroccan Type B Line Card Reporting
Diagnostics AJ0177 ITOPS: Fixed Duration Calls
AE0546 ITOPS Enhancement AJ0472 Morning Maintenance Report II
AE0554 Downloadable Tones AJ0473 Integrity Check Traffic
Enhancement Simulator (ICTS)
AE0630 Irish R2 Signaling Protocol Enhancements
AE0671 Downloadable Tones for AJ0474 RCC LCM Loading
Ireland Enhancements II
AF0966 Called Party Released Timing AJ0498 NTRS05 Enhancements – II
Enhancement AJ0563 Casual Feature Optionality
AF1749 Realtime Input OM AJ0570 Hardware Pulse Generation for
AF1780 DIRP Space Rotation Trunks
AF2087 NWMSD Table Rewrite AJ0571 Software Meters for Trunk CC
AG1082 Detection/Correction of Slow II
CP Babblers AJ0572 ITOPS: Position Data
AG1466 Remove TPS from TOD Streamlining

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–7

AJ0573 Hardware Metering for Trunks AL1060 SLM Phase II – Disk/Tape


Table Control Replacement
AJ0578 Belize R2 Register Signaling AL1149 User Passwords Survivability
AJ0580 Called Party Control via over BCS Application
Translations AL1166 SLM Maintenance
AJ0729 Trunk Return to Service (RTS) Enhancements
Enhancements II AL1174 SLM–II Enhancements
AJ0821 IDTC MFC Trunk Robustness AL1182 DMS–core Link Hit Analysis
AL0787 DMS–Bus Diagnostic AL1183 DMS–Bus Central
Enhancements Using the Communications Audit
Tracer Card Enhancements
AL0790 DMS–Bus Software Support for AL1192 Enhanced DMS–Core Memory
4 Mbyte Memory CPU Card Alarm
AL0934 Software Support for 68030 at AL1201 DMS–Bus Central S/W
33 MHz Enhancements for P–Side
AL0958 ENET PM Table Control Node Isolation
Modifications AL1274 Reload Restart in Restart
AL1053 Enhanced DMS–core Progression
Maintenance Link TRS AL1298 SLM File System Enhancement

BCS30 AJ0804 ITOPS: Booked Call Database


AE0538 IRLCM RTS Enhancement Size Increase
AE0643 Dynamic Configuration Data AJ0817 ILGC Capacity Improvement
Update in IXPM AJ0818 ILGC/LGC Coexistence I
AE0646 ILCM Capacity Enhancement AJ0819 C1 MFC Trunk Implementation
AE0652 Dynamic Data Update for on Generic R2 System – XPM
International XPMs AJ0832 ATME for DMS–100I MFC
AF2316 DIRP on SLM AJ0866 OMs for Metering
AG0709 Malicious Call Identification AJ0964 Enhanced XPM SWACT
AG1824 Matching Line Drawer Status Management Phase 1
Over CC Warm SWACT AJ0965 Cold SWACT Recovery on
AG1854 200 MS Disconnect Timing Failure of planned SWACTs
AG1922 Improve Memory Parity AL0944 ISDN Loop Maintenance
Detection Enhancements
AG1924 NT40 Mismatch Handler AL0957 ENET REX Test
Refinements AL0959 ENET Shelf Test
AG1925 NT40 CMC RTS Improvements AL1186 DMS–Bus Fault Correlation
(Diagnostics) Using Tracer Card (9X49CB)
AG1926 Inclusion of CCS7 into SPMS AL1247 CCS7 Enhancements to
AG1927 BCSMON–Enhanced Support LPP on a CCS7 SSP
Monitoring Capabilities AL1271 REx Test on LPP
AG1973 Distinctive Ringing on Ring AL1498 LPP on SCP
Side Only AL1541 Expansion of LCD Number to
AJ0746 DMS–100 P–side and C–side 1000
Channel Audit AL1566 Path Verification Automation
AJ0782 C1 MFC Trunk Implementation AL1608 Line Card Code Expansion
on the Generic R2 System – BV1207 CC – Metering Rate
CC Determination
AJ0803 ITOPS: TRAVER Capability

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–8 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

BCS31 AJ1031 T101 Test Lines for DMS–100


AC0638 Maintain Messaging Over and DMS–200 R2 Trunks
Restarts AJ1038 SWACT Operation Robustness
AF1439 AMA: Separation of Billing and AJ1039 XPM Data Management
Routing Functions Robustness
AF2470 Special Application Patching AJ1088 MARKET_OF_OFFICE
AF2532 Obsolete Packaging Enhancements
AF2565 E800 on PX Trunks AJ1124 Brazil R2 Enhancements
AF2583 XPM RTS Enhancements AJ1126 Universal Translation
AF2599 Test Desk Robustness Verification Tool
AF2668 RCU Line Card Configuration AJ1129 K&S Service Code Translation
AG1818 CP Long Messaging Hooks
Implementation I AL0573 ENET Operational
AG1868 Provide CC Warm SWACT Measurements
Residency in All Loads AL0803 DMS–bus MMI Enhancements
AG1869 CC Warm SWACT Man II
Machine Interface AL1109 CMIC Link Diagnostic
Enhancements Enhancements
AJ0181 ITOPS: Estimated Call Charges AL1199 DMS–Bus Central Data
AJ0801 ITOPS: Enhanced ACD Distribution and Initialization II
(Queueing System) AL1200 DMS–Bus MMI Enhancements
AJ0802 ITOPS: Enhanced ACD (Call III
Processing) AL1230 ENET MAP Enhancements
AJ0837 Quiet Termination Test Line AL1460 XPM MTC for DMS–X Part 2
AJ1024 ITOPS: Enhanced Queueing AL1518 User Programmable LTP
(Call Processing) II Levels
AJ1025 Intl Rating: Tax Calculation NC0086 Standard Pretranslation
AJ1026 ITOPS: Account Codes I Expansion
AJ1027 MFC Monitor Tool

BCS32 AG2255 CC Warm SWACT Module


AD2997 Trunk Group Expansion to 8K Check Program
AE0735 Socotel to ITOPS Interworking AJ0581 Meter Pulse Reception and
AE0898 Second Dial Tone Over Trunks Tandem I (PREP)
AF1725 Multi–Volume Tape Files AJ1028 Generic R2 Enhancements
AF2013 Office Routes Capacity AJ1255 ITOPS: Account Codes II
Increase AJ1256 Intl Rating: Sub–minute Billing
AF2531 Forced Sequence Application AJ1265 Guyana Signaling
AF2705 DIRP DPP Reload and SWACT AJ1496 Extended Range Line Card
Recovery Diagnostics
AF2815 Patcher Integration AL1719 ENET–SPMS for ENET OMs
AF2816 Auto–apply Enhancements AL1753 NT9X12AC Software Support
AF2987 Enhanced Field Failure Info AL1759 Maintenance Action Pre–check
AF2988 XLCM Diagnostic AL1885 DDU Robustness–I
Enhancements AL1895 LMS Isolation
AF2989 XPM REX/SWACT Robustness AL1923 Enhanced CM Maintenance
AG2108 One Night Process CPU Alarms
Enhancements NC0102 BMMI Enhancements

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–9

NC0130 Load Route Selection


Enhancements

BCS33 AL1280 ILM VCM Support for ISN II


AC0639 MMI for Inter–MS Links AL1281 ILM MCM Support for ISN II
AC0644 Central MS–ILM Interactions AL1456 Design and Data Definition for
on Physical Links DS30/IOUI Inter–MS Links
AE0777 6X27 Interface Control AL1457 Basic Initialization and
AE0893 Two–Way NTLS16, NTRS11 Communication of ILM Data
(R2), NTRS05 (DP) AL1476 DMS–Bus Data and Message
AE0897 R2 and Socotel Tandem Format for ILM Trunks
Operation AL1477 Central DMS–Bus and ILM
AE0943 Active OMs in Erlangs Interactions on Message
AF3086 XCLM Diags Phase II–6X54 Channels
Relay, Scan Chip AL1478 Local DMS–Bus Node, Link,
AF3179 SWACT Evolution–XPM and Port Initialization
Maintenance AL1479 Local DMS–Bus Support for
AF3200 XPM REX Results/FFI PH II SR–512 Message Channels
AF3234 XLCM REEX Results/FFII PH II AL1480 Central DMS–Bus MMI
AG2149 Core SWACT Restart Outage Information for Message
Reduction–Phase I Channels
AG2150 Core SWACT Exec AL1482 Central DMS–Bus Data
Optimization–Phase I Recovery on System Restarts
AG2276 CC Warm SWACT Restart AL1570 System Recovery Controller
Outage Reduction–Phase I Interfaces
AG2277 CC Warm SWACT MMI AL1655 ILM Central Resource
Enhancements–Phase II Controller Enhancement
AG2323 Logical Reformatting for OTC AL1656 ILM Local Controller
AG2480 Footprt Enhancements Enhancements
AJ0851 Meter Pulse Reception and AL1657 Virtual Channel Maintenance
Tandem II Enhancements for ISN
AJ1223 Cross–architecture Feature AL1659 ILM Enhanced Diagnostics
Interactions AL1660 VCM Support for Reduced
AJ1224 Open Numbering Plan Phase I Capability Virtual Channels
AJ1423 Mexican R2 and Fixed ANI AL1663 Message Base Enhancements
Trunks for ISN
AJ1432 ESG Enhancements AL1664 MRS Development and AP
AJ1445 ITOPS: CCITT Calling Card Split Mode Messaging Study
Format AL1681 Integrated Event Management
AJ1446 Intl Rating Enhancements System Base Phase I
AJ1541 VDN Interactions with Callp AL1718 DDM Enhancements for INM
and XLA AL1728 DDM Enhancements for INM
AL1193 Porting DMS–Core AL1740 ILM Notification Service
Maintenance to Run on RISC Enhancements
(Phase I) AL1779 Local DMS–Bus Support for
AL1276 ILM Connection Support II MCM/PLM Primitives
AL1277 ILM VCM Support for ISN I AL1780 Central DMS–Bus/ILM
AL1278 ILM MCM Support for ISN I Interactions on PLM
AL1279 ILM Connection Support I

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–10 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

AL1781 Central DMS–Bus MMI AL2236 Run–time System Data


Information for Physical Links Checksum
AL1782 NT9X62BA 0D1 Support AL2260 Support for Warm SWACT
AL1826 DMS–Bus MMI Enhancements Recovery Time Reduction
for ISN Feature
AL1884 DMS–Bus Message Flow AL2331 E2A Monitoring Software
Control – II AQ0717 DMS–Bus Support for PLM
AL1968 DMS–Bus Backwards Primitive Enhancements
Compatibility Support AQ0718 DMS–Bus Support for MS–ILM
AL2021 Distributed Log System Data Transfer and Audits
AL2030 System REX Test Controller AQ0721 Hardware Baseline Monitor
AL2038 ENET Support for 9X45BA NC0020 Key–pad Enable
AL2042 Interrupt Level Communication NC0196 Standard Pretranslation
AL2107 Enable A–Law Expansion–Phase II
AL2162 NT9X45 MMI NC0322 PM180 Cleanup

BCS34 AJ0796 Overlap Outpulsing for


AE0945 WLC in the LCME DMS–100I
AE0946 WLC Enhancements – Types A AJ1791 DMS–100I Terminator Billing
and B AJ1872 Peru R2 Signaling
AE0956 World Line Card Diagnostic AJ1957 Table Integrity Checker
Enhancements AJ1959 Table Version System
AE1013 World Line Card Overvoltage AL1453 DMS-Bus Support for the
Reporting F-Bus Map Level
AE1099 WLC in the SRU AL1455 Basic Integration of Rate
AE1106 WLC Type B Template for Adaptor Transactor into
North American 900+2 DMS–Bus
Applications AL1658 ILM Capacity and Performance
AF3053 CM Static Data Update Enhancements
Tracking AL1790 File System Modifications for
AF3271 UTR Diagnostic SLM1A
Enhancements: Tone Filtering AL2037 Concurrent Activity Manager
AF3658 MX77 Firmware Downloading AL2055 NM S/W Optionality
AF3684 XPM Static Data Management AL2110 Group Manager and
AF3685 SWACT Evolution: CC XPM Maintenance Base
Maintenance Enhancements
AF3732 XPM Software Modifications for AL2130 ILM Support for Warm–spared
UP in Base XPM Nodes
AF3733 CC Software Modifications for AL2319 DDM Capacity Enhancement to
UP in Base XPM Support More Than 200 DTC7
AF3747 Enhanced Warm SWACT AL2328 Series 3 Base Hooks
AI0408 Local MTCE and Diagnostics of AL2416 Convert Series II PMs to
Network Interface Unit (NIU) Recovery Controller
AI0409 Channel Bus (C-Bus) AL2417 Converts Series I PMs to
Maintenance Recovery Controller
AI0410 Network Interface Unit (NIU) AL2528 ILR Enhancements
Central Maintenance

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–11

AL2529 R2 Billing Category AQ0882 Layer 2 High Protocol Rate


Enhancements (XPM)
AL2530 OM Pegging for Answer AQ0884 Dial-up B-channel Loopbacks
Attempts AR0005 64K ENET Support
AL2539 ISG Channel Maintenance AR0079 INM Warm-spared Support II
Enhancements AR0081 INM Fault Reporting
AL2540 Unified Processor Integration in AR0086 Add MAPCI PERFORM Level
LTC for DTCI
Al2542 Unsolicited Messages and AR0105 SNSE ENET XPT Diagnostics
LAPD Cleanup AR0106 SNSE ENET MMI
AN0100 CMR Enhancements for ADSI AR0114 ISUP Maintenance
AQ0741 SuperNode Clock Robustness Enhancements II
Restructure – I AR0117 DDM Audit Enhancement
AQ0777 Master External Remote Clock AR0118 DDM User Independent
AQ0788 Layer 2 High Protocol Resource
Abnormailty Rate (CC) AR0124 ILM Fault Isolation
AQ0789 Layer 2 High Protocol Enhancements
Abnormailty Rate (XPM) AR0127 IOC Disk File System
AQ0835 DMS–Bus Clock Restructuring Robustness
– II AR0128 ILM Controller Robustness
AQ0840 S/DMS MMI Consistency and AR0129 ILM Support Tools
Enhancements AR0141 ENET PSLINK Enhancements
AQ0841 DMS–bus Message Flow AR0160 BCS34 Hook Feature for 7N10
Control III NC0033 OMs for XPM Links
AQ0854 MS Backward Compatibility – II NC0105 Call Status Reservation Across
AQ0857 SNSE DMS–Bus S/W for Warm SWACT
Subrate CMIC Links NC0313 SERVORD Enhancements for
AQ0858 DMS–Bus S/W for Sub–rate SLE
MS–ENET Links

BCS35 AI0625 Software Support for 96–MB


AE0838 Metering Enhancements Memory Cards on DMS–core
AE0972 Haiti R2 Register Signaling AI0630 DMS–core Mismatch Handler
AE1056 PDTC Enhanced Warm CI Tool–MMINFO
SWACT AJ2411 DMS–200I TELMEX Auto–TBI
AF1747 Processor Occupancy OMs for Al1674 Layer 1 Performance
XLCM Monitoring for 2B1Q Loops
AF5006 XPM Diagnostic History AL1929 C7LINK Support for
AF5007 XPM Channelized Access
Pre–SWACT/Post–SWACT AL2044 Interrupt Level Trap Handling
Audit Enhancements
AF5008 XPM REX Control and Trouble AL2457 Digital A–Bit Pulsed Line
Notification Improvements Signaling
AG1337 DMS–Bus (Central) Support for AL2549 Traffic Distinction OMs
Inter–MS Link (SR512) AL2632 Chile R2 Register Signaling
AI0407 LIU7 Support for Channel AL2720 Traffic Distinction OMs – Call
Access Interface Processing

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–12 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

AL2721 China C1 DP Trunk AQ0859 DMS–Bus SW Support for


Interworking – CC Multiport Interface Cards
AL2722 China C1 DP Trunk AR0186 ENET Integrity Fault Handling
Interworking – PM and HMI Enhancements
AL2726 LLM Enhancements AR0211 CM Alarm Suppression During
AN0336 XPM Base Card Analysis and REX Test
Test AR0225 AINSSP–Basic Trunk Trigger
AN0337 P–side Looparound Facility Processing
Redesign NC0108 DTSR OM Enhancements
AQ0834 16–MB Processor on NC0495 Off–hook Testing
DMS–Bus

BCS36 AQ0984 CC Support for EDRAM


AE1239 ITOPS Billing Records Uploading
Enhancements AQ1030 LPP (LMS) Autoloading
AE1240 OM Enhancements for AQ1031 Mapper Refresh on LMS State
Unsuccessful Calls Transition
AE1243 Polish Tones and Cadences AQ1070 NT9X13DD Standalone
AE1245 DMS–100 R2 Tariff Support in the LMS
Handling–Phase 1 AR0010 CCS7 Flow Control 1
AJ1257 ITOPS: Service Analysis AR0125 ILM Isolation Detection
AJ2931 Metering Robustness Enhancements
AL1239 ITOPS Billing Records AR0478 F-Bus Operation and
Enhancements Maintenance Enhancements
AL2334 SRC Controlled Restart and AR0491 LTP Enhancement
No–Restart SWACT for CCS7

BCS37 TA0135 CIS T1 – R1 Local Interworking


TA0124 CTUP Call Processing – XPM
TA0125 CTUP and R2 Interworking TA0136 CIS T2 to R1 Interworking
TA0126 CTUP Interaction with TA0137 T1/MFS – MFS and T1/MFS –
Subscriber Features DP End to End Tandeming
TA0128 Flexible ANI Format TA0138 R2 Malicious Call Trace (XPM)
TA0129 T1 – R1 Local Interworking – Phase I
TA0130 T2 to R1 Interworking TA0139 R2 Malicious Call Trace (CC) –
TA0131 T1/MFS – MFS and T1/MFS – Phase I
DP End to End Tandeming TA0140 Tones and Cadences for CALA
TA0132 C7TU Enhancements – CC TA0141 Tones and Cadences for CALA
Part (CC)
TA0133 Unified Processor on TA0158 Toll Break–in on CTUP for
IDTC/ILGC – CC Portion DMS–100I
TA0134 Unified Processor on TA0159 R2 Local TBI – Phase I
IDTC/ILGC – XPM Portion

BCS38i AR0908 CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit


AR0907 C7TU Support for 24-bit CCITT CCITT Point Code
Point Code

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–13

AR0909 CCS7 Network Management TA0175 CIS Tones and Cadences


Supportl for 24-bit CCITT Point TA0176 CIS Universal Tone Receiver
Code (UTR) Interface, Maintenance
AR0910 XPM SupportI for 24-bit CCITT and Diagnostic
Point Code TA0177 CIS UTR Integration Phase 1
TA0158 Toll Break-in on CTUP for TA0178 T1 to T2 Interworking
DMS-100I TA0179 Toll Break-in for Local DMS
TA0162 OVLP Outpulsing through TA0180 Toll Break-in from OPR Lines
CTUP Trunks TA0182 ICT Interaction with CTUP
TA0163 NTLS24 and NTLS15 Trunks
Enhancements TA0183 Manual OPR Trunks and CTUP
TA0165 Immediate Billing Interworking
TA0166 Flexible ANI Enhancements TA0193 CTUP XPM Enhancements to
TA0167 R2 Local TBI—Phase 2 support 24-bit CCITT Point
TA0168 R2 Malicious Call Trace-Phase Code
II TA0194 Maintenance Enhancement for
TA0169 Base ISUP Call Processing NTC7 MTP
TA0170 Base ISUP Maintenance TA0195 IXPM+ on 2-processor
TA0171 ISUP To and From R1 Backplane
NTLS01/02 Interworking TA0196 IXPM+ Robustness
TA0172 ISUP and IFPE Feats Enhancements
Interaction TA0201 Chinese R2 (C1) A6
TA0174 UP Integration in the SDTC Enhancements

BCS39i TA0228 ITOPS–R2 Trunk Interworking


TA0207 T1/MFS.MFPP1(2) – TA0229 Call Diversion No Answer
T1/MFPP1 (2) Tandem (CDNA)
TA0213 MCT for CIS TA0230 Call Diversion to Voice Mail
TA0214 425, 500 Hz Detection (CDVM)
TA0215 Operator Call Back in T2 TA0232 100I ISUP to/from
TA0216 CIS Subscriber Line Programmable R2
Parameters TA0233 100I Base Variant
TA0222 Congestion Control for CTUP Implementation
Trunks TA0234 100I ISUP Interaction with
TA0223 OMs for CTUP Call Guatemala MCT
TA0224 CTUP Test Trunk Interworking TA0235 100I ISUP Interaction with
TA0225 ESG Interaction with CTUP Guat/Peru TBI
Trunks TA0240 IESA Enhanced Recovery
TA0226 3WC, 6WC, CWT Interaction TA0241 CIS Call Processing
with CTUP Trunks Robustness
TA0227 R2 Automatic TBI
Enhancement

BCS40i TA0254 T1/MFS/MFPP1 (MFPP2) to


TA0203 CIS T4 Line Signaling T1/MFPP1 (MFPP2)
TA0242 MFPP4 Register Signaling Link–by–Link Interworking

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


3–14 Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS

TA0255 Reattempt on MFS Register TA0273 Third UTR for IDTC+


Signaling Failure TA0274 Basic Multi-Party Lines
TA0257 CIS Call Processing TA0279 MCT Activation Enhancements
Robusteness 2 TA0280 CTUP Interworking to
TA0259 DP Overlap Outpulsing on T1 T100/T102
and T2 Trunks TA0281 ATME/CTUP Interworking
TA0262 T1/MFS/ANIG/DP to TA0285 ICAMA Extension Log and
T1/ANIG/DP Interworking Record
TA0263 UTR Single Frequency TA0286 T2 to R2 Interworking
Detection TA0287 SLS Load Balancing (AR0929)
TA0272 DP Trunk Enhancements Prop into BCS40i

BCS41i TA0330 FRA Lines Inventory on


TA0288 International FMA support for DMS-100i
SCSI–DDU TA0331 R2 Immediate Billing
TA0289 International FMA support Enhancement
forthe ISM TA0335 T1 (ANIG/DP) to T4 (MFPP4)
TA0295 CIS Toll Call Ringing Interworking
TA0296 CIS Call Waiting TA0336 T1 (MFPP1) to T4 (MFPP4)
TA0308 Implementation of IFPE Tones Interworking
for CIS TA0337 T1 (MFPP2) to T4 (MFPP4)
TA0311 Charging Stop with Clearback Interworking
TA0312 Separate Charge Recording for TA0338 T4 (MFPP4) to T2 (MFPP4)
Hotel Subscribers Interworking
TA0313 ICAMA for Rayon Operator TA0339 T4 (MFPP4) to T2 (DP)
TA0315 T1(ANIG/DP) to T1 (MFPP1, Interworking
MFPP2) Interworking TA0353 EID7 Load Creation
TA0317 Line to T1 (MFS/ANIG/DP) TA0354 CC Support for EID7 Load
Interworking TA0355 Message Handling on EID7
TA0319 Line Signaling Monitor Tool TA0356 Call Machine on EID7
TA0320 R2 Flexible Signaling Mode TA0357 T101 Test Lines for T1 Trunks
TA0325 ILR National/International TA0358 T101 Test Lines for T2 Trunks
Immediate Treatment TA0368 ISUP – PTUP Protocol
TA0326 ILR Flash Enhancement Converter on DMS-100i
TA0327 ILR Option Enhancement TA0386 Calling Number Delivery
TA0328 FRA Node Definition on Implementation for DMS-100i
DMS-100i TA0387 Class Calling Number Delivery
TA0329 FRA Node Maintenance on for DMS-100i
DMS-100i

BCS42i TA0373 Intervention Tone for


TA0347 SLM III Firmware and Software MONPOST, MONLINK,
Support for DMS-100i MONLTA, and TALKLTA
TA0370 Turkish Tones Modification TA0374 Rerouting After
TA0371 Log Generation for Test Calls Announcements
TA0372 MCT Activation for Turkey

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Features listed by BCS 3–15

TA0375 10 New Categories for 39005643 Different 1st digit for 8 digit
Suspended Subscribers workaround
TA0376 Privilege Lowering of Unused 39005646 China BTA OMs
Terminals 39005649 C1/MFC and ETSI ISDN PRI
TA0377 Excessive Metering Detection interworking
TA0378 Terminal Restriction on 39005652 ETSI ISDN BRI and C1/MFC
DMS-100i interworking
TA0379 ISUP–NTLS09 Interworking 39005665 CC software support for EDTU
TA0392 ENET 16–Mbyte Processor on DMS100i
(NT9X13KA) 39005675 PRI trunk billing
TA0543 ETSI ISUP V2 interworkings 39005676 IOM on DMS100i
TA0556 BRI base: IFPE aspects 39005679 MS/LMS clock card NT9X53AD
TA0601 PRI teleservices support 39005683 RCO2 support on DMS100i
TA0602 BRI teleservices support 39005695 ETSI ISUP V2 backward
TA0603 Advice of charge (AOC) on BRI metering for Morocco
TA0610 PRI services: advice of charge 39005862 BRI call waiting supplementary
(AOC) service
TA0614 ISDN BRI call diversion 39005866 CNDB per-call
supplementary service activation/deactivation
TA0615 ETSI BRI call hold 39005869 Support of outgoing trunk AMA
supplementary service billing
39005622 CTUP original called address 39005872 China ISUP and C1
(OCA) interworking
39005628 ETSI PRI – 24-bit CTUP 39005876 CNDBO over C1 trunks
interworking
39005633 ETSI BRI <–> 24-bit CTUP
interworking

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


4–1

Cross-reference
Feature number to feature package and BCS
Note: The BCS number indicates the BCS in which the feature was released. Where a blank
line appears in one of the columns below, refer to the details in the line above the blank. For
example, feature AC0131 is found in the BCS23 release of two packages, NTXB00AA and
NTXB01AA.
Feature Package BCS Feature Package BCS

AC0053 NTX474AA BCS22 AD0943 NTX901AA BCS29


AC0054 NTX474AA BCS22 AD2997 NTX001AA BCS32
NTXH22AA AE0005 NTX483AB BCS21
AC0081 NTX470AA BCS22 AE0025 NTX655AA BCS21
AC0082 NTX499AA BCS22 AE0033 NTX664AA BCS21
AC0083 NTX499AA BCS22 AE0034 NTX650AA BCS20
AC0085 NTX472AB BCS22 AE0055 NTX667AA BCS22
AC0086 NTX499AA BCS22 AE0056 NTX474AA BCS22
AC0109 NTX470AA BCS23 NTXH22AA
AC0130 NTX472AB BCS23 AE0057 NTX668AA BCS22
AC0131 NTXB00AA BCS23 AE0059 NTX496AA BCS22
NTXB01AA AE0108 NTX652AA BCS22
AC0132 NTX669AA BCS23 AE0115 NTX909AA BCS23
AC0133 NTX499AA BCS23 AE0116 NTX910AA BCS23
AC0134 NTX499AA BCS23 AE0139 NTXB69AA BCS24
AC0135 NTX499AA BCS23 AE0140 NTXB69AA BCS24
AC0136 NTX499AA BCS23 AE0142 NTX904AA BCS25
AC0137 NTX472AB BCS24 AE0146 NTX904AA BCS25
AC0184 NTX470AA BCS23 AE0147 NTX657AA BCS24
AC0240 NTXB12AA BCS25 AE0153 NTXB02AA BCS24
AC0252 NTX472AB BCS24 AE0154 NTXB07AA BCS24
AC0256 NTX665AA BCS24 AE0167 NTXB03AA BCS24
NTX666AA AE0169 NTXB04AA BCS24
AC0304 NTX470AA BCS25 AE0171 NTXB69AA BCS24
AC0305 NTX472AB BCS25 AE0172 NTXB69AA BCS24
AC0638 NTX950AA BCS31 AE0173 NTXB69AA BCS24
AC0639 NTX945AA BCS33 AE0178 NTX652AA BCS24
NTX951AA AE0216 NTX653AA BCS24
AC0644 NTX945AA BCS33 AE0239 NTX499AA BCS25

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


4–2 Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS

AE0240 NTX499AA BCS24 AE0972 NTXK71AA BCS35


AE0242 NTX499AA BCS26 AE1013 NTXW03AA BCS34
AE0244 NTX492AA BCS24 AE1056 NTX274AA BCS35
AE0245 NTX492AA BCS25 AE1099 NTXW00AA BCS34
AE0246 NTX472AB BCS24 NTXW01AA
AE0248 NTX499AA BCS24 AE1106 NTXW21AA BCS34
AE0249 NTX499AA BCS25 AE1239 NTXV55AA BCS36
AE0250 NTX483AB BCS25 AE1240 NTXB22AA BCS36
AE0278 NTX482BA BCS24 AE1243 NTXU35AA BCS36
AE0292 NTX474AA BCS24 AE1245 NTX904AA BCS36
NTXH22AA AF0966 NTX901AA BCS29
AE0293 NTXB75AA BCS25 AF1252 NTX244AB BCS28
AE0397 NTXK13AA BCS27 AF1439 NTX901AA BCS31
AE0448 NTXH00AA BCS28 AF1647 NTX270AA BCS28
AE0459 NTX472AB BCS27 AF1725 NTXN80AA BCS32
AE0480 NTX478AA BCS29 AF1747 NTX270AA BCS35
AE0481 NTXB21AA BCS29 AF1749 NTX001AA BCS29
AE0513 NTXH01AA BCS28 AF1756 NTX901AA BCS28
AE0514 NTXB69AA BCS28 AF1780 NTX001AA BCS29
NTXH04AA AF2013 NTX001AA BCS32
AE0515 NTXH02AA BCS28 AF2087 NTX060AB BCS29
AE0523 NTXB21AA BCS29 AF2316 NTXJ44AA BCS30
AE0536 NTXH01AA BCS29 AF2470 NTX001AA BCS31
AE0538 NTX472AB BCS30 AF2531 NTX001AA BCS32
AE0546 NTXH12AA BCS29 AF2532 NTX001AA BCS31
AE0554 NTX470AA BCS29 AF2565 NTX901AA BCS31
AE0567 NTXH03AA BCS28 AF2583 NTX270AA BCS31
NTXH05AA AF2599 NTX901AA BCS31
NTXH06AA AF2668 NTX901AA BCS31
AE0568 NTXH03AA BCS28 AF2705 NTX001AA BCS32
NTXH05AA AF2815 NTX001AA BCS32
NTXH06AA AF2816 NTX001AA BCS32
AE0630 NTXK12AA BCS29 AF2987 NTX270AA BCS32
AE0643 NTX470AA BCS30 AF2988 NTX270AA BCS32
AE0646 NTX470AA BCS30 AF2989 NTX270AA BCS32
AE0652 NTX470AA BCS30 AF3053 NTX270AA BCS34
AE0671 NTXK13AA BCS29 AF3086 NTX270AA BCS33
AE0735 NTXH60AA BCS32 AF3179 NTX270AA BCS33
AE0777 NTX478AA BCS33 AF3200 NTX270AA BCS33
AE0838 NTXH95AA BCS35 AF3234 NTX270AA BCS33
AE0893 NTXB69AA BCS33 AF3271 NTX270AA BCS34
AE0897 NTXH05AA BCS33 AF3658 NTXR42AA BCS34
NTXH06AA AF3684 NTX270AA BCS34
AE0898 NTXH05AA BCS32 AF3685 NTX270AA BCS34
NTXH06AA AF373 2 NTXR34AA BCS34
AE0943 NTX664AA BCS33 AF373 3 NTXR34AA BCS34
AE0945 NTXW00AA BCS34 AF3747 NTX270AA BCS34
AE0946 NTXW01AA BCS34 AF5006 NTX270AA BCS35
AE0956 NTXW02AA BCS34 AF5007 NTX270AA BCS35

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS 4–3

AF5008 NTX270AA BCS35 AG1511 NTXE29AA BCS29


AG0085 NTX472AB BCS23 AG1513 NTXE29AA BCS29
AG0095 NTX482AB BCS22 AG1524 NTX056AA BCS29
AG0636 NTXB13AB BCS25 AG1540 NTX499AA BCS28
AG0649 NTX901AA BCS28 AG1560 NTXE29AA BCS28
AG0707 NTXB10AA BCS26 AG1563 NTXE29AA BCS29
NTXB11AA AG1570 NTXE29AA BCS29
AG0708 NTXB10AA BCS26 AG1818 NTX001AA BCS31
AG0709 NTX487AA BCS30 AG1824 NTX001AA BCS30
AG0710 NTXB14AA BCS26 AG1854 NTX901AA BCS30
AG0711 NTXB10AA BCS26 AG1868 NTX001AA BCS31
AG0712 NTXB13AB BCS25 AG1869 NTX001AA BCS31
AG0713 NTXB13AB BCS25 AG1922 NTX001AA BCS30
AG0714 NTXB13AB BCS25 AG1924 NTX001AA BCS30
AG0715 NTXB13AB BCS25 AG1925 NTX001AA BCS30
AG0716 NTXB13AB BCS25 AG1926 NTX738AC BCS30
AG0717 NTXB08AA BCS25 AG1927 NTX001AA BCS30
AG0718 NTX472AB BCS25 AG1973 NTX901AA BCS30
AG0719 NTX470AA BCS25 AG2108 NTX001AA BCS32
AG0724 NTX001AA BCS28 AG2149 NTX001AA BCS33
AG0827 NTX482CA BCS25 AG2150 NTX001AA BCS33
AG0919 NTX001AA BCS28 AG2255 NTX001AA BCS32
AG0962 NTX499AA BCS27 AG2276 NTX001AA BCS33
AG1004 NTX074AA BCS28 AG2277 NTX001AA BCS33
AG1031 NTX470AA BCS26 AG2323 NTX001AA BCS33
AG1082 NTX001AA BCS29 AG2480 NTX941AA BCS33
AG1214 NTX885AB BCS28 AI0407 NTXH70AA BCS35
AG1217 NTX904AA BCS28 AI0408 NTXH70AA BCS34
AG1218 NTX904AA BCS28 AI0409 NTXH77AA BCS34
AG1220 NTX904AA BCS28 AI0410 NTXH77AA BCS34
AG1230 NTXB13AB BCS27 AI0625 NTX941AA BCS35
AG1231 NTXB84AA BCS27 AI0630 NTX941AA BCS35
AG1233 NTXB13AB BCS27 AJ0159 NTX904AA BCS28
AG1234 NTXB13AB BCS27 AJ0171 NTX470AA BCS28
AG1235 NTXB84AA BCS27 AJ0177 NTXH13AA BCS29
AG1236 NTXB84AA BCS27 AJ0178 NTXB13AB BCS28
AG1237 NTXB84AA BCS27 AJ0179 NTXH71AA BCS28
AG1291 NTXB17AA BCS27 AJ0180 NTXB13AB BCS28
AG1294 NTXB83AA BCS27 AJ0181 NTXH16AA BCS31
AG1318 NTX901AA BCS28 AJ0182 NTXB13AB BCS28
AG1337 NTX945AA BCS35 AJ0183 NTX470AA BCS28
AG1385 NTX942AA BCS28 AJ0187 NTX470AA BCS28
AG1466 NTX474AA BCS29 AJ0190 NTXJ35AA BCS28
AG1474 NTX001AA BCS28 AJ0191 NTX001AA BCS28
AG1476 NTX474AA BCS28 AJ0192 NTXA66AA BCS28
AG1477 NTX474AA BCS28 AJ0194 NTX001AA BCS28
AG1478 NTX474AA BCS28 AJ0205 NTX904AA BCS28
AG1479 NTX474AA BCS28 NTXH05AA
AG1506 NTXE29AA BCS29 NTXH06AA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


4–4 Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS

AJ0338 NTX270AA BCS28 AJ1256 NTXB84AA BCS32


AJ0472 NTXJ35AA BCS29 AJ1257 NTXB05AA BCS36
AJ0473 NTX885AB BCS29 AJ1265 NTXH58AA BCS32
AJ0474 NTXA66AA BCS29 AJ1423 NTXH80AA BCS33
AJ0498 NTXB11AA BCS29 AJ1432 NTX499AA BCS33
AJ0563 NTX499AA BCS29 AJ1445 NTXB84AA BCS33
AJ0570 NTX474AA BCS29 AJ1446 NTXB84AA BCS33
AJ0571 NTX474AA BCS29 AJ1496 NTX482CA BCS32
AJ0572 NTXB13AB BCS29 AJ1541 NTX472AB BCS33
AJ0573 NTX474AA BCS29 AJ1791 NTXK73AA BCS34
AJ0578 NTXH07AA BCS29 AJ1872 NTXK70AA BCS34
AJ0580 NTX470AA BCS29 AJ1957 NTX001AA BCS34
AJ0581 NTXH23AA BCS32 AJ1959 NTX001AA BCS34
AJ0729 NTX001AA BCS29 AJ2411 NTX904AA BCS35
AJ0746 NTX470AA BCS30 AJ2931 NTX474AA BCS36
AJ0782 NTXB10AA BCS30 AL0054 NTX472AB BCS21
AJ0796 NTXB10AA BCS34 AL0218 NTX474AA BCS22
AJ0801 NTXB13AB BCS31 AL0479 NTX001AA BCS28
AJ0802 NTXB13AB BCS31 AL0573 NTXE01AA BCS31
AJ0803 NTXB13AB BCS30 AL0787 NTX950AA BCS29
AJ0804 NTXB13AB BCS30 AL0790 NTX950AA BCS29
AJ0817 NTX472AB BCS30 AL0797 NTX941AA BCS28
AJ0818 NTX472AB BCS30 AL0803 NTX941AA BCS31
AJ0819 NTXB10AA BCS30 AL0856 NTXE01AA BCS27
AJ0821 NTX470AA BCS29 AL0857 NTXE01AA BCS28
AJ0832 NTXH17AA BCS30 AL0914 NTX001AA BCS28
AJ0837 NTX470AA BCS31 AL0934 NTXF15AA BCS29
AJ0851 NTXH23AA BCS33 AL0944 NTX054AA BCS30
AJ0866 NTX474AA BCS30 AL0957 NTXE01AA BCS30
AJ0964 NTX270AA BCS30 AL0958 NTXE01AA BCS29
AJ0965 NTX270AA BCS30 AL0959 NTXE01AA BCS30
AJ1024 NTXB13AB BCS31 AL0960 NTXE01AA BCS27
AJ1025 NTXB84AA BCS31 AL1052 NTX001AA BCS28
AJ1026 NTXH54AA BCS31 AL1053 NTX941AA BCS29
AJ1027 NTX470AA BCS31 AL1054 NTX941AA BCS28
AJ1028 NTX904AA BCS32 AL1055 NTX941AA BCS28
AJ1031 NTX483AB BCS31 AL1060 NTX942AA BCS29
AJ1038 NTX270AA BCS31 AL1109 NTX940AA BCS31
AJ1039 NTX270AA BCS31 AL1149 NTX001AA BCS29
AJ1088 NTX270AA BCS31 AL1166 NTX942AA BCS29
NTX470AA AL1174 NTXE54AA BCS29
AJ1124 NTXB69AA BCS31 AL1182 NTX941AA BCS29
NTXH79AA AL1183 NTX941AA BCS29
NTXH80AA AL1186 NTX951AA BCS30
AJ1126 NTX470AA BCS31 AL1192 NTX941AA BCS29
AJ1129 NTX470AA BCS31 AL1193 NTX941AA BCS33
AJ1223 NTX470AA BCS33 AL1197 NTX941AA BCS28
AJ1224 NTX901AA BCS33 AL1199 NTX951AA BCS31
AJ1255 NTXH54AA BCS32 AL1200 NTX941AA BCS31

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS 4–5

AL1201 NTX941AA BCS29 AL1790 NTX942AB BCS34


AL1230 NTXE01AA BCS31 AL1826 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1247 NTXF20AA BCS30 AL1884 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1271 NTXF20AA BCS30 AL1885 NTX074AA BCS32
AL1274 NTX000AA BCS29 AL1895 NTXF20AA BCS32
AL1276 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL1923 NTX940AA BCS32
AL1277 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL1929 NTXH70AA BCS35
AL1278 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL1968 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1279 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2021 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1280 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2030 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1281 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2037 NTX000AA BCS34
AL1298 NTX942AA BCS29 AL2038 NTXE01AA BCS33
AL1453 NTXN83AA BCS34 AL2042 NTX940AA BCS33
AL1455 NTXQ52AA BCS34 AL2044 NTX000AA BCS35
AL1456 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2055 NTXP10AA BCS34
NTX951AA AL2107 NTXE01AA BCS33
AL1457 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2110 NTX000AA BCS34
AL1460 NTX270AA BCS31 AL2130 NTXF71AB BCS34
AL1476 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2162 NTXE01AA BCS33
AL1477 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2236 NTXR46AA BCS33
AL1478 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2260 NTXE01AA BCS33
AL1479 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2319 NTX001AA BCS34
AL1480 NTX941AA BCS33 AL2328 NTX940AA BCS34
AL1482 NTX945AA BCS33 AL2331 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1498 NTXN19AA BCS30 AL2334 NTXF20AA BCS36
AL1518 NTX001AA BCS31 AL2416 NTX270AA BCS34
AL1541 NTX901AA BCS30 AL2417 NTX001AA BCS34
AL1566 NTX885AB BCS30 AL2457 NTXK72AA BCS35
AL1570 NTX941AA BCS33 AL2528 NTXB14AA BCS34
AL1608 NTX901AA BCS30 AL2529 NTXB10AA BCS34
AL1655 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2530 NTXB22AA BCS34
AL1656 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2539 NTX750AC BCS34
AL1657 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2540 NTXR34AA BCS34
AL1658 NTXF71AB BCS34 AL2542 NTX750AC BCS34
AL1659 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2549 NTXB22AA BCS35
AL1660 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2632 NTXV16AA BCS35
AL1663 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2720 NTXB22AA BCS35
AL1664 NTXF71AB BCS33 AL2721 NTXV13AA BCS35
AL1674 NTX750AC BCS35 AL2722 NTXV13AA BCS35
AL1681 NTX941AA BCS33 AL2726 NTX750AC BCS35
AL1718 NTX940AA BCS33 AN0100 NTX001AA BCS34
AL1719 NTX738AC BCS32 AN0336 NTX270AA BCS35
AL1740 NTXF71AB BCS33 AN0337 NTX270AA BCS35
AL1753 NTX941AA BCS32 AQ0717 NTX945AA BCS33
AL1759 NTX941AA BCS32 AQ0718 NTX945AA BCS33
AL1779 NTX945AA BCS33 AQ0721 NTX941AA BCS33
AL1780 NTX945AA BCS33 AQ0741 NTX941AA BCS34
AL1781 NTX945AA BCS33 AQ0777 NTX048AA BCS34
AL1782 NTX941AA BCS33 AQ0788 NTX750AC BCS34

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


4–6 Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS

AQ0789 NXT750AC BCS34 BC0963 NTX472AB BCS18


AQ0834 NTX941AA BCS35 BC1058 NTX474AA BCS18
AQ0835 NTX951AA BCS34 BC1060 NTX470AA BCS14
AQ0840 NTX945AA BCS34 NTX471AA
AQ0841 NTX001AA BCS34 BC1076 NTX478AA BCS17
AQ0854 NTX941AA BCS34 BC1185 NTX470AA BCS17
NTX945AA BC1186 NTX480AA BCS17
AQ0857 NTXP44AA BCS34 BC1187 NTX477AA BCS17
AQ0858 NTX951AA BCS34 BC1188 NTX476AA BCS17
AQ0859 NTX941AA BCS35 BC1189 NTX486AA BCS17
AQ0882 NTX750AC BCS34 BC1190 NTX470AA BCS17
AQ0884 NTX750AC BCS34 BC1191 NTX483AB BCS17
AQ0984 NTXS72AA BCS36 BC1192 NTX475AA BCS17
AQ1030 NTXF20AA BCS36 BC1193 NTX475AA BCS17
AQ1031 NTXF20AA BCS36 BC1211 NTX470AA BCS17
AQ1070 NTXF20AA BCS36 BC1259 NTX980AA BCS19
AR0005 NTXE01AA BCS34 BC1301 NTX470AA BCS17
AR0010 NTXR72AA BCS36 NTX485AA
AR0079 NTX944AA BCS34 BC1337 NTX482AB BCS19
AR0081 NTX944AA BCS34 BC1338 NTX470AA BCS17
AR0086 NTX270AA BCS34 BC1339 NTX481AA BCS17
AR0105 NTXP72AA BCS34 BC1340 NTX478AA BCS17
AR0106 NTXP72AA BCS34 BC1449 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0114 NTX167AB BCS34 BC1450 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0117 NTXR72AA BCS34 BC1496 NTX484AA BCS18
AR0118 NTXR72AA BCS34 BC1498 NTX488AA BCS19
AR0124 NTXF71AB BCS34 BC1499 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0125 NTXF71AB BCS36 BC1500 NTX472AB BCS19
AR0127 NTX074AA BCS34 BC1504 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0128 NTXF71AB BCS34 BC1520 NTX489AA BCS18
AR0129 NTXF71AB BCS34 BC1730 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0141 NTXE01AA BCS34 BC1732 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0160 NTX940AA BCS34 BC1758 NTX474AA BCS19
AR0186 NTXE01AA BCS35 BC1760 NTX474AA BCS19
AR0211 NTX941AA BCS35 BC1766 NTX479AA BCS19
AR0225 NTX001AA BCS35 BC1784 NTX472AB BCS18
AR0478 NTXN83AA BCS36 BC1793 NTX472AB BCS19
AR0491 NTX901AA BCS36 BC1796 NTX472AB BCS19
AR0907 NTXR72AA BCS38 BC1825 NTX488AA BCS19
AR0908 NTXR72AA BCS38 BC1826 NTXF70AA BCS23
AR0909 NTXR72AA BCS38 BC1827 NTXF70AA BCS23
AR0910 NTXR72AA BCS38 BC1905 NTX474AA BCS19
BC0158 NTX980AA BCS08 BC1909 NTXF70AA BCS23
BC0490 NTX980AA BCS10 BC1914 NTX470AA BCS20
BC0495 NTX980AA BCS09 BC1920 NTX470AA BCS19
BC0693 NTX980AA BCS12 BC1927 NTX470AA BCS20
BC0829 NTX472AB BCS18 NTX485AA
BC0858 NTX980AA BCS13 BC1932 NTXF70AA BCS23
BC0962 NTX470AA BCS07 BC2003 NTXF70AA BCS23

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS 4–7

BC2049 NTX493AA BCS20 BF0711 NTX474AA BCS19


BC2050 NTX494AA BCS20 BF0780 NTX474AA BCS19
BC2053 NTX499AA BCS21 BF0801 NTX472AB BCS19
BC2059 NTX496AA BCS20 BF0805 NTX470AA BCS19
BC2060 NTX664AA BCS20 NTX485AA
BC2074 NTX494AA BCS21 BF0867 NTX495AA BCS21
BC2076 NTX483AB BCS21 BF0869 NTX656AA BCS21
BC2077 NTX499AA BCS21 BF0870 NTX496AA BCS21
BC2078 NTX483AB BCS21 BF0874 NTX470AA BCS20
BC2079 NTX472AB BCS20 BF0881 NTX495AA BCS21
BC2080 NTX665AA BCS22 BF0915 NTX470AA BCS20
NTX666AA NTX485AA
BC2081 NTX662AA BCS21 BF0917 NTX470AA BCS20
BC2260 NTX499AA BCS22 BF0971 NTX470AA BCS22
BC2261 NTX499AA BCS22 BF0976 NTX494AA BCS20
BC2285 NTX470AA BCS20 BF0978 NTX478AA BCS20
BC2286 NTX660AA BCS21 BR0043 NTX472AB BCS02
BC2324 NTX472AB BCS20 BR0176 NTX980AA BCS05
BF0375 NTX470AA BCS17 BR0200 NTX980AA BCS05
NTX471AA BR0201 NTX980AA BCS05
BF0376 NTX470AA BCS17 BR0223 NTX980AA BCS05
NTX471AA BR0750 NTX472AB BCS21
BF0379 NTX470AA BCS17 BV0041 NTX980AA BCS01
NTX471AA BV0061 NTX472AB BCS04
BF0392 NTX478AA BCS17 BV0062 NTX472AB BCS04
BF0393 NTX470AA BCS17 BV0063 NTX472AB BCS04
BF0394 NTX470AA BCS17 BV1136 NTX488AA BCS13
BF0395 NTX470AA BCS17 BV1207 NTX474AA BCS30
BF0396 NTX479AA BCS17 BV1208 NTX474AA BCS18
BF0398 NTX470AA BCS17 BV1211 NTX470AA BCS17
BF0399 NTX470AA BCS17 BV1212 NTX470AA BCS17
NTX485AA BV1277 NTX474AA BCS18
BF0430 NTX478AA BCS17 NTXH22AA
BF0432 NTX478AA BCS17 BV1987 NTX495AA BCS21
BF0433 NTX478AA BCS17 BV1988 NTX495AA BCS21
BF0434 NTX479AA BCS17 BV1989 NTX496AA BCS20
BF0436 NTX470AA BCS17 NC0020 NTX901AA BCS33
BF0437 NTX470AA BCS17 NC0033 NTX270AA BCS34
BF0474 NTX470AA BCS17 NC0086 NTX001AA BCS31
BF0560 NTX470AA BCS17 NC0102 NTX066AB BCS32
BF0564 NTX477AA BCS17 NC0105 NTX270AA BCS34
BF0565 NTX476AA BCS17 NC0108 NTX270AA BCS35
BF0567 NTX486AA BCS17 NC0130 NTX001AA BCS32
BF0674 NTX487AA BCS20 NC0196 NTX001AA BCS33
BF0675 NTX472AB BCS19 NC0313 NTX901AA BCS34
BF0677 NTX474AA BCS19 NC0322 NTX270AA BCS33
BF0679 NTX481AA BCS18 NC0495 NTX901AA BCS35
BF0680 NTX489AA BCS18 TA0124 NTXH18AA BCS37
BF0684 NTX482AB BCS19 TA0125 NTXH18AA BCS37

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


4–8 Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS

TA0126 NTXH18AA BCS37 TA0207 NER500AA BCS39


TA0128 NTX472AB BCS37 TA0213 NER500AA BCS39
TA0129 NER500AA BCS37 TA0214 NER500AA BCS39
TA0130 NER500AA BCS37 TA0215 NER500AA BCS39
TA0131 NER500AA BCS37 TA0216 NTXW23AA BCS39
TA0132 NTXH18AA BCS37 TA0222 NTXH18AA BCS39
TA0133 NTXK79AD BCS37 TA0223 NTXH18AA BCS39
TA0134 NTXK79AD BCS37 TA0224 NTXH18AA BCS39
TA0135 NER500AA BCS37 TA0225 NTXH19AA BCS39
TA0136 NER500AA BCS37 TA0226 NTXH19AA BCS39
TA0137 NER500AA BCS37 TA0227 NTXU44AA BCS39
TA0138 NTX487AB BCS37 TA0228 NTXB83AA BCS39
TA0139 NTX487AB BCS37 TA0229 NTX499AA BCS39
TA0140 NTXU35AA BCS37 TA0230 NTXU49AA BCS39
TA0141 NTXU35AA BCS37 TA0233 NTXU45AA BCS39
TA0158 NTXH19AA BCS37 TA0234 NTXU51AA BCS39
NTXU44AA TA0240 NTX653AA BCS39
TA0159 NTXU44AA BCS37 TA0241 NER500AA BCS39
TA0162 NTXH18AA BCS38 TA0242 NER500AA BCS40
TA0163 NTX470AA BCS38 TA0254 NER500AA BCS40
NTXK72AA TA0255 NER500AA BCS40
TA0165 NTX470AA BCS38 TA0257 NER500AA BCS40
NTX904AA TA0259 NER500AA BCS40
TA0166 NTX470AA BCS38 TA0262 NER500AA BCS40
TA0167 NTX044AA BCS38 TA0263 NER500AA BCS40
TA0168 NTX487AB BCS38 TA0272 None BCS40
TA0169 NTXU45AA BCS38 TA0273 NTX270AA BCS40
TA0170 NTXU45AA BCS38 TA0274 NTXU55AA BCS40
TA0171 NTXU45AA BCS38 TA0279 NTX484AA BCS40
TA0172 NTXU45AA BCS38 TA0280 NTXH18AA BCS40
TA0174 NTXK79AA BCS38 TA0281 NTXH18AA BCS40
NTXR34AB TA0285 NTXU60AA BCS40
NTXR42AA TA0286 NER500AA BCS40
TA0175 NTXU35AA BCS38 TA0287 NTXR72AA BCS40
TA0176 NER500AA BCS38 TA0288 NTX074AA BCS41
TA0177 NTXU35AA BCS38 TA0289 NTX901AA BCS41
TA0178 NTX492AA BCS38 TA0295 NER500AA BCS41
TA0179 NTX492AA BCS38 TA0296 NER500AA BCS41
TA0180 NTX492AA BCS38 TA0308 NER500AA BCS41
TA0182 NTXH19AA BCS38 TA0311 NER500AA BCS41
TA0183 NTXH18AA BCS38 TA0312 NER500AA BCS41
TA0193 NTXH18AA BCS38 TA0313 NER500AA BCS41
TA0194 NTX167AB BCS38 TA0315 NER500AA BCS41
TA0195 NTX270AA BCS38 TA0317 NER500AA BCS41
NTXK79AD TA0319 NTXU62AA BCS41
TA0196 NTX270AA BCS38 TA0320 NTX904AA BCS41
NTXK79AD TA0325 NTX499AA BCS41
TA0201 NTX904AA BCS38 TA0326 NTX499AA BCS41
TA0203 NER500AA BCS40 TA0327 NTX499AA BCS41

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature number to feature package and BCS 4–9

TA0328 NTXU64AA BCS41 TA0438 NER501AA BCS43


TA0329 NTXU64AA BCS41 TA0439 NER501AA BCS43
TA0330 NTXU64AA BCS41 TA0440 NER500AA BCS43
TA0331 NTX904AA BCS41 TA0441 NER500AA BCS43
TA0335 NER500AA BCS41 TA0442 NER500AA BCS43
TA0336 NER500AA BCS41 TA0445 NER500AA BCS43
TA0337 NER500AA BCS41 TA0465 NTXU70AA BCS43
TA0338 NER500AA BCS41 TA0466 NTXU71AA BCS43
TA0339 NER500AA BCS41 TA0467 NTXU66AA BCS43
TA0347 NTX001AA BCS42 TA0468 NTXU66AA BCS43
TA0353 None BCS41 TA0469 NTXU66AA BCS43
TA0354 None BCS41 TA0470 NTXU66AA BCS43
TA0355 None BCS41 TA0471 NTXU67AA BCS43
TA0356 None BCS41 TA0474 NTXU68AA BCS43
TA0357 NER500AA BCS41 TA0543 NTXU45AA BCS44.1
TA0358 NER500AA BCS41 TA0556 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0368 None BCS41 TA0601 NTXU69AA BCS44.1
TA0370 NET110AA BCS42 TA0602 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0371 NTXU65AA BCS42 TA0603 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0372 NTXU65AA BCS42 TA0610 NTXU72AA BCS44.1
TA0373 NTXU65AA BCS42 TA0614 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0374 NTXU65AA BCS42 TA0615 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0375 NTXU65AA BCS42 39005622 NTX657AA BCS44.1
TA0376 NTXU65AA BCS42 39005628 NTXU69AA BCS44.1
TA0377 NTXU65AA BCS42 39005633 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0378 NTXU65AA BCS42 39005643 NTXU69AA BCS44.1
TA0379 NTXU45AA BCS42 39005646 NTX470AA BCS44.1
TA0386 NTXU63AA BCS41 39005649 NTXU69AA BCS44.1
TA0387 NTXU63AA BCS41 39005652 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0392 NTXE01AA BCS42 39005665 NTX136AA BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005675 NTX474AA BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005676 NTXZ19AA BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005676 NTXZ19AA BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005679 NTX00AA BCS44.1
TA0437 NER501AA BCS43 39005683 NTXZ20AA BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005695 NTXU90AA BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005862 NTXU81AA BCS44.1
TA0437 NER501AA BCS43 39005866 NTXU5866 BCS44.1
TA0436 NER501AA BCS43 39005869 NTXU69AA BCS44.1
TA0437 NER501AA BCS43 39005872 NTXU63AA BCS44.1
TA0437 NER501AA BCS43 39005876 None BCS44.1

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


5–1

Cross-reference
Feature package to feature number and BCS
Note: The BCS number indicates the BCS in which the feature was released.
Package Feature BCS Package Feature BCS

NER500AA TA0129 BCS37 TA0339 BCS41


TA0130 BCS37 TA0357 BCS41
TA0131 BCS37 TA0358 BCS41
TA0135 BCS37 TA0440 BCS43
TA0136 BCS37 TA0441 BCS43
TA0137 BCS37 TA0442 BCS43
TA0176 BCS38 TA0443 BCS43
TA0203 BCS40 TA0445 BCS43
TA0207 BCS39 NER501AA TA0436 BCS43
TA0213 BCS39 TA0437 BCS43
TA0214 BCS39 TA0438 BCS43
TA0215 BCS39 TA0439 BCS43
TA0241 BCS39 NET110AA TA0370 BCS42I
TA0242 BCS40 NTX000AA AL1274 BCS29
TA0254 BCS40 AL2037 BCS34
TA0255 BCS40 AL2044 BCS35
TA0257 BCS40 AL2110 BCS34
TA0259 BCS40 NTX001AA AD2997 BCS32
TA0262 BCS40 AF1749 BCS29
TA0263 BCS40 AF1780 BCS29
TA0286 BCS40 AF2013 BCS32
TA0295 BCS41 AF2470 BCS31
TA0296 BCS41 AF2531 BCS32
TA0308 BCS41 AF2532 BCS31
TA0311 BCS41 AF2705 BCS32
TA0312 BCS41 AF2815 BCS32
TA0313 BCS41 AF2816 BCS32
TA0315 BCS41 AG0724 BCS28
TA0317 BCS41 AG0919 BCS28
TA0335 BCS41 AG1082 BCS29
TA0336 BCS41 AG1474 BCS28
TA0337 BCS41 AG1818 BCS31
TA0338 BCS41 AG1824 BCS30

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


5–2 Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS

AG1868 BCS31 AF2583 BCS31


AG1869 BCS31 AF2987 BCS32
AG1922 BCS30 AF2988 BCS32
AG1924 BCS30 AF2989 BCS32
AG1925 BCS30 AF3053 BCS34
AG1927 BCS30 AF3086 BCS33
AG2108 BCS32 AF3179 BCS33
AG2149 BCS33 AF3200 BCS33
AG2150 BCS33 AF3234 BCS33
AG2255 BCS32 AF3271 BCS34
AG2276 BCS33 AF3684 BCS34
AG2277 BCS33 AF3685 BCS34
AG2323 BCS33 AF3747 BCS34
AJ0191 BCS28 AF5006 BCS35
AJ0194 BCS28 AF5007 BCS35
AJ0729 BCS29 AF5008 BCS35
AJ1957 BCS34 AJ0338 BCS28
AJ1959 BCS34 AJ0964 BCS30
AL0479 BCS28 AJ0965 BCS30
AL0914 BCS28 AJ1038 BCS31
AL1052 BCS28 AJ1039 BCS31
AL1149 BCS29 AJ1088 BCS31
AL1518 BCS31 AL1460 BCS31
AL2319 BCS34 AL2416 BCS34
AL2417 BCS34 AN0336 BCS35
AN0100 BCS34 AN0337 BCS35
AQ0841 BCS34 AR0086 BCS34
AR0225 BCS35 NC0033 BCS34
NC0086 BCS31 NC0105 BCS34
NC0130 BCS32 NC0108 BCS35
NC0196 BCS33 NC0322 BCS33
39005679 BCS44.1 TA0195 BCS38
TA0347 BCS42I TA0196 BCS38
NTX044AA TA0167 BCS38 TA0273 BCS40
NTX048AA AQ0777 BCS34 NTX274AA AE1056 BCS35
NTX054AA AL0944 BCS30 NTX470AA AC0081 BCS22
NTX056AA AG1524 BCS29 AC0109 BCS23
NTX060AB AF2087 BCS29 AC0184 BCS23
NTX066AB NC0102 BCS32 AC0304 BCS25
NTX074AA AG1004 BCS28 AE0554 BCS29
AL1885 BCS32 AE0643 BCS30
AR0127 BCS34 AE0646 BCS30
TA0288 BCS41 AE0652 BCS30
NTX136 39005665 BCS44.1 AG0719 BCS25
NTX167AB AR0114 BCS34 AG1031 BCS26
TA0194 BCS38 AJ0171 BCS28
NTX244AB AF1252 BCS28 AJ0183 BCS28
NTX270AA AF1647 BCS28 AJ0187 BCS28
AF1747 BCS35 AJ0580 BCS29

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS 5–3

AJ0746 BCS30 AC0252 BCS24


AJ0821 BCS29 AC0305 BCS25
AJ0837 BCS31 AE0246 BCS24
AJ1027 BCS31 AE0459 BCS27
AJ1088 BCS31 AE0538 BCS30
AJ1126 BCS31 AG0085 BCS23
AJ1129 BCS31 AG0718 BCS25
AJ1223 BCS33 AJ0817 BCS30
BC0962 BCS07 AJ0818 BCS30
BC1060 BCS14 AJ1541 BCS33
BC1185 BCS17 AL0054 BCS21
BC1190 BCS17 BC0829 BCS18
BC1211 BCS17 BC0963 BCS18
BC1301 BCS17 BC1449 BCS18
BC1338 BCS17 BC1450 BCS18
BC1914 BCS20 BC1499 BCS18
BC1920 BCS19 BC1500 BCS19
BC1927 BCS20 BC1504 BCS18
BC2285 BCS20 BC1730 BCS18
BF0375 BCS17 BC1732 BCS18
BF0376 BCS17 BC1784 BCS18
BF0379 BCS17 BC1793 BCS19
BF0393 BCS17 BC1796 BCS19
BF0394 BCS17 BC2079 BCS20
BF0395 BCS17 BC2324 BCS20
BF0398 BCS17 BF0675 BCS19
BF0399 BCS17 BF0801 BCS19
BF0436 BCS17 BR0043 BCS02
BF0437 BCS17 BR0750 BCS21
BF0474 BCS17 BV0061 BCS04
BF0560 BCS17 BV0062 BCS04
BF0805 BCS19 BV0063 BCS04
BF0874 BCS20 TA0128 BCS37
BF0915 BCS20 NTX474AA AC0053 BCS22
BF0917 BCS20 AC0054 BCS22
BF0971 BCS22 AE0056 BCS22
BV1211 BCS17 AE0292 BCS24
BV1212 BCS17 AG1466 BCS29
TA0163 BCS38 AG1476 BCS28
TA0165 BCS38 AG1477 BCS28
TA0166 BCS38 AG1478 BCS28
39005646 BCS44.1 AG1479 BCS28
NTX471AA BC1060 BCS14 AJ0570 BCS29
BF0375 BCS17 AJ0571 BCS29
BF0376 BCS17 AJ0573 BCS29
BF0379 BCS17 AJ0866 BCS30
NTX472AB AC0085 BCS22 AJ2931 BCS36
AC0130 BCS23 AL0218 BCS22
AC0137 BCS24 BC1058 BCS18

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


5–4 Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS

BC1758 BCS19 BF0915 BCS20


BC1760 BCS19 NTX486AA BC1189 BCS17
BC1905 BCS19 BF0567 BCS17
BF0677 BCS19 NTX487AA AG0709 BCS30
BF0711 BCS19 BF0674 BCS20
BF0780 BCS19 TA0168 BCS38
BV1207 BCS30 NTX487AB TA0139 BCS37
BV1208 BCS18 NTX488AA BC1498 BCS19
BV1277 BCS18 BC1825 BCS19
39005675 BCS44.1 BV1136 BCS13
NTX475AA BC1192 BCS17 NTX489AA BC1520 BCS18
BC1193 BCS17 BF0680 BCS18
NTX476AA BC1188 BCS17 NTX492AA AE0244 BCS24
BF0565 BCS17 AE0245 BCS25
NTX477AA BC1187 BCS17 TA0178 BCS38
BF0564 BCS17 TA0179 BCS38
NTX478AA AE0480 BCS29 TA0180 BCS38
AE0777 BCS33 NTX493AA BC2049 BCS20
BC1076 BCS17 NTX494AA BC2050 BCS20
BC1340 BCS17 BC2074 BCS21
BF0392 BCS17 BF0976 BCS20
BF0430 BCS17 NTX495AA BF0867 BCS21
BF0432 BCS17 BF0881 BCS21
BF0433 BCS17 BV1987 BCS21
BF0978 BCS20 BV1988 BCS21
NTX479AA BC1766 BCS19 NTX496AA AE0059 BCS22
BF0396 BCS17 BC2059 BCS20
BF0434 BCS17 BF0870 BCS21
NTX480AA BC1186 BCS17 BV1989 BCS20
NTX481AA BC1339 BCS17 NTX499AA AC0082 BCS22
BF0679 BCS18 AC0083 BCS22
NTX482AB AG0095 BCS22 AC0086 BCS22
BC1337 BCS19 AC0133 BCS23
BF0684 BCS19 AC0134 BCS23
NTX482BA AE0278 BCS24 AC0135 BCS23
NTX482CA AG0827 BCS25 AC0136 BCS23
AJ1496 BCS32 AE0239 BCS25
NTX483AB AE0005 BCS21 AE0240 BCS24
AE0250 BCS25 AE0242 BCS26
AJ1031 BCS31 AE0248 BCS24
BC1191 BCS17 AE0249 BCS25
BC2076 BCS21 AG0962 BCS27
BC2078 BCS21 AG1540 BCS28
NTX484AA BC1496 BCS18 AJ0563 BCS29
TA0279 BCS40 AJ1432 BCS33
NTX485AA BC1301 BCS17 BC2053 BCS21
BC1927 BCS20 BC2077 BCS21
BF0399 BCS17 BC2260 BCS22
BF0805 BCS19 BC2261 BCS22

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS 5–5

TA0325 BCS41 AG1854 BCS30


TA0326 BCS41 AG1973 BCS30
TA0327 BCS41 AJ1224 BCS33
TA0229 BCS39 AL1541 BCS30
NTX650AA AE0034 BCS20 AL1608 BCS30
NTX652AA AE0108 BCS22 AR0491 BCS36
AE0178 BCS24 NC0020 BCS33
NTX653AA AE0216 BCS24 NC0313 BCS34
TA0240 BCS39 NC0495 BCS35
NTX655AA AE0025 BCS21 TA0289 BCS41
NTX656AA BF0869 BCS21 NTX904AA AE0142 BCS25
NTX657AA AE0147 BCS24 AE0146 BCS25
39005622 BCS44.1 AE1245 BCS36
NTX660AA BC2286 BCS21 AG1217 BCS28
NTX662AA BC2081 BCS21 AG1218 BCS28
NTX664AA AE0033 BCS21 AG1220 BCS28
AE0943 BCS33 AJ0159 BCS28
BC2060 BCS20 AJ0205 BCS28
NTX665AA AC0256 BCS24 AJ1028 BCS32
BC2080 BCS22 AJ2411 BCS35
NTX666AA AC0256 BCS24 TA0165 BCS38
BC2080 BCS22 TA0201 BCS38
NTX667AA AE0055 BCS22 TA0320 BCS41
NTX668AA AE0057 BCS22 TA0331 BCS41
NTX669AA AC0132 BCS23 NTX909AA AE0115 BCS23
NTX738AC AG1926 BCS30 NTX910AA AE0116 BCS23
AL1719 BCS32 NTX940AA AL1109 BCS31
NTX750AC AL1718 BCS33
AL1674 BCS34 AL1923 BCS32
AL2539 BCS34 AL2042 BCS33
AL2543 BCS34 AL2328 BCS34
AL2726 BCS35 AR0160 BCS34
AQ0788 BCS34 NTX941AA AG2480 BCS33
AQ0789 BCS34 AI0625 BCS35
AQ0882 BCS34 AI0630 BCS35
AQ0884 BCS34 AL0797 BCS28
AL0803 BCS31
NTX885AB AG1214 BCS28 AL1053 BCS29
AJ0473 BCS29 AL1054 BCS28
AL1566 BCS30 AL1055 BCS28
NTX901AA AD0943 BCS29 AL1182 BCS29
AF0966 BCS29 AL1183 BCS29
AF1439 BCS31 AL1192 BCS29
AF1756 BCS28 AL1193 BCS33
AF2565 BCS31 AL1197 BCS28
AF2599 BCS31 AL1200 BCS31
AF2668 BCS31 AL1201 BCS29
AG0649 BCS28 AL1480 BCS33
AG1318 BCS28 AL1570 BCS33

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


5–6 Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS

AL1681 BCS33 NTX980AA BC0158 BCS08


AL1753 BCS32 BC0490 BCS10
AL1759 BCS32 BC0495 BCS19
AL1782 BCS33 BC0693 BCS12
AL1826 BCS33 BC0858 BCS13
AL1884 BCS33 BC1259 BCS19
AL1968 BCS33 BR0176 BCS05
AL2021 BCS33 BR0200 BCS05
AL2030 BCS33 BR0201 BCS05
AL2331 BCS33 BR0223 BCS05
AQ0721 BCS33 BV0041 BCS01
AQ0741 BCS34 NTXA66AA AJ0474 BCS29
AQ0834 BCS35 NTXB00AA AC0131 BCS23
AQ0854 BCS34 NTXB01AA AC0131 BCS23
AQ0859 BCS35 NTXB02AA AE0153 BCS24
AR0211 BCS35 NTXB03AA AE0167 BCS24
NTX942AA AG1385 BCS28 NTXB04AA AE0169 BCS24
AL1060 BCS29 NTXB05AA AJ1257 BCS36
AL1166 BCS29 NTXB07AA AE0154 BCS24
AL1298 BCS29 NTXB08AA AG0717 BCS25
NTX942AB AL1790 BCS34 NTXB10AA AG0707 BCS26
NTX944AA AR0079 BCS34 AG0708 BCS26
AR0081 BCS34 AG0711 BCS26
NTX945AA AC0639 BCS33 AJ0782 BCS30
AC0644 BCS33 AJ0796 BCS34
AG1337 BCS35 AJ0819 BCS30
AL1456 BCS33 AL2529 BCS34
AL1457 BCS33 NTXB11AA AG0707 BCS26
AL1476 BCS33 AJ0498 BCS29
AL1477 BCS33 NTXB12AA AC0240 BCS25
AL1478 BCS33 NTXB13AB AG0636 BCS25
AL1479 BCS33 AG0712 BCS25
AL1482 BCS33 AG0713 BCS25
AL1779 BCS33 AG0714 BCS25
AL1780 BCS33 AG0715 BCS25
AL1781 BCS33 AG0716 BCS25
AQ0717 BCS33 AG1230 BCS27
AQ0718 BCS33 AG1233 BCS27
AQ0840 BCS34 AG1234 BCS27
AQ0854 BCS34 AJ0178 BCS28
NTX950AA AC0638 BCS31 AJ0180 BCS28
AL0787 BCS29 AJ0182 BCS28
AL0790 BCS29 AJ0572 BCS29
NTX951AA AC0639 BCS33 AJ0801 BCS31
AL1186 BCS30 AJ0802 BCS31
AL1199 BCS31 AJ0803 BCS30
AL1456 BCS33 AJ0804 BCS30
AQ0835 BCS34 AJ1024 BCS31
AQ0858 BCS34 NTXB14AA AG0710 BCS26

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS 5–7

AL2528 BCS34 NTXE54AA AL1174 BCS29


NTXB17AA AG1291 BCS27 NTXF15AA AL0934 BCS29
NTXB21AA AE0481 BCS29 NTXF20AA AL1247 BCS30
AE0523 BCS29 AL1271 BCS30
NTXB22AA AE1240 BCS36 AL1895 BCS32
AL2530 BCS34 AL2334 BCS36
AL2549 BCS35 AQ1030 BCS36
AL2720 BCS35 AQ1031 BCS36
NTXB69AA AE0139 BCS24 AQ1070 BCS36
AE0140 BCS24 NTXF70AA BC1826 BCS23
AE0171 BCS24 BC1827 BCS23
AE0172 BCS24 BC1909 BCS23
AE0173 BCS24 BC1932 BCS23
AE0514 BCS28 BC2003 BCS23
AE0893 BCS33 NTXF71AB AL1276 BCS33
AJ1124 BCS31 AL1277 BCS33
NTXB75AA AE0293 BCS25 AL1278 BCS33
NTXB83AA AG1294 BCS27 AL1279 BCS33
TA0228 BCS39 AL1280 BCS33
NTXB84AA AG1231 BCS27 AL1281 BCS33
AG1235 BCS27 AL1655 BCS33
AG1236 BCS27 AL1656 BCS33
AG1237 BCS27 AL1657 BCS33
AJ1025 BCS31 AL1658 BCS34
AJ1256 BCS32 AL1659 BCS33
AJ1445 BCS33 AL1660 BCS33
AJ1446 BCS33 AL1663 BCS33
NTXE01AA AL0573 BCS31 AL1664 BCS33
AL0856 BCS27 AL1740 BCS33
AL0857 BCS28 AL2130 BCS34
AL0957 BCS30 AR0124 BCS34
AL0958 BCS29 AR0125 BCS36
AL0959 BCS30 AR0128 BCS34
AL0960 BCS27 AR0129 BCS34
AL1230 BCS31 NTXH00AA AE0448 BCS28
AL2038 BCS33 NTXH01AA AE0513 BCS28
AL2107 BCS33 AE0536 BCS29
AL2162 BCS33 NTXH02AA AE0515 BCS28
AL2260 BCS33 NTXH03AA AE0567 BCS28
AR0005 BCS34 AE0568 BCS28
AR0141 BCS34 NTXH04AA AE0514 BCS28
AR0186 BCS35 NTXH05AA AE0567 BCS28
TA0392 BCS42I AE0568 BCS28
NTXE29AA AG1506 BCS29 AE0897 BCS33
AG1511 BCS29 AE0898 BCS32
AG1513 BCS29 AJ0205 BCS28
AG1560 BCS28 NTXH06AA AE0567 BCS28
AG1563 BCS29 AE0568 BCS28
AG1570 BCS29 AE0897 BCS33

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


5–8 Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS

AE0898 BCS32 NTXK71AA AE0972 BCS35


AJ0205 BCS28 NTXK72AA AL2457 BCS35
NTXH07AA AJ0578 BCS29 TA0163 BCS38
NTXH12AA AE0546 BCS29 NTXK73AA AJ1791 BCS34
NTXH13AA AJ0177 BCS29 NTXK79AA TA0174 BCS38
NTXH16AA AJ0181 BCS31 NTXK79AD TA0133 BCS37
NTXH17AA AJ0832 BCS30 TA0134 BCS37
NTXH18AA TA0124 BCS37 TA0195 BCS38
TA0125 BCS37 TA0196 BCS38
TA0126 BCS37 NTXN19AA AL1498 BCS30
TA0132 BCS37 NTXN80AA AF1725 BCS32
TA0162 BCS38 NTXN83AA AL1453 BCS34
TA0183 BCS38 AR0478 BCS36
TA0193 BCS38 NTXP10AA AL2055 BCS34
TA0222 BCS39 NTXP44AA AQ0857 BCS34
TA0223 BCS39 NTXP72AA AR0105 BCS34
TA0280 BCS40 AR0106 BCS34
TA0281 BCS40 NTXQ52AA AL1455 BCS34
NTXH19AA TA0158 BCS38 NTXR34AA AF3732 BCS34
TA0182 BCS38 AF3733 BCS34
TA0225 BCS39 AL2540 BCS34
TA0226 BCS39 NTXR34AB TA0174 BCS38
NTXH22AA AC0054 BCS22 NTXR42AA AF3658 BCS34
AE0056 BCS22 TA0174 BCS38
AE0292 BCS24 NTXR46AA AL2236 BCS33
BV1277 BCS18 NTXR72AA AR0010 BCS36
NTXH23AA AJ0581 BCS32 AR0117 BCS34
AJ0851 BCS33 AR0118 BCS34
NTXH54AA AJ1026 BCS31 AR0907 BCS38
AJ1255 BCS32 AR0908 BCS38
NTXH58AA AJ1265 BCS32 AR0909 BCS38
NTXH60AA AE0735 BCS32 AR0910 BCS38
NTXH70AA AI0407 BCS35 TA0287 BCS40
AL1929 BCS35 NTXS72AA AQ0984 BCS36
NTXH71AA AJ0179 BCS28 NTXU35AA AE1243 BCS36
NTXH77AA AI0408 BCS34 TA0141 BCS37
AI0409 BCS34 TA0175 BCS38
AI0410 BCS34 TA0177 BCS38
NTXH79AA AJ1124 BCS31 NTXU44AA TA0158 BCS37
NTXH80AA AJ1124 BCS31 TA0159 BCS37
AJ1423 BCS33 TA0227 BCS39
NTXH95AA AE0838 BCS35 NTXU45AA TA0169 BCS38
NTXJ35AA AJ0190 BCS28 TA0170 BCS38
AJ0472 BCS29 TA0171 BCS38
NTXJ44AA AF2316 BCS30 TA0172 BCS38
NTXK12AA AE0630 BCS29 TA0379 BCS42I
NTXK13AA AE0397 BCS27 TA0233 BCS39
AE0671 BCS29 TA0543 BCS44.1
NTXK70AA AJ1872 BCS34 39005866 BCS44.1

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS 5–9

NTXU46AA TA0235 BCS39 TA0563 BCS44


NTXU49AA TA0230 BCS39 TA0564 BCS44
NTXU51AA TA0232 BCS39 TA0565 BCS44
TA0234 BCS39 TA0566 BCS44
TA0234 BCS39 TA0602 BCS44.1
NTXU53AA TA0220 BCS39 TA0603 BCS44.1
TA0243 BCS39 TA0614 BCS44.1
NTXU55AA TA0274 BCS40 TA0615 BCS44.1
NTXU60AA TA0285 BCS40 39005633 BCS44.1
NTX62AA TA0319 BCS41 39005652 BCS44.1
NTXU63AA TA0386 BCS41 39005862 BCS44.1
TA0387 BCS41 NTXU84AA TA0544 BCS44
39005872 BCS44.1 NTXU87AA TA0510 BCS44
NTXU64AA TA0328 BCS41 NTXU88AA TA0532 BCS44
TA0329 BCS41 TA0533 BCS44
NTXU65AA TA0371 BCS42I NTXU90AA 59005695 BCS44.1
TA0372 BCS42I NTXV13AA AL2721 BCS35
TA0373 BCS42I AL2722 BCS35
TA0374 BCS42I NTXV16AA AL2632 BCS35
TA0375 BCS42I NTXV55AA AE1239 BCS36
TA0376 BCS42I NTXW00AA AE0945 BCS34
TA0377 BCS42I AE1099 BCS34
TA0378 BCS42I NTXW01AA AE0946 BCS34
TA0330 BCS41 AE1099 BCS34
NTXU66AA TA0467 BCS43 NTXW02AA AE0956 BCS34
TA0468 BCS43 NTXW03AA AE1013 BCS34
TA0469 BCS43 NTXW21AA AE1106 BCS34
TA0470 BCS43 NTXW23AA TA0216 BCS39
NTXU67AA TA0471 BCS43 NTXZ12AA TA0582 BCS44
NTXU68AA TA0474 BCS43 TA0583 BCS44
NTXU69AA TA0549 BCS44 NTXZ13AA TA0584 BCS44
TA0550 BCS44 NTXZ19AA 39005676 BCS44.1
TA0551 BCS44 NTXZ20AA 39005683 BCS44.1
TA0560 BCS44 Unpkged TA0272 BCS40
TA0601 BCS44.1 TA0353 BCS41
39005628 BCS44.1 TA0354 BCS41
39005643 BCS44.1 TA0355 BCS41
39005649 BCS44.1 TA0356 BCS41
39005869 BCS44.1 TA0368 BCS41
TA0561 BCS44 TA0509 BCS44
NTXU70AA TA0465 BCS43 TA0511 BCS44
NTXU71AA TA0466 BCS43 TA0513 BCS44
NTXU72AA TA0610 BCS44.1 TA0521 BCS44
NTXU81AA TA0552 BCS44 TA0522 BCS44
TA0553 BCS44 TA0523 BCS44
TA0554 BCS44 TA0524 BCS44
TA0556 BCS44.1 TA0525 BCS44
TA0558 BCS44 TA0526 BCS44
TA0562 BCS44 TA0527 BCS44

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


5–10 Cross-reference—Feature package to feature number and BCS

TA0528 BCS44 TA0546 BCS44


TA0529 BCS44 TA0567 BCS44
TA0530 BCS44 TA0568 BCS44
TA0531 BCS44 TA0597 BCS44
TA0535 BCS44 TA0598 BCS44
TA0536 BCS44 TA0612 BCS44
TA0537 BCS44 TA0617 BCS44
TA0538 BCS44 39005876 BCS44.1
TA0545 BCS44

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


6–1

Cross-reference
Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS
Note: The BCS number indicates the BCS in which the feature was released. The type of
alphabetic order in this table places numbers before letters, and uppercase letters before
lowercase letters. For example, “AMA . . .” appears before “Abbreviated. . .”, and all features
that begin with “CTUP” appear before those that begin with the word “Call”.

Where a blank line appears in one of the columns below, refer to the details in the line above
the blank. For example, the A-law TTT feature (BF0379) is found in the BCS17 release of
two packages, NTX470AA and NTX471AA.

Feature name Number Package BCS

(NSG) Transl Verif for DMS–250 IMT, DAL, ONAL Trk Grp BC0495 NTX980AA BCS09
Types
(NSG) Translation Verif. for Partitioned Six–digit Transl BC0490 NTX980AA BCS10
3WC, 6WC, and CWT Interaction with CTUP Trunks TA0226 NTXH19AA BCS39
102 Test Line AE0250 NTX483AB BCS25
10 New Categories for Suspended Subscribers TA0375 NTXU65AA BCS42i
16–MB Processor on DMS–Bus AQ0834 NTX941AA BCS35
100I Base Variant Implementation TA0233 NTXU45AA BCS39
100I ISUP Interaction with Guatemala MCT TA0234 NTXU51AA BCS39
100I ISUP Interaction with Guat/Peru TBI TA0235 NTXU46AA BCS39
100I ISUP to/from Programmable R2 TA0232 NTXU51AA BCS39
100K Metered Lines: Provisioning TA0467 NTXU66AA BCS43
100K Metered Lines: International CallP Interactions TA0468 NTXU66AA BCS43
100K Metered Lines: Robustness TA0469 NTXU66AA BCS43
100K Metered Lines: Maintenance TA0470 NTXU66AA BCS43
200 MS Disconnect Timing AG1854 NTX901AA BCS30
64K ENET Support AR0005 NTXE01AA BCS34
425, 500 Hz Detection TA0214 NER500AA BCS39

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–2 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

6X27 Interface Control AE0777 NTX478AA BCS33


6X69 Interface for MTS BF0917 NTX470AA BCS20
800 Free Call Enhancements TA0532 NTXU88AA BCS44
900 Services Call Duration Limit TA0533 NTXU88AA BCS44
A–law Network Crosspoints BF0375 NTX470AA BCS17
NTX471AA
A–law TTT BF0379 NTX470AA BCS17
NTX471AA
A–law TTU BF0376 NTX470AA BCS17
NTX471AA
AINSSP–Basic Trunk Trigger Processing AR0225 NTX001AA BCS35
AMA: Separation of Billing and Routing Functions AF1439 NTX901AA BCS31
ANI Outpulsing in DMS–100/200 AE0116 NTX910AA BCS23
AMADUMP Filter for ICAMA TA0441 NER500AA BCS43
ANI Reception in DMS–200 AE0115 NTX909AA BCS23
ATME for DMS–100I MFC AJ0832 NTXH17AA BCS30
ATME/CTUP Interworking TA0281 NTXH18AA BCS40
Abbreviated Dialing BC2053 NTX499AA BCS21
Absent Subscriber Intercept BC2049 NTX493AA BCS20
Active OMs in Erlangs AE0943 NTX664AA BCS33
Add Fields into Logical Level of MTR and OPR Trunks BC1920 NTX470AA BCS19
Add MAPCI PERFORM Level for DTCI AR0086 NTX270AA BCS34
Additional International Service Order AC0305 NTX472AB BCS25
Ambiguous Code Translation for International BC1450 NTX472AB BCS18
Announcement Per Subscriber Cut TA0537 None BCS44
Aperiodic Metering AG1477 NTX474AA BCS28
Aperiodic Metering (XPM) AG1476 NTX474AA BCS28
Attendant Pay Station II AG1291 NTXB17AA BCS27
Auto Retest of ALT Failures BC0829 NTX472AB BCS18
Auto–apply Enhancements AF2816 NTX001AA BCS32
Automatic Call back/Automatic Recall TA0466 NTXU71AA BCS43
BA–1 Signaling System BC1339 NTX481AA BCS17
BCS Application Driver AG1511 NTXE29AA BCS29
BCS34 Hook Feature for 7N10 AR0160 NTX940AA BCS34
BCSMON–Enhanced Monitoring Capabilities AG1927 NTX001AA BCS30
BMMI Enhancements NC0102 NTX066AB BCS32
Base ISUP Call Processing TA0169 NTXU45AA BCS38

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–3

Base ISUP Maintenance TA0170 NTXU45AA BCS38


Basic Initialization and Communication of ILM Data AL1457 NTX945AA BCS33
Basic Integration of Rate Adaptor Transactor into DMS–Bus AL1455 NTXQ52AA BCS34
Basic Multi-Party Lines TA0274 NTXU55AA BCS40
Belize R2 Register Signaling AJ0578 NTXH07AA BCS29
Brazil R2 Enhancements AJ1124 NTXB69AA BCS31
NTXH79AA
NTXH80AA
Bridged Night Number AE0246 NTX472AB BCS24
BRI Base: Base Call Processing TA0554 NTXU81AA BCS44
BRI Base: Line Definition and Call Processing Interaction TA0553 NTXU81AA BCS44
BRI Base: XPM Provisioning TA0552 NTXU81AA BCS44
BRI Bearer Services on DMS100i TA0558 NTXU81AA BCS44
BRI: Calling Line Identification Presentation and Restriction TA0564 NTXU81AA BCS44
BRI - Multiple Subscriber Number Supplementary Service TA0612 None BCS44
BRI Services - COLP/COLR TA0597 None BCS44
BRI - SUB Addressing (MOU2) TA0562 NTXU81AA BCS44
BRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 TA0563 NTXU81AA BCS44
C1 DID/DOD PBX Trunks AJ0183 NTX470AA BCS28
C1 MFC Trunk Implementation on Generic R2 System – AJ0819 NTXB10AA BCS30
XPM
C1 MFC Trunk Implementation on the Generic R2 System – AJ0782 NTXB10AA BCS30
CC
C1 Trunk ITOPS Position Interactions AG1294 NTXB83AA BCS27
C&LINK Support for Channelized Access AL1929 NTXH70AA BCS35
C7TU Enhancements – CC Part TA0132 NTXH18AA BCS37
C7TU Support for 24-bit CCITT Point Code AR0907 NTXR72AA BCS38
CC – Internal Changeover for Metering BV1277 NTX474AA BCS18
NTXH22AA
CC – Metering Changeover Control BC1760 NTX474AA BCS19
CC – Metering Rate Determination BV1207 NTX474AA BCS30
CC – Metering System Maintenance and Monitor BV1208 NTX474AA BCS18
CC Delay Dial–1 Line Signaling System BC1187 NTX477AA BCS17
CC Line Signaling Support BV1211 NTX470AA BCS17
CC MF–3 Register Signaling System BC1189 NTX486AA BCS17
CC Metering for Features AC0054 NTX474AA BCS22
NTXH22AA
CC Real Time Reduction for Features AG0718 NTX472AB BCS25

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–4 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

CC Register Signaling Support BV1212 NTX470AA BCS17


CC Support for Outgoing and Incoming LD Signaling BV1988 NTX495AA BCS21
CC Warm SWACT Enhancements AJ0194 NTX001AA BCS28
CC Warm SWACT MMI Enhancements–Phase II AG2277 NTX001AA BCS33
CC Warm SWACT Man Machine Interface Enhancements AG1869 NTX001AA BCS31
CC Warm SWACT Module Check Program AG2255 NTX001AA BCS32
CC Warm SWACT Restart Outage Reduction–Phase I AG2276 NTX001AA BCS33
CC Wink–1 Line Signaling System BC1188 NTX476AA BCS17
CC–Metering Charge Recording BC1058 NTX474AA BCS18
CC–Metering Tariff Application BC1758 NTX474AA BCS19
CC Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM AF3733 NTXR34AA BCS34
CC Support for EDRAM Uploading AQ0984 NTXS72AA BCS36
CC Support for EID7 Load TA0354 None BCS41
CCS7 Enhancements to Support LPP on a CCS7 SSP AL1247 NTXF20AA BCS30
CCS7 Flow Control 1 AR0010 NTX72AA BCS36
CCS7 Network Management Supportl for 24-bit CCITT AR0909 NTXR72AA BCS38
Point Code
CCS7 Table Control for 24-bit CCITT Point Code AR0908 NTXR72AA BCS38
CEPT Call Diversion BC2260 NTX499AA BCS22
CEPT Call Waiting AC0082 NTX499AA BCS22
CEPT Hot and Warm Line BC2261 NTX499AA BCS22
CEPT Three–way Calling AC0083 NTX499AA BCS22
CI Call Processing AG0708 NTXB10AA BCS26
CI Line Signaling AG0707 NTXB10AA BCS26
NTXB11AA
CI Register Signaling AG0711 NTXB10AA BCS26
CIS Call Processing Robustness TA0241 NER500AA BCS39
CIS Call Processing Robusteness 2 TA0257 NER500AA BCS40
CIS Call Waiting TA0296 NER500AA BCS41
CIS-ISUP (RSUP) Base TA0436 NER501AA BCS43
CIS Subscriber Line Parameters TA0216 NTXW23AA BCS39
CIS T1 – R1 Local Interworking – XPM TA0135 NER500AA BCS37
CIS T2 to R1 Interworking TA0136 NER500AA BCS37
CIS T4 Line Signaling TA0203 NER500AA BCS40
CIS Toll Call Ringing TA0295 NER500AA BCS41
CIS Tones and Cadences TA0175 NTXU35AA BCS38
CIS Universal Tone Receiver (UTR) Interface, Maintenance TA0176 NER500AA BCS38
and Diagnostic

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–5

CIS UTR Integration Phase 1 TA0177 NTXU35AA BCS38


CM Alarm Suppression During REX Test AR0211 NTX941AA BCS35
CM In–sync Maintenance Software BC1827 NTXF70AA BCS23
CM Static Data Update Tracking AF3053 NTX270AA BCS34
CMIC Link Diagnostic Enhancements AL1109 NTX940AA BCS31
CMR Enhancements for ADSI AN0100 NTX001AA BCS34
CP Long Messaging Implementation I AG1818 NTX001AA BCS31
CRST – TAT Protocol AE0173 NTXB69AA BCS24
CTUP XPM Enhancements to support 24-bit CCITT Point TA0193 NTXH18AA BCS38
Code
CTUP Call Processing TA0124 NTXH18AA BCS37
CTUP Interaction with Subscriber Features TA0126 NTXH18AA BCS37
CTUP Interworking to T100/T102 TA0280 NTXH18AA BCS40
CTUP and R2 Interworking TA0125 NTXH18AA BCS37
CTUP Test Trunk Inerworking TA0224 NTXH18AA BCS39
Caching DMOPRO AG1513 NTXE29AA BCS29
Call Diversion No Answer (CDNA) TA0229 NTX499AA BCS39
Call Diversion to Voice Mail (CDVM) TA0230 NTXU49AA BCS39
Calling Number Delivery for China TA0584 NTXZ13AA BCS44
Calling Number Delivery Implementation for DMS-100i TA0386 NTXU63AA BCS41
Call Machine on EID7 TA0356 None BCS41
Call Status Reservation Across Warm SWACT NC0105 NTX270AA BCS34
Call Transfer Capability AE0242 NTX499AA BCS26
Called Party Control via Translations AJ0580 NTX470AA BCS29
Called Party Released Timing Enhancement AF0966 NTX901AA BCS29
Calling Number Delivery/Blocking TA0465 NTXU70AA BCS43
Caribbean Audible Tones BF0869 NTX656AA BCS21
Carrier Maintenance Enhancement AE0480 NTX478AA BCS29
Casual Feature Optionality AJ0563 NTX499AA BCS29
Central DMS–Bus Data Recovery on System Restarts AL1482 NTX945AA BCS33
Central DMS–Bus MMI Information for Message Channels AL1480 NTX941AA BCS33
Central DMS–Bus MMI Information for Physical Links AL1781 NTX945AA BCS33
Central DMS–Bus and ILM Interactions on Message AL1477 NTX945AA BCS33
Channels
Central DMS–Bus/ILM Interactions on PLM AL1780 NTX945AA BCS33
Central MS–ILM Interactions on Physical Links AC0644 NTX945AA BCS33
Central Message Switch Maintenance BC1826 NTXF70AA BCS23
Channel Bus (C-Bus) Maintenance AI0409 NTXH77AA BCS34

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–6 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

Charging Stop with Clearback TA0311 NER500AA BCS41


Chile R2 Register Signaling AL2632 NTXV16AA BCS35
China C1 DP Trunk Interworking – CC AL2721 NTXV13AA BCS35
China C1 DP Trunk Interworking – PM AL2722 NTXV13AA BCS35
China ISUP - CTUP Interworking TA0583 NTXZ12AA BCS44
China Line Card Diagnostic AG0827 NTX482CA BCS25
Chinese R2 (C1) A6 Enhancements TA0201 NTX904AA BCS38
Circuit Monitor BR0176 NTX980AA BCS05
Class Calling Number Delivery for DMS-100i TA0387 NTXU63AA BCS41
CND Digit Capacity Enhancement on DMS-100i TA0536 None BCS44
Cold SWACT Recovery on Failure of planned SWACTs AJ0965 NTX270AA BCS30
Compelled Register Signaling Transactor AE0172 NTXB69AA BCS24
Compellor Transactor and Protocol (International) AE0171 NTXB69AA BCS24
Completion of Calls to a Busy Subscriber AE0239 NTX499AA BCS25
Concurrent Activity Manager AL2037 NTX000AA BCS34
Congestion Control for CTUP Trunks TA0222 NTXH18AA BCS39
Conversion of International ADL AC0086 NTX499AA BCS22
Convert Ambiguous Head Table to Segstor BC1914 NTX470AA BCS20
Convert SPM to a Line Option AC0085 NTX472AB BCS22
Convert Series II PMs to Recovery Controller AL2416 NTX270AA BCS34
Converts Series I PMs to Recovery Controller AL2417 NTX001AA BCS34
Core SWACT Exec Optimization–Phase I AG2150 NTX001AA BCS33
Core SWACT Restart Outage Reduction–Phase I AG2149 NTX001AA BCS33
Cross–architecture Feature Interactions AJ1223 NTX470AA BCS33
DDM Audit Enhancements AR0117 NTXR72AA BCS34
DDM Capacity Enhancement to Support More Than 200 AL2319 NTX001AA BCS34
DTC7
DDM Enhancements for INM AL1718 NTX940AA BCS33
DDM User Independent Resource AR011 8 NTXR72AA BCS34
DDU Robustness–I AL1885 NTX074AA BCS32
DGTTST for International Lines AE0459 NTX472AB BCS27
DIRP DPP Reload and SWACT Recovery AF2705 NTX001AA BCS32
DIRP Space Rotation AF1780 NTX001AA BCS29
DIRP on SLM AF2316 NTXJ44AA BCS30
DMS–100 P–side and C–side Channel Audit AJ0746 NTX470AA BCS30
DMS–100 R2 Tariff Handling–Phase 1 AE1245 NTX904AA BCS36
DMS 100i and 200i China ETSI ISUP Version 2 Call TA0582 NTXZ12AA BCS44
Processing

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–7

DMS-100i CM Trunk Metering Enhancements TA0509 None BCS44


DMS–100I Terminator Billing AJ1791 NTXK73AA BCS34
DMS–200I TELMEX Auto–TBI AJ2411 NTX904AA BCS35
DMS–Bus (Central) Support for Inter–MS Link (SR512) AG1337 NTX945AA BCS35
DMS–Bus Backwards Compatibility Support AL1968 NTX941AA BCS33
DMS–Bus Central Communications Audit Enhancements AL1183 NTX941AA BCS29
DMS–Bus Central Data Distribution and Initialization II AL1199 NTX951AA BCS31
DMS–Bus Central S/W Enhancements for P–Side Node AL1201 NTX941AA BCS29
Isolation
DMS–Bus Clock Restructuring – II AQ0835 NTX951AA BCS34
DMS–Bus Data and Message Format for ILM Trunks AL1476 NTX945AA BCS33
DMS–Bus Diagnostic Enhancements Using the Tracer Card AL0787 NTX950AA BCS29
DMS–Bus Fault Correlation Using Tracer Card (9X49CB) AL1186 NTX951AA BCS30
DMS–Bus MMI Enhancements III AL1200 NTX941AA BCS31
DMS–Bus MMI Enhancements for ISN AL1826 NTX941AA BCS33
DMS–Bus Message Flow Control – II AL1884 NTX941AA BCS33
DMS–Bus S/W for Sub–rate MS–ENET Links AQ0858 NTX951AA BCS34
DMS–Bus SW Support for Multiport Interface Cards AQ0859 NTX941AA BCS35
DMS–Bus Software Support for 4 Mbyte Memory CPU Card AL0790 NTX950AA BCS29
DMS–Bus Support for MS–ILM Data Transfer and Audits AQ0718 NTX945AA BCS33
DMS–Bus Support for PLM Primitive Enhancements AQ0717 NTX945AA BCS33
DMS–Bus Support for the F-Bus MAP Level AL1453 NTXN83AA BCS34
DMS–Core Inventory Audit AL1197 NTX941AA BCS28
DMS–bus MMI Enhancements AL0797 NTX941AA BCS28
DMS–bus MMI Enhancements II AL0803 NTX941AA BCS31
DMS–bus Message Flow Control III AQ0841 NTX001AA BCS34
DMS–core Enhanced Image Test AL1054 NTX941AA BCS28
DMS–core Link Hit Analysis AL1182 NTX941AA BCS29
DMS–core Mismatch Handler CI Tool–MMINFO AI0630 NTX941AA BCS35
DMS–core REX Test Speedup II AL1055 NTX941AA BCS28
DP Activation for Subscriber Services AG1540 NTX499AA BCS28
DP Overlap Outpulsing on T1 and T2 Trunks TA0259 NER500AA BCS40
DP Trunk Enhancements TA0272 None BCS40
DTC Carrier Maintenance BC1076 NTX478AA BCS17
DTSR OM Enhancements NC0108 NTX270AA BCS35
Datafillable ICAMA Behaviour on Turkish ISUP TA0471 NTXU67AA
Decouple CC Hardware and Software System Initialization AG0919 NTX001AA BCS28

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–8 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

Denied Orig and Free Number Termination (Intl) BF0801 NTX472AB BCS19
Design and Data Definition for DS30/IOUI Inter–MS Links AL1456 NTX945AA BCS33
NTX951AA
Detection/Correction of Slow CP Babblers AG1082 NTX001AA BCS29
Dial Tone Speed Recording for Intl AC0252 NTX472AB BCS24
Dial-Up B-Channel Loopbacks AQ0884 NTX750AC BCS35
Digit Analysis and RSS Table BC1793 NTX472AB BCS19
Digit Translations for Turkey Local BC1499 NTX472AB BCS18
Digital A–Bit Pulsed Line Signaling AL2457 NTXK72AA BCS35
Digital Pad Adjustments BC0158 NTX980AA BCS08
Direction indication on 2W trunks TA0535 None BCS44
Distinctive Ringing on Ring Side Only AG1973 NTX901AA BCS30
Distributed Log System AL2021 NTX941AA BCS33
Distributed Log System BC2003 NTXF70AA BCS23
Download Metallic Test Unit BC1259 NTX980AA BCS19
Downloadable Tones AE0397 NTXK13AA BCS27
Downloadable Tones Enhancement AE0554 NTX470AA BCS29
Downloadable Tones for Ireland AE0671 NTXK13AA BCS29
Dump and Restore: Check Enhancements AG1560 NTXE29AA BCS28
Dump and Restore: Progress Reporting AG1570 NTXE29AA BCS29
Dump and Restore: Real Time Savings AG1563 NTXE29AA BCS29
Dynamic Configuration Data Update in IXPM AE0643 NTX470AA BCS30
Dynamic Data Update for International XPMs AE0652 NTX470AA BCS30
E and M Decadic Signaling for DMS–100 AE0025 NTX655AA BCS21
E2A Monitoring Software AL2331 NTX941AA BCS33
E800 on PX Trunks AF2565 NTX901AA BCS31
EID7 Load Creation TA0353 None BCS41
ENET 16MByte Processor (NT9X13KA) TA0392 NTXE01AA BCS42i
ENET Integrity Fault Handling and HMI Enhancements AR0186 NTXE01AA BCS35
ENET MAP Enhancements AL1230 NTXE01AA BCS31
ENET Maintenance AL0856 NTXE01AA BCS27
ENET Operational Measurements AL0573 NTXE01AA BCS31
ENET PM Table Control Modifications AL0958 NTXE01AA BCS29
ENET PSLINK Enhancements AR0141 NTXE01AA BCS34
ENET Path Diagnostics AL0960 NTXE01AA BCS27
ENET Pathend Test MMI AL0857 NTXE01AA BCS28
ENET REX Test AL0957 NTXE01AA BCS30

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–9

ENET Shelf Test AL0959 NTXE01AA BCS30


ENET Support for 9X45BA AL2038 NTXE01AA BCS33
ENET–SPMS for ENET OMs AL1719 NTX738AC BCS32
ESA for IRLCM – Basic AE0216 NTX653AA BCS24
ESG Enhancements AJ1432 NTX499AA BCS33
ESG Interaction with CTUP Trunks TA0225 NTXH19AA BCS39
Echo Return Loss (ERL) Test BR0201 NTX980AA BCS05
Eleven-Digit Calling Number at ICAMA Records TA0617 None BCS44
Emergency Cut–off BC2081 NTX662AA BCS21
Enable A–Law AL2107 NTXE01AA BCS33
Enhanced CM Maintenance CPU Alarms AL1923 NTX940AA BCS32
Enhanced DMS–Core Memory Alarm AL1192 NTX941AA BCS29
Enhanced DMS–core Maintenance Link TRS AL1053 NTX941AA BCS29
Enhanced Field Failure Info AF2987 NTX270AA BCS32
Enhanced Line Access Measurements–I AG0649 NTX901AA BCS28
Enhanced Line Access Measurements–II AG1318 NTX901AA BCS28
Enhanced Maintenance for Universal Tone Receivers BC1766 NTX479AA BCS19
Enhanced Warm SWACT AF3747 NTX270AA BCS34
Enhanced XPM SWACT Management Phase 1 AJ0964 NTX270AA BCS30
Enhancement of 3WC Feature for Hardware Metered R2 TA0513 None BCS44
Toll Calls
ETSI ISUP V2 Teleservices Development on DMS100i for TA0524 None BCS44
ISUP Trunks
ETSI ISUP V2 Base Development TA0522 None BCS44
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Completion Supplementary Services TA0528 None BCS44
ETSI ISUP V2 Call Diversion and Explicit Call Transfer TA0527 None BCS44
Services
ETSI ISUP V2 Closed User Group and Subaddressing TA0530 None BCS44
Supplementary Services
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR and CLIP/CLIR Supplementary TA0525 None BCS44
Services
ETSI ISUP V2 COLP/COLR Supplementary Services TA0526 None BCS44
ETSI ISUP V2 Multiparty Services TA0529 None BCS44
ETSI ISUP V2 User to User Signaling Supplementary TA0531 None BCS44
Service 1 on DMS100i
Excessive Metering Detection TA0377 NTXU65AA BCS42i
Expanded Trunk Guard Timing AF1252 NTX244AB BCS28
Expansion of LCD Number to 1000 AL1541 NTX901AA BCS30
Extended Range Line Card Diagnostics AJ1496 NTX482CA BCS32

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–10 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

Faultsman Ringback Enhancement AE0248 NTX499AA BCS24


Faultsman’s Ringback BC2077 NTX499AA BCS21
F-Bus Operation and Maintenance Enhancements AR0478 NTXN83AA BCS36
FRA Lines Inventory on DMS-100i TA0330 NTXU64AA BCS41
FRA Node Definition on DMS-100i TA0328 NTXU64AA BCS41
FRA Node Maintenance on DMS-100i TA0329 NTXU64AA BCS41
File System Modifications for SLM1A AL1790 NTX942AB BCS34
Flexible ANI Enhancements TA0166 NTX470AA BCS38
Flexible ANI Format TA0128 NTX472AB BCS37
Flexible Call Preanswer Supervision AJ0187 NTX470AA BCS28
Footprt Enhancements AG2480 NTX941AA BCS33
Forced Sequence Application AF2531 NTX001AA BCS32
General Interworking System Part I BC1301 NTX470AA BCS17
NTX485AA
Generic R2 Enhancements AJ1028 NTX904AA BCS32
Group Manager and Maintenance Base Enhancements AL2110 NTX000AA BCS34
Guaranteed Dial Tone for DMS–100 Intl AC0130 NTX472AB BCS23
Guyana Signaling AJ1265 NTXH58AA BCS32
Haiti R2 Register Signaling AE0972 NTXK71AA BCS35
Hardware Baseline Monitor AQ0721 NTX941AA BCS33
Hardware Metering for Trunks Table Control AJ0573 NTX474AA BCS29
Hardware Pulse Generation for Trunks AJ0570 NTX474AA BCS29
Hardware–Software Initialization Coordination II AJ0191 NTX001AA BCS28
Hunt Group Enhancements AL0054 NTX472AB BCS21
Hunt Group Size Expansion BR0750 NTX472AB BCS21
ICAMA Extension Log and Record TA0285 NTXU60AA BCS40
ICAMA for Rayon Operator TA0313 NER500AA BCS41
ICR Support Implementation BC2074 NTX494AA BCS21
ICT Interaction with CTUP Trunks TA0182 NTXH19AA BCS38
IDTC MFC Trunk Robustness AJ0821 NTX470AA BCS29
IDTC Maintenance Enhancements BC1340 NTX478AA BCS17
IESA Enhanced Recovery TA0240 NTX653AA BCS39
ILCM Capacity Enhancement AE0646 NTX470AA BCS30
ILGC Capacity Improvement AJ0817 NTX472AB BCS30
ILGC/LGC Coexistence I AJ0818 NTX472AB BCS30
ILM Capacity and Performance Enhancements AL1658 NTXF71AB BCS34
ILM Central Resource Controller Enhancement AL1655 NTXF71AB BCS33

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–11

ILM Connection Support I AL1279 NTXF71AB BCS33


ILM Connection Support II AL1276 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM Controller Robustness AR0128 NTXF71AB BCS34
ILM Enhanced Diagnostics AL1659 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM Fault Isolation Enhancements AR0124 NTXF71AB BCS34
ILM Isolation Detection Enhancements AR0125 NTXF71AB BCS36
ILM Local Controller Enhancements AL1656 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM MCM Support for ISN I AL1278 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM MCM Support for ISN II AL1281 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM Notification Service Enhancements AL1740 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM Support Tools AR0129 NTXF71AB BCS34
ILM Support for Warm–spared Nodes AL2130 NTXF71AB BCS34
ILM VCM Support for ISN I AL1277 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILM VCM Support for ISN II AL1280 NTXF71AB BCS33
ILR Enhancements AL2528 NTXB14AA BCS34
ILR Flash Enhancement TA0326 NTX499AA BCS41
ILR National/International Immediate Treatment TA0325 NTX499AA BCS41
ILR Option Enhancement TA0327 NTX499AA BCS41
ILTC–Bit Signaling BF0392 NTX478AA BCS17
INM Fault Reporting AR0081 NTX944AA BCS34
INM Warm-spared Support II AR0079 NTX944AA BCS34
INTL Service Analysis Local AE0167 NTXB03AA BCS24
INTL Traffic Separation AC0131 NTXB00AA BCS23
NTXB01AA
IOC Disk File System Robustness AR0127 NTX074AA BCS34
IRLCM RTS Enhancement AE0538 NTX472AB BCS30
ISDN BRI Interworking with PRI and POTS TA0565 NTXU81AA BCS44
ISDN BRI Interworking with R1 TA0566 NTXU81AA BCS44
ISDN Loop Maintenance Enhancements AL0944 NTX054AA BCS30
ISG Channel Maintenance Enhancement AL2539 NTX750AC BCS34
ISUP–NTLS09 Interworking TA0379 NTXU45AA BCS42i
ISUP – PTUP Protocol Converter on DMS-100i TA0368 None BCS41
ITOPS Billing Records Enhancements AE1239 NTXV55AA BCS36
ITOPS Billing and Rating for CEP AG0717 NTXB08AA BCS25
ITOPS Call Processing Key Functions AG0714 NTXB13AB BCS25
ITOPS Enhancement AE0546 NTXH12AA BCS29
ITOPS Force Management System AG0713 NTXB13AB BCS25

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–12 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

ITOPS ICAMA Format AG0636 NTXB13AB BCS25


ITOPS International Call Handling AG0716 NTXB13AB BCS25
ITOPS Screen Displays AG0712 NTXB13AB BCS25
ITOPS Supervisory Positions AG0715 NTXB13AB BCS25
ITOPS Trunk Table Control & Setup Recovery AC0240 NTXB12AA BCS25
ITOPS: APS Call Handling AG1233 NTXB13AB BCS27
ITOPS: Account Codes I AJ1026 NTXH54AA BCS31
ITOPS: Account Codes II AJ1255 NTXH54AA BCS32
ITOPS: Assistance Monitor Capability AG1230 NTXB13AB BCS27
ITOPS: Assistance Paging Capability AJ0180 NTXB13AB BCS28
ITOPS: Booked Call Database Size Increase AJ0804 NTXB13AB BCS30
ITOPS: CCITT Calling Card Format AJ1445 NTXB84AA BCS33
ITOPS: Enhanced ACD (Call Processing) AJ0802 NTXB13AB BCS31
ITOPS: Enhanced ACD (Queueing System) AJ0801 NTXB13AB BCS31
ITOPS: Enhanced Queueing (Call Processing) II AJ1024 NTXB13AB BCS31
ITOPS: Estimated Call Charges AJ0181 NTXH16AA BCS31
ITOPS: Fixed Duration Calls AJ0177 NTXH13AA BCS29
ITOPS: Flexible Subscriber Number Display AJ0182 NTXB13AB BCS28
ITOPS: Intrusion Tones AJ0179 NTXH71AA BCS28
ITOPS: Position Data Streamlining AJ0572 NTXB13AB BCS29
ITOPS–R2 Trunk Interworking TA0228 NTXB83AA BCS39
ITOPS: Routing Database AJ0178 NTXB13AB BCS28
ITOPS: Service Analysis AJ1257 NTXB05AA BCS36
ITOPS: TBI Functionality AG1234 NTXB13AB BCS27
ITOPS: TRAVER Capability AJ0803 NTXB13AB BCS30
IXPM Enhanced Flow Control AG0719 NTX470AA BCS25
IXPM Performance Monitoring AG1031 NTX470AA BCS26
IXPM Static Data Audit AJ0171 NTX470AA BCS28
IXPM Warm SWACT BF0971 NTX470AA BCS22
IXPM+ on 2-processor Backplane TA0195 NTX270AA BCS38
NTXK79AD BCS38
IXPM+ Robustness Enhancements TA0196 NTX270AA BCS38
NTXK79AD BCS38
Immediate Billing TA0165 NTX470AA BCS38
NTX904AA BCS38
Implementation of RMM on IRLCM AE0293 NTXB75AA BCS25
Implementation of IFPE Tones for CIS TA0308 NER500AA BCS41

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–13

Improve Memory Parity Detection AG1922 NTX001AA BCS30


Improved Terminal Response AG1474 NTX001AA BCS28
Inclusion of CCS7 into SPMS AG1926 NTX738AC BCS30
Insert Tone on Coin Phone Terminations AE0057 NTX668AA BCS22
Integrated Event Management System Base Phase I AL1681 NTX941AA BCS33
Integrity Check Traffic Simulator (ICTS) Enhancements AJ0473 NTX885AB BCS29
International Administration Accounting AE0154 NTXB07AA BCS24
International CAMA AE0147 NTX657AA BCS24
International Call Diversion Enhancements AC0136 NTX499AA BCS23
International Communication Test Line BC1191 NTX483AB BCS17
International FMA support for SCSI–DDU TA0288 NER500AA BCS41
International FMA support forthe ISM TA0289 NTX901AA BCS41
International Killer Trunks AC0081 NTX470AA BCS22
International Line Testing BC0963 NTX472AB BCS18
International Line to Announcement BC1796 NTX472AB BCS19
International Network Management AC0132 NTX669AA BCS23
International No Double Connect AC0133 NTX499AA BCS23
International OM Conversion BC2285 NTX470AA BCS20
International OM Support and Packaging AC0304 NTX470AA BCS25
International Overload Control Enhancements AC0184 NTX470AA BCS23
International Peripherals Overload Control BC1927 NTX470AA BCS20
NTX485AA
International Peripherals Overload Control BF0915 NTX470AA BCS20
NTX485AA
International Service Analysis Base AE0153 NTXB02AA BCS24
International Service Orders BC1732 NTX472AB BCS18
International Subscriber Features Denied AC0135 NTX499AA BCS23
International TRAVER BC1185 NTX470AA BCS17
International Trunk Maintenance Aspects BC1338 NTX470AA BCS17
International Trunk Testing BC0962 NTX470AA BCS07
International Trunk to Announcement (Speedup) BF0805 NTX470AA BCS19
NTX485AA
International Type B Line Card Diagnostic AG0095 NTX482AB BCS22
International Type B Line Card Diagnostic BF0684 NTX482AB BCS19
Interrupt Level Communication AL2042 NTX940AA BCS33
Interrupt Level Trap Handling Enhancements AL2044 NTX000AA BCS35

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–14 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

Intervention Tone for MONPOST, MONLINK, MONLTA, and TA0373 NTXU65AA BCS42i
TALKLTA
Intl Rating Enhancements AJ1446 NTXB84AA BCS33
Intl Rating: Charge Calculator AG1236 NTXB84AA BCS27
Intl Rating: Mass Table Control AG1235 NTXB84AA BCS27
Intl Rating: Rate Step Calculator AG1237 NTXB84AA BCS27
Intl Rating: Sub–minute Billing AJ1256 NTXB84AA BCS32
Intl Rating: Tax Calculation AJ1025 NTXB84AA BCS31
Intl Rating: Test CI Command AG1231 NTXB84AA BCS27
Intraswitching on IRLCM for Subscriber Features AE0178 NTX652AA BCS24
Intraswitching on the IRLCM AE0108 NTX652AA BCS22
Irish R2 Signaling Protocol AE0630 NTXK12AA BCS29
ISUP and IFPE Feats Interaction TA0172 NTXU45AA BCS38
ISUP Maintenance Enhancements II AR0114 NTX167AB BCS34
ISUP To and From R1 NTLS01/02 Interworking TA0171 NTXU45AA BCS38
JFFREEZE–DMO Enforcement for Journal File AG1524 NTX056AA BCS29
Japan 300 SuperNode and ITOPS Compatibility AE0523 NTXB21AA BCS29
K&S Service Code Translation Hooks AJ1129 NTX470AA BCS31
Key–pad Enable NC0020 NTX901AA BCS33
LCM Takeover Takeback Enhancement AF1647 NTX270AA BCS28
LIU7 Support for Channel Access Interface AI0407 NTXH70AA BCS35
LLM Enhancements AL2726 NTX750AC BCS35
LMS Isolation AL1895 NTXF20AA BCS32
Long Call Check Tool Enhancement TA0510 NTXU87AA BCS44
LPP (LMS) Autoloading AQ1030 NTXF20AA BCS36
LPP on SCP AL1498 NTXN19AA BCS30
LTC Event Recorders and Transmitters BF0393 NTX470AA BCS17
LTC PCM30 Interface Card Maintenance BF0430 NTX478AA BCS17
LTC Waveform Processors BF0394 NTX470AA BCS17
LTC–ABCD Bit Card Diagnostics BF0432 NTX478AA BCS17
LTC–UTR Card Diagnostic BF0434 NTX479AA BCS17
LTC–UTR Utility BF0396 NTX479AA BCS17
LTG Capacity Increase AF1756 NTX901AA BCS28
LTP – Digitone Testing BV0062 NTX472AB BCS04
LTP – Monitor, Talk, Balance Offhook Tests BV0061 NTX472AB BCS04
LTP Enhancement AR0491 NTX901AA BCS36
LTP Robustness BC2324 NTX472AB BCS20

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–15

LTP–Send Functions (Coin and Ringing Functions) BV0063 NTX472AB BCS04


Language Digit Insertion AE0059 NTX496AA BCS22
Layer 1 Performance Monitoring for 2B1Q Loops AL1674 NTX750AC BCS34
Layer 2 High Protocol Abnormality Rate (CC) AQ0788 NTX750AC BCS34
Layer 2 High Protocol Abnormality Rate (XPM) AQ0789 NTX750AC BCS34
Layer 2 High Protocol Rate (XPM) AQ0882 NTX750AC BCS34
Line Card Code Expansion AL1608 NTX901AA BCS30
Line Cutover State BR0043 NTX472AB BCS02
Line Reversal on Seizure AE0169 NTXB04AA BCS24
Line Signal Processors BF0395 NTX470AA BCS17
Line Signaling Monitor Tool TA0319 NTXU62AA BCS41
Line Thread for Turkey Local II BC1784 NTX472AB BCS18
Line to T1 (MFS/ANIG/DP) Interworking TA0317 NER500AA BCS41
Load Route Selection Enhancements NC0130 NTX001AA BCS32
Local DMS–Bus Node, Link, and Port Initialization AL1478 NTX945AA BCS33
Local DMS–Bus Support for MCM/PLM Primitives AL1779 NTX945AA BCS33
Local DMS–Bus Support for SR–512 Message Channels AL1479 NTX945AA BCS33
Local MTCE and Diagnostics of Network Interface Unit AI0408 NTXH77AA BCS34
(NIU)
Local Toll Trunks with TBI (1 SYS) BF0679 NTX481AA BCS18
Local Translations for International BC1449 NTX472AB BCS18
Log Generation for Test Calls TA0371 NTXU65AA BCS42i
Log Retrieve Facility for E1 Incidents AG1004 NTX074AA BCS28
Logical Reformatting for OTC AG2323 NTX001AA BCS33
Long Call Check Tool TA0445 NER500AA BCS43
Lost Messages Reporting Enhancements AL1052 NTX001AA BCS28
MARKET_OF_OFFICE Enhancements AJ1088 NTX270AA BCS31
NTX470AA
MCT Activation Enhancements TA0279 NTX484AA BCS40
MCT Activation for Turkey TA0372 NYXU65AA BCS42i
MFC Monitor Tool AJ1027 NTX470AA BCS31
MFC–R2 Routing Tables AE0146 NTX904AA BCS25
MFC–R2 in PDTC – Main Feature AE0139 NTXB69AA BCS24
MFCR2 Protocol Definition Tables AE0142 NTX904AA BCS25
MFPP4 Register Signaling TA0242 NER500AA BCS40
MMI for Inter–MS Links AC0639 NTX945AA BCS33
NTX951AA

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–16 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

MRS Development and AP Split Mode Messaging Study AL1664 NTXF71AB BCS33
MS Backward Compatibility – II AQ0854 NTX941AA BCS34
NTX945AA
MX77 Firmware Downloading AF3658 NTXR42AA BCS34
Maintain Data in Tariff Table and Tariff Number Table in XPM BC1905 NTX474AA BCS19
Maintenance Enhancement for NTC7 MTP TA0194 NTX167AB BCS38
Maintain Messaging Over Restarts AC0638 NTX950AA BCS31
Maintenance Action Pre–check AL1759 NTX941AA BCS32
Malicious Call Identification AG0709 NTX487AA BCS30
Malicious Call Trace on ETSI ISUP V2 and R1 (NTLS09) TA0544 NTXU84AA BCS44
Malicious Call Trace for Subscriber Lines BF0674 NTX487AA BCS20
Manual OPR Trunks and CTUP Interworking TA0183 NTXH18AA BCS38
Mapper Refresh on LMS State Transition AQ1031 NTXF20AA BCS36
Master External Remote Clock AQ0777 NTX048AA BCS34
Matching Line Drawer Status Over CC Warm SWACT AG1824 NTX001AA BCS30
Message Base Enhancements for ISN AL1663 NTXF71AB BCS33
Message Handling on EID7 TA0355 None BCS41
Message Transport System BC1211 NTX470AA BCS17
Meter Count Printout AE0056 NTX474AA BCS22
NTXH22AA
Meter Pulse Reception and Tandem I (PREP) AJ0581 NTXH23AA BCS32
Meter Pulse Reception and Tandem II AJ0851 NTXH23AA BCS33
Metering Enhancements AE0838 NTXH95AA BCS35
Metering Line Capacity Enhancements AE0292 NTX474AA BCS24
NTXH22AA
Metering Robustness AJ2931 NTX474AA BCS36
Mexican R2 and Fixed ANI Trunks AJ1423 NTXH80AA BCS33
Morning Maintenance Report AJ0190 NTXJ35AA BCS28
Morning Maintenance Report II AJ0472 NTXJ35AA BCS29
Moroccan Physical Ringing AE0515 NTXH02AA BCS28
Moroccan R2 Line Signaling AE0514 NTXB69AA BCS28
NTXH04AA
Moroccan Socotel Call Processing AE0567 NTXH03AA BCS28
NTXH05AA
NTXH06AA
Moroccan Socotel Register Signaling AE0568 NTXH03AA BCS28
NTXH05AA

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–17

NTXH06AA
Moroccan Tones AE0448 NTXH00AA BCS28
Moroccan Type A Line Card Diagnostics AE0513 NTXH01AA BCS28
Moroccan Type B Line Card Diagnostics AE0536 NTXH01AA BCS29
Multi–Volume Tape Files AF1725 NTXN80AA BCS32
Nature of Address Indicator Routing TA0521 None BCS44
NETPATH Automation AG1214 NTX885AB BCS28
NM S/W Optionality AL2055 NTXP10AA BCS34
NT40 CMC RTS Improvements (Diagnostics) AG1925 NTX001AA BCS30
NT40 Mismatch Handler Refinements AG1924 NTX001AA BCS30
NT6X93 Line Card Diagnostic BC1337 NTX482AB BCS19
NT6X94BB Maintenance AE0278 NTX482BA BCS24
NT9X12AC Software Support AL1753 NTX941AA BCS32
NT9X13DD Standalone Support in the LMS AQ1070 NTXF20AA BCS36
NT9X45 MMI AL2162 NTXE01AA BCS33
NT9X62BA 0D1 Support AL1782 NTX941AA BCS33
NTLS24 and NTLS15 Enhancements TA0163 NTXH18AA BCS38
NTRS05 Enhancements – II AJ0498 NTXB11AA BCS29
NWMSD Table Rewrite AF2087 NTX060AB BCS29
Network Interface Unit (NIU) Cental Maintenance AI0410 NTXH77AA BCS34
New Tones and Test Line Circuits for CEP AE0005 NTX483AB BCS21
Non–metered Coin Line Transactor and CP BF0675 NTX472AB BCS19
OM Enhancements for Unsuccessful Calls AE1240 NTXB22AA BCS36
OM Pegging for Answer Attempts AL2530 NTXB22AA BCS34
OMs for CTUP Call TA0223 NTXH18AA BCS39
OMs for Intl Subscriber Features AC0137 NTX472AB BCS24
OMs for Metering AJ0866 NTX474AA BCS30
OMs for XPM Links NC0033 NTX270AA BCS34
OMs in Erlangs BC2060 NTX664AA BCS20
OM Enhancements for CIS Market TA0441 NER500AA BCS43
OMs in Erlangs – Extended AE0033 NTX664AA BCS21
Obsolete Packaging AF2532 NTX001AA BCS31
Off–hook Testing NC0495 NTX901AA BCS35
Office Line Totals QNCOS AD0943 NTX901AA BCS29
Office Routes Capacity Increase AF2013 NTX001AA BCS32
One Night Process Enhancements AG2108 NTX001AA BCS32
Open Numbering Plan Phase I AJ1224 NTX901AA BCS33

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–18 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

Operator Call Back in T2 TA0215 NER500A BCS39


Originating ARTER Trunk Testing BC1193 NTX475AA BCS17
Originating Line Restrictions BC2079 NTX472AB BCS20
Originating Quiet Termination and Looparound Test Lines BC2078 NTX483AB BCS21
Outpulse 18 Digits (MF: DTMF) BF0874 NTX470AA BCS20
Overlap Outpulsing for DMS–100I AJ0796 NTXB10AA BCS34
OVLP Outpulsing through CTUP Trunks TA0162 NTXH18AA BCS38
P–side Looparound Facility Redesign AN0337 NTX270AA BCS35
PARMCALC–Verify Office Parameters (Phase 2) AG0724 NTX001AA BCS28
PCM30 Interface Card Diagnostics BF0433 NTX478AA BCS17
PCM30 Remote Network Sync BF0978 NTX478AA BCS20
PCM30 Robustness AC0109 NTX470AA BCS23
PDTC Enhanced Warm SWACT AE1056 NTX274AA BCS35
PM Metering Robustness BF0976 NTX494AA BCS20
PM180 Cleanup NC0322 NTX270AA BCS33
Patcher Integration AF2815 NTX001AA BCS32
Path Verification Automation AL1566 NTX885AB BCS30
Peru R2 Signaling AJ1872 NTXK70AA BCS34
Polish Tones and Cadences AE1243 NTXU35AA BCS36
Porting DMS–Core Maintenance to Run on RISC (Phase I) AL1193 NTX941AA BCS33
Prescheduled Image – Taking on SLM AG1385 NTX942AA BCS28
PRI Enhancement: IFPE Aspects TA0550 NTXU69AA BCS44
PRI Enhancement: Teleservices Base TA0549 NTXU69AA BCS44
PRI Services - COLP/COLR TA0598 None BCS44
PRI Subaddressing TA0560 NTXU69AA BCS44
PRI Teleservices: 3.1 kHz Telephony TA0551 NTXU69AA BCS44
PRI - User to User Signaling Service 1 TA0561 NTXU69AA BCS44
Printed Meter Check AE0055 NTX667AA BCS22
Privilege Lowering of Unused Terminals TA0376 NTXU65AA BCS42i
Processor Occupancy OMs for XLCM AF1747 NTX270AA BCS35
Provide CC Warm SWACT Residency in All Loads AG1868 NTX001AA BCS31
Quiet Termination Test Line AJ0837 NTX470AA BCS31
R1 and R1 Modified Signaling for DMS–100 AE0034 NTX650AA BCS20
R2 Activity Tables AG1220 NTX904AA BCS28
R2 Automatic TBI Enhancement TA0227 NTXU44AA BCS39
R2 Base Enhancements AJ0159 NTX904AA BCS28
R2 Billing Category Enhancements AL2529 NTXB10AA BCS34

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–19

R2 Call Processing AG1217 NTX904AA BCS28


R2 Flexible Signaling Mode TA0320 NTX904AA BCS41
R2 Immediate Billing Enhancement TA0331 NTX904AA BCS41
R2 Local TBI – Phase I TA0159 NTXU44AA BCS37
R2 Local TBI – Phase 2 TA0167 NTX044AA BCS38
R2 Malicious Call Trace (CC) – Phase I TA0139 NTX487AB BCS37
R2 Malicious Call Trace – Phase II TA0168 NTX487AB BCS38
R2 Malicious Call Trace (XPM) – Phase I TA0138 BCS37
R2 Protocol Enhancements AJ0205 NTX904AA BCS28
NTXH05AA
NTXH06AA
R2 Register Signaling AG1218 NTX904AA BCS28
R2 and Socotel Tandem Operation AE0897 NTXH05AA BCS33
NTXH06AA
R2 for DMS–100 International – CC Description AE0140 NTXB69AA BCS24
R2 to Line Tandem Metering Enhancement TA0511 None BCS44
RAG Foldback AG0962 NTX499AA BCS27
RCC LCM Loading Enhancements II AJ0474 NTXA66AA BCS29
RCC Loading Enhancement AJ0192 BCS28
RCU Line Card Configuration AF2668 NTX901AA BCS31
RSUP to/from ETSI-ISUP Interworking TA0437 NER501AA BCS43
RSUP to T2 Interworking TA0438 NER501AA BCS43
REx Test on LPP AL1271 NTXF20AA BCS30
Realtime Input OM AF1749 NTX001AA BCS29
Reattempt on MFS Register Signaling Failure TA0255 NER500AA BCS40
Register Signaling Processors BF0398 NTX470AA BCS17
Reload Restart in Restart Progression AL1274 NTX000AA BCS29
Remote File System Improvements AL0914 NTX001AA BCS28
Remote Login BC1932 NTXF70AA BCS23
Remove TPS from TOD AG1466 NTX474AA BCS29
Repair Service BC1498 NTX488AA BCS19
Rerouting After Announcements TA0374 NTXU65AA BCS42i
Run–time System Data Checksum AL2236 NTXR46AA BCS33
S/DMS MMI Consistency and Enhancements AQ0840 NTX945AA BCS34
SERVORD Enhancements for SLE NC0313 NTX901AA BCS34
SLM III Firmware and Software Support for DMS-100i TA0347 NTX001AA BCS42i
SLM File System Enhancement AL1298 NTX942AA BCS29

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–20 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

SLM Maintenance Enhancements AL1166 NTX942AA BCS29


SLM Phase II – Disk/Tape Replacement AL1060 NTX942AA BCS29
SLM–II Enhancements AL1174 NTXE54AA BCS29
SLS Load Balancing (AR0929) Prop into BCS40i TA0287 NTXR72AA BCS40
SNSE DMS–Bus S/W for Subrate CMIC Links AQ0857 NTXP44AA BCS34
SNSE ENET MMI AR0106 NTXP72AA BCS34
SNSE ENET XPT Diagnostics AR0105 NTXP72AA BCS34
SP and FP Transaction Processing Part I BF0436 NTX470AA BCS17
SP and FP Transactions Processing Part II BF0437 NTX470AA BCS17
SRC Controlled Restart and No–Restart SWACT for CCS7 AL2334 NTXF20AA BCS36
STS Conversion BC0858 NTX980AA BCS23
SWACT Evolution–XPM Maintenance AF3179 NTX270AA BCS33
SWACT Evolution: CC XPM Maintenance AF3685 NTX270AA BCS34
SWACT Operation Robustness AJ1038 NTX270AA BCS31
Second Dial Tone Over Trunks AE0898 NTXH05AA BCS32
NTXH06AA
Semi–permanent Connections AC0256 NTX665AA BCS24
NTX666AA
Semi–permanent Connections–Local BC2080 NTX665AA BCS22
NTX666AA
Separate Charge Recording for Hotel Subscribers TA0312 NER500AA BCS41
Series 3 Base Hooks AL2328 NTX940AA BCS34
Silent Switchman AE0249 NTX499AA BCS25
Singing Point Test BR0200 NTX980AA BCS05
Socotel to ITOPS Interworking AE0735 NTXH60AA BCS32
Software Meters for Trunk CC II AJ0571 NTX474AA BCS29
Software Meters for Trunks (CC) AG1479 NTX474AA BCS28
Software Meters for Trunks (XPM) AG1478 NTX474AA BCS28
Software Support for 68030 at 33 MHz AL0934 NTXF15AA BCS29
Software Support for 96–MB Memory Cards on DMS–core AI0625 NTX941AA BCS35
Special Application Patching AF2470 NTX001AA BCS31
Standard Pretranslation Expansion NC0086 NTX001AA BCS31
Standard Pretranslation Expansion–Phase II NC0196 NTX001AA BCS33
Subscriber Activation BC2286 NTX660AA BCS21
Subscriber–activated Outgoing Restrictions AC0134 NTX499AA BCS23
SuperNode Clock Robustness Restructure – I AQ0741 NTX941AA BCS34
Support for A–law Cards (TTF, TTU, RCVRMF, and DRAM) BC1060 NTX470AA BCS14

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–21

NTX471AA
Support for Warm SWACT Recovery Time Reduction AL2260 NTXE01AA BCS33
Feature
System REX Test Controller AL2030 NTX941AA BCS33
System Recovery Controller Interfaces AL1570 NTX941AA BCS33
T1 (ANIG/DP) to T1 (MFPP1, MFPP2) Interworking TA0315 NER500AA BCS41
T1 (ANIG/DP) to T4 (MFPP4) Interworking TA0335 None BCS41
T1 (MFPP1) to T4 (MFPP4) Interworking TA0336 None BCS41
T1 (MFPP2) to T4 (MFPP4) Interworking TA0337 NER500AA BCS41
T1 – R1 Local Interworking TA0129 NER500AA BCS37
T1 to RSUP Interworking TA0438 NER501AA BCS43
T1/MFS – MFS and T1/MFS – DP End to End Tandeming TA0131 NER500AA BCS37
T1/MFS – MFS and T1/MFS – DP End to End Tandeming TA0137 NER500AA BCS37
T1/MFS/ANIG/DP to T1/ANIG/DP Interworking TA0262 NER500AA BCS40
T1/MFS.MFPP1(2) – T1/MFPP(2) Tandem TA0207 NER500AA BCS39
T1/MFS/MFPP1 (MFPP2) to T1/MFPP1 (MFPP2) TA0254 NER500AA BCS40
Link–by–Link Interworking
T101 Test Lines for DMS–100 and DMS–200 R2 Trunks AJ1031 NTX483AB BCS31
T101 Test Lines for ISUP Trunks TA0546 None BCS44
T101 Test Lines for T1 Trunks TA0357 NER500AA BCS41
T101 Test Lines for T2 Trunks TA0358 NER500AA BCS41
T1 DP to and from CIS-ISUP and T1 MFS to and from TA0568 None BCS44
CIS-ISUP Interworking
T1 to T2 Interworking TA0178 NTX492AA BCS38
T2 (DP) to CIS-ISUP and T2 (MFS) to CIS-ISUP TA0567 None BCS44
Interworking
T2 to R1 Interworking TA0130 NER500AA BCS37
T2 to R2 Interworking TA0286 NER500AA BCS40
T4 (MFPP4) to T2 (DP) Interworking TA0339 NER500AA BCS41
T4 (MFPP4) to T2 (MFPP4) Interworking TA0338 NER500AA BCS41
TRAVER Enhancement BC0693 NTX980AA BCS12
TTP Call Transfer BV0041 NTX980AA BCS01
TTT Enhancement for Turkish Tones AG0085 NTX472AB BCS23
Table Checksum Delta AG1506 NTXE29AA BCS29
Table Integrity Checker AJ1957 NTX001AA BCS34
Table Operations for ILGC and ILTC BC1730 NTX472AB BCS18
Table Version System AJ1959 NTX001AA BCS34
Term ARTER Trunk Test for T1 and T4 Signaling TA0442 NER500AA BCS43

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–22 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

Terminal Application Processors BF0399 NTX470AA BCS17


NTX485AA
Terminal Restriction on DMS-100i TA0378 NTXU65AA BCS42i
Terminating ARTER Trunk Testing BC1192 NTX475AA BCS17
Terminating Quiet Termination and Looparound Test Lines BC2076 NTX483AB BCS21
Test Desk Robustness AF2599 NTX901AA BCS31
Test Lines for the Coexistence Switch AE0481 NTXB21AA BCS29
Third UTR for IDTC+ TA0273 NTX270AA BCS40
Time of Day Support for Enhanced Core BC1909 NTXF70AA BCS23
Time–of–Day Routing BV1136 NTX488AA BCS23
Toll Break–in – Background Tone AE0244 NTX492AA BCS24
Toll Break–in MAP Signaling Command AE0245 NTX492AA BCS25
Toll Break–in for China – DMS–100 AG0710 NTXB14AA BCS26
Toll Break-in for Local DMS TA0179 NTX492AA BCS38
Toll Break-in from OPR Lines TA0180 NTX492AA BCS38
Toll Break–in on CTUP for DMS–100I TA0158 NTXU44AA BCS37
Toll Call Recording BC2050 NTX494AA BCS20
Tones and Cadences for CALA TA0140 BCS37
Tones and Cadences for CALA (CC) TA0141 NTXU35AA BCS37
Traffic Distinction OMs AL2549 NTXB22AA BCS35
Traffic Distinction OMs – Call Processing AL2720 NTXB22AA BCS35
Transactor and Call Processing for Metered Coin Lines BF0677 NTX474AA BCS19
Translation Verification – Trunks BR0223 NTX980AA BCS05
Translation Verification for TOD Routes BC1825 NTX488AA BCS19
Translations for CEP BC2059 NTX496AA BCS20
Translations for Two–Stage Outpulsing BV1989 NTX496AA BCS20
Trunk Data Modifications BC1190 NTX470AA BCS17
Trunk Group Expansion to 8K AD2997 NTX001AA BCS32
Trunk Maintenance BF0560 NTX470AA BCS17
Trunk Return To Service (RTS) Enhancement AL0479 NTX001AA BCS28
Trunk Return to Service (RTS) Enhancements II AJ0729 NTX001AA BCS29
Trunks with MCT (1 System) BC1496 NTX484AA BCS18
Turkish Audible Tones BC1186 NTX480AA BCS17
Turkish Feature Data Requirements BC1500 NTX472AB BCS19
Turkish Tines Modification TA0370 NET110AA BCS42i
Two–Way NTLS16, NTRS11 (R2), NTRS05 (DP) AE0893 NTXB69AA BCS33
UTR Diagnostic Enhancements: Tone Filtering AF3271 NTX270AA BCS34

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS 6–23

UTR Single Frequency Detection TA0263 NER500AA BCS40


Unified Processor Integration in LTC AL2540 NTXR34AA BCS34
Unified Processor on IDTC/ILGC – CC Portion TA0133 NTXK79AD BCS37
Unified Processor on IDTC/ILGC – XPM Portion TA0134 NTXK79AD BCS37
Universal Translation Verification Tool AJ1126 NTX470AA BCS31
Unsolicited Messages and LAPD Cleanup AL2542 NTX750AC BCS34
UP Integration in the SDTC TA0174 NTXK79AA BCS38
NTXR34AB
NTXR42AA
User Passwords Survivability over BCS Application AL1149 NTX001AA BCS29
User Programmable LTP Levels AL1518 NTX001AA BCS31
Utilities for Intl CC Feature Metering AC0053 NTX474AA BCS22
VCM Support for Reduced Capability Virtual Channels AL1660 NTXF71AB BCS33
VDN Interactions with Callp and XLA AJ1541 NTX472AB BCS33
VISA Interface Systems BF0680 NTX489AA BCS18
VISA System Table Operations BC1520 NTX489AA BCS18
Variable–length Directory Numbers BC1504 NTX472AB BCS18
Virtual Channel Maintenance Enhancements for ISN AL1657 NTXF71AB BCS33
WLC Enhancements – Types A and B AE0946 NTXW01AA BCS34
WLC Type B Template for North American 900+2 AE1106 NTXW21AA BCS34
Applications
WLC in the LCME AE0945 NTXW00AA BCS34
WLC in the SRU AE1099 NTXW00AA BCS34
NTXW01AA
Wake–up Call AE0240 NTX499AA BCS24
World Line Card Diagnostic Enhancements AE0956 NTXW02AA BCS34
World Line Card Overvoltage Reporting AE1013 NTXW03AA BCS34
XCLM Diags Phase II–6X54 Relay, Scan Chip AF3086 NTX270AA BCS33
XLCM Diagnostic Enhancements AF2988 NTX270AA BCS32
XLCM REEX Results/FFII PH II AF3234 NTX270AA BCS33
XNET on DMS100i TA0538 None BCS44
XPM – Changeover Control for Metering BF0780 NTX474AA BCS19
XPM – Maintenance for Metering Data Tables BF0711 NTX474AA BCS19
XPM – Support for Outgoing and Incoming LD Signaling BV1987 NTX495AA BCS21
XPM 3 Processor IPC BF0474 NTX470AA BCS17
XPM Base Card Analysis and Test AN0336 NTX270AA BCS35
XPM Data Management Robustness AJ1039 NTX270AA BCS31

Feature Description Manual Volume 3 of 3 BCS44.1i


6–24 Cross-reference—Feature name to feature number, package, and BCS

XPM Diagnostic History AF5006 NTX270AA BCS35


XPM Incoming Loop Disconnect Signaling BF0881 NTX495AA BCS21
XPM MF–3 Register Signaling System BF0567 NTX486AA BCS17
XPM MTC for DMS–X Part 2 AL1460 NTX270AA BCS31
XPM Outgoing LD Signaling BF0867 NTX495AA BCS21
XPM Parity Audit AJ0338 NTX270AA BCS28
XPM Pre–SWACT/Post–SWACT Audit AF5007 NTX270AA BCS35
XPM REX Control and Trouble Notification Improvements AF5008 NTX270AA BCS35
XPM REX Results/FFI PH II AF3200 NTX270AA BCS33
XPM REX/SWACT Robustness AF2989 NTX270AA BCS32
XPM RTS Enhancements AF2583 NTX270AA BCS31
XPM Static Data Management AF3684 NTX270AA BCS34
XPM Supportl for 24-bit CCITT Point Code AR0910 NTXR72AA BCS38
XPM Support for CC Metering AL0218 NTX474AA BCS22
XPM Two–Stage Outpulsing BF0870 NTX496AA BCS21
XPM Wink–1 Line Signaling System BF0565 NTX476AA BCS17
XPM–Delay Dial–1 Line Signaling System BF0564 NTX477AA BCS17
XPM Development on IDT7 to Implement ETSI ISUP V2 on TA0523 None BCS44
DMS100/200i
XPM Software Modifications for UP in Base XPM AF3732 NTXR34AA BCS34

297-1001-801i Standard 09.01 January 2000


DMS-100 Family
DMS-100i
Feature Description Manual
Volume 3 of 3

Product Documentation–Dept. 3423


Nortel Networks
P.O. Box 13010
RTP, NC 27709–3010
Telephone: 1–877–662–5669
Electronic mail: cits@nortelnetworks.com
Copyright  1994–2000 Nortel Networks,
All Rights Reserved
NORTEL NETWORKS CONFIDENTIAL: The information
contained herein is the property of Nortel Networks and is
strictly confidential. Except as expressly authorized in writing
by Nortel Networks, the holder shall keep all information
contained herein confidential, shall disclose the information
only to its employees with a need to know, and shall protect the
information, in whole or in part, from disclosure and
dissemination to third parties with the same degree of care it
uses to protect its own confidential information, but with no less
than reasonable care. Except as expressly authorized in writing
by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the
information contained herein.
Information is subject to change without notice. Nortel
Networks reserves the right to make changes in design or
components as progress in engineering and manufacturing
may warrant.
Changes or modification to the DMS-100i without the express
consent of Nortel Networks may void its warranty and void the
users authority to operate the equipment.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the equipment is
operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance with the instruction
manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential
area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the
user will be required to correct the interference at his own
expense.
NORTEL NETWORKS, the NORTEL NETWORKS LOGO, the
GLOBEMARK, HOW THE WORLD SHARES IDEAS,
UNIFIED NETWORKS, DMS, MAP, NORTEL, NORTHERN
TELECOM, NT, TOPS, and SUPERNODE are trademarks of
Nortel Networks.
Publication number: 297-1001-801i
Product release: BCS44.1i
Document release: Standard 09.01
Date: January 2000
Printed in the United States of America

You might also like